(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Menaechmei;"



mm: 



te 



I 



iit; 










i!i' 



LL 
P72l7mW 

T MACCI PLAVTI 
MENAECHMEI 



WITH NOTES CRITICAL AND EXEGETICAL 
AND AN INTRODUCTION 



Br 



WILHELM WAGNER, Ph. D. 

LATE PROFESSOR AT THK JOHANNEUM. HAMEURG. 



CAMBRIDGE 

DEIGHTON BELL AND CO. 

LONDON GEORGE BELL AND S0N3 

1887 



Camfariijgc 



IRINTED BY C. J. CI.AV \f.A. AKD SOXS 
AT TIIK UNIVKRSITY PRESS 



6 i^ 1-^ ^ 



y^ 



PREFACE. 



TiiE present edition of tlie Menaechmei forms a com- 
jjanion volume to the Aulularia and the Trinummus, 
and will in coui-se of time be succeeded by other 
l)lays of Plautus annotated in the same manner, The 
Editor has conscientiously examined the labours of his 
in-edecessors, and hopes that both his critical notes and 
the exegetical commentary will prove that he is suth- 
ciently acqiiainted with the works of former schohirs 
in this field of Latin literature. It should, however, 
be confessed that anything like completeness is not 
within the scope of the present work, and that tlie 
pi-incipal consideration which guided the Editor in hLs 
selection of the materials to be placed before his 
readers haa been the practical bearing of an observa- 
tion upon the exphination of the text. The critical notes 
should not be deemed superfiuous ; they contain many 
valuable materials and may, in the hands of an able 
teachei*, become the basis of many useful disqvdsitions 
calculated to strengthen the reasoning powers of his 
pupils. 

Amongst former commentators, the greatest amount 
of praise is due to Lanibinus. Many niceties of style 
and phraseology have beon copiously illustrated by 



iv PREFACE. 

«•xtracts frora Pareus' Lexicon Criticum and Lexicon 
Plautinum. It ha.s of late become a fastion among 
Pluuline scliolars to abuse Pareiis without the least 
mercv, nor would I greatly recommend him for cleamess 
imd power of judgment — but he may be safely praised 
for industry and plodding and toilsome laboriousness. 
His Lexicon Ciiticum has been tumed to very good 
use by all succeeding lexicographers, but very few have 
thought it worth while to record their obligations to 
liini. 

In conclusion, the Editor begs to observe that tlie 
text of this edition is entirely his own, and ventures 
to hope that some of his readings will find favour with 
his fellow-workers in the field of Plautine criticism. 



nASJBlRO, 

Christmas, 1877. 



INTEODUCTION, 



The subject of which the 'Menaechmei' of Plautus would 
seem to be the earliest extaiit vei'sion, i. e. the mistakes 
and 'errors' arising from the deceptive resemblance of 
two brothers, furnLshes a very ha])py plot for a lively 
comic entertainment, and has, therefore, been in gi-eat 
favour with the comic poets of ahnost all nations of 
Europe. It was fonnerly supposed that this plot was 
derived from the Sicilian poet Epicharmus, who spent the 
latter part of his life at Syracuse at the court of Hiero, 
and died at the age of 90 (450 B. c.) or 97 (443 b.c). 
This \-iew was founded on the statement of the prologue 
to the Menaechmei, v. 1 2, according to which the plot of 
the play sicelissat — an expression erroneously under.stood 
as applying to the Sicilian oriyin of the plot, while it 
merely denotes that the events in the play are in some 
way connected with Sicily, or that the preliminaries of 
the plot take place in that island. This supposition 
was furtlier strengthened by the somewhat vague expres- 
sion of Horace, Ep. ii 1 , 58 (dicitur) Plautus ad exemplar 
Siculi j)roperare Epicharmi. But this does not mean 
that Plautus ever took a plot from Epicharmus, but only 
draws a parallel between the easy and rapid development 
of the single events of the plot of a Plautine phxy and 
the plays of Epicharmus. 

It LS certain that Plautus derived the plots of his 
plays from the rich stores of the so-called Nea Kw/xwSta, 
and it is among the numerous poets and plays of that 
branch of Greek literature that we shall have to look for 
the original inventor of the plot of the present play. A 



vi INTRODUCTION. 

Binnll (lctail, insi;:jnificant at first sight, seems to help us 
in tracinf,' tho Greek j^oet. It is a little piece of informa- 
tion supplied l)y Athenaeus, and reproduced in our note 
on V. Sh'^. If it be true that slave-cooks aj)peared, among 
aJl the poets of the New Comedy, only in tlie comedies of 
PoHidipjms, we cannot reasonably doubt that he was the 
Ruthor of the Greek original, which has survived in the 
Latin .adaptation of Plautus. Ithas been pointed out by 
liadewig, tliat cooks played a conspicuous part in the 
plays of Posidippus, as may still be seen froni the few 
iVagments extaiit'; and as Gellius ii 23 observes that the 
])lavs of Posidippus were employed by Roman adapters, 
we may easily suppose tliat Plautus was glad to avail 
liimself of such a capital j^lot which was sure to fumish 
nuich amusement to his audience. 

It lias been conjecturcd that the Greek original bore 
the title of AiSvfioL, whicli was also that of several other 
])lay3 of the New Comedy mentioned by ancient authors. 
Such plays are attribiited to Antijihanes, Anaxandrides, 
Alexius, Xenarchus and Euplivon, and there is a At'8v/xai 
mentioned ainong the ])lays of Menander. 

Tliough there are several allusions to Eoman customs 
in the Plautine ]jlays — and, in fact, not one is free from 
such admixtures — we need not su]i]5ose that the plot of 
the Greek original was in any way altered by the Koman 
adapter. We do not know when Plautus wrote his 
Menaechmei, and there is not the slightest foundation for 
the su])i)0!*ition which attributes this comedy to the 
earlier ])art of the poet's literary career. The ])assage re- 
lating to thc kings of Syracuse is of too fantastic a nature 
to justify the conclusion that tlie ])lay was acted dui-ing 
the reign of Hiero, though this has been maintained 
by several scholars. 

A capital critieism of this ]:)lay has been given by 
Ritschl, Opusc. II 735, from which we may be permitted 
to exti-act the followiug observations : 

"The whole piece is full of the highest art, and 

* See Meiueke, fraom. cmn. 28. Ladewig, Philoloffus i 2. 
gr. I 2, p. 482—4. iv p. 513— p. 275 sq. 



INTRODUCTION. Vll 

abounds iu comic power. Tlie single situations of the 
plot do uot, iudoed, origiuate from au iuner cause which 
tumishos the creative power of them, but arise all the 
more powerfuUy from mere faucy and an inexhaustible 
fund of boisterous humour, prompted by Chance itself, 
the real deity of Comcdy. The plot is of less depth than 
the Aukdaria, but it surpasses that phiy iu its ahuost iu- 
describable power of amusing, and is aftcr all coustructed 
in such a mauiier that "we canuot mistake Chance for 
blind accidout or unreason. All these mistakes are to a 
certain exteut justified by the original relatiou of the two 
brothers, who must needs be broughttogether again — and 
this forms a kind of fate or necessity, -which deepens the 
interest of the plot. If two strangers were mistaken for 
each other in the same surprising manner, we should 
consider tlie whole to be altogether exaggerated." 

Tlie ' Menaechmei ' belonged to the first comedies imi- 
tated in modern literature. The earliest regular comedy 
of modern times was founded on the Menaechmei. Tliis 
is the Calandra of Bibbiena (afterwards a caixlinal); it 
was represented at Venice in 1508, though not published 
till 1524 '. It "would seem that the ' Calandra' was also 
the earliest play performed by the Italian actors at the 
court of Heniy II., King of France ^, and the plot may 
thus be supposed to have been a favourite witli the public 
of the IGth century. In Engh^nd a prose-transhition of 
the Menaechmei, by ' W. W.,' was printed in 1595 ; but a 
Historie of Error is mentioned as having beeu performed 
by the Chikh-en of Paurs ' on New yei"es daie at night ' 
1576 — 7. The same piece was acted at Wiudsor in 1583. 
In 1594 a Comedj of Krrors (' Hke to Plautus his 
Menaechmus ') was acted at Gray's Inn. Shakspere's 
Comedy of Errors, one of the earliest of his productions, 
is well known ^ In French literature, the most success- 

^ See Hallam'8 Introduction Napione di Cocconato, Dbll' uso 

to the Literature of Europe e de' pregi della lingua Italiana, 

(Murray, 1872), Vol. i p. 263. Tor. 1792, Vol. i p. 212 sq. 

* Accenna poscia (Marguerit, ^ gee A. W. Ward, Engl, 

the king's sister) la rapprcsen- Dram, Lit, i p. 373. 
tazione dellaCalandra, Galeano 



viii INTRODUCTIOX. 

fiil iinitation of the Plautine play is Regnard's comedy 
Z^ Metiechmes ou les Juineaux '. 

Tho drania of tlie German poet Maximilian von 
Klinfjor (who died 1831) Die Zwillinge' has not the 
sli<,'lite.st resemblance to the Menaechmei, but is a tragedy 
on tho fate of two brothers, the younger of ■whom kills 
the elder, wliom lie thinks to be unjustly preferred by 
his parents. 

J Written in 1703. We c.an- = Written in 1774. See H. 

not refrain from aiMing that we Kurz, Geschichte der deittschen 

tli.slike the frivolous toue of this Litteratur, Vol. iii p. 424. 
comecly. 



T. MACCI PLAVTI 

M E N A E C H M E I. 



W. M. 



^ =codex Amlirosianus, at Milan. 
^=codex Vetus, in tlie Yatican Library. 
C=codex Decurtatus, at Heidelberg. 
D = codex Vaticanus 3870. 
JJ = F. Eitschl. 



ARGVMENTVM. 



Mercator Siculus, quol erant gemini filii, 
el surrupto altero mors optigit. 
nomen surrupti indit illi, qui domist, 
avos paternus, facit Menaechmum e Sosicle. 
5 et is geiTnanum, postquam adolevit, quadritat 
circum omuis oras. post Epidamnum deVenit : 
huc fuerat ductus ille subreptlcius. 
Mena^chmum civem cr^dunt omnes ddvenam, 

2. surrupto illorumaltero R., in order to avoid the hiatus, bat 
iUorum is not in the mss. altero ilico C. F. W. Miiller Pros. p. 
498. 3. ihi added before indit by R. surreptiti illi indit B, sub- 
reptici indit C. F. W. Miiller Pros. p. 490. 4. fdcit Brix, facit E. 
(who considers the syllables -us facit as an anapaest) . See Miiller, 
Pros. p. 110. 7. huc Menrsius, hic the mss. 8. omnes civem 
credunt mss., transposed by Pylades. 

For the time in \fhich the hoxvever, crit. note. (So again 

'argumentaacrosticha' prefixed in thefollowing Une.) For sur- 

to the Plautine comedies wero rupto, the regular Plautine form 

composed, we may in general instead of surrepto, see om- note 

refer to our note on the arg. of on Aid. 39. 

the Trinummus, p. 3 of our 4. facit should be pronounc- 

(second) edition. ed like faci, by dropping the 

1. The hiatus in quoierant is final t. Sosicles was the former 
legitimate: Introd. to Aul. p. name, comp. v. 1125 sqq. 

68. 7. The Plautine form would 

2. ei should be pronounced be surrupticius. 

in two syllables: Introd. Aul. 8. We should understand 

p. 63. After «urrwpfo we.should omnes credunt advenam (snhiect) 

assume a hiatus, which may (psse) Menaechmum civem (pre- 

be justified by the caesura ; see, dicate). 

1—2 



ARGVMEXTV3L 



ouni(]uc appellant meretrix, uxor 6t socer. 
10 ibi sc coguoscuut fratros postremo Inviccm. 

10. ibi Botbe, B. ii iuss. 



0. appiUarf^accostj&ddieas'; 
A cumiuuu meaiiiug : 8ce dict. 
s. V. 

10. se — imicem is foreign to 
tbo stylo of Plautus, as was 
j)oiuteil out by I3rix on Capt. 
394. Plautus uses vicem as an 
advcrbial accusative with a pos- 
sessivo pronoun {nostram or 
meam vicein) or a genitive {eri 
vicem) in tlie sense of ' in place 
of. So also Ter. Haut. 7-19. 
invicrm ' by tiuns ' occurs Amph. 
arg. n 6, in the present place, 
and Mil. Gl. ii 1, 72 in a scene 



of un-Plautine origin. As bas 
been shown by J. N. Ott (Jahrb. 
109 p. 863), se — invicem does not 
occur before Tacit.us (Agr. 6. 
Dial. 25?) and Pliny the young- 
er (iii 7, 15); it is, bowever, 
very commou in the second 
half of tbe second century after 
Christ, and occurs four times 
in Justinus, wbo bas also invi- 
ccm sihi xli 4, 4. Tbis fact 
may be of use iu fixing tbe 
cbronological date of these ar- 
gviments. 



PERSONAE. 

PENICYLVS P.\RASITVS 

} ADVLESCENTES 

MENAECmn'S II. (SOSICLES) 

EEOTIVM IIERETRIX 

CYLlXDPvVS coQvos 

MESSENIO SEKVos 

ANCILLA 

MATEONA 

SENEX 

MEDICV3 



PROLOGVS. 



Saldtem primum iam a priucipio pr6pitiam 
mihi atque vobis, sp«^ctatores, nuntio. 
app6rto vobis Plautum lingua, non manu : 
quaeso tit benignis accipiatis auribus. 
5 nunc drgumentum accipite atque animum advortite : 5 
quam potero in verba conferam paucLssuma. 

atque boc poetae faciunt in comoediis : 

After V. 6 R. places the two liiies v. 11 and 12. We have main- 
tained the arrangement of the mss. 7. atqui R. against the mss. 



For the authorship of the 
prologues prefixed to the Plaut- 
ine plays see my note ou the 
prologues to the Triuummus 
and to the Aulularia. The pre- 
sent prologue is by no means a 
very skilf ul composition ; it maj^ 
be easily shown that all tlie 
facts mentioned in it are de- 
rived from the play itself, aud 
are generally communicated iu 
the very words of the play. 
This prologueis, moreover, mado 
up of two difterent pieces, the 
first of which terminates at v. 
6, and formed originally part of 
a shorter prologue. 

1. The expression saZus 2"'o- 
pitia seems io occur only here. 
The adj. propitius is generally 
and in earlier Latin almost ex- 
clusively applied to persons, 
but iu Trin. 837 we read pax 
propitia. The origiual sense of • 
propitius would seem to be 
'bendins: forward' in a listening 



attitude, as of a god Ustening 
to the prayers of men. 

3. A fooHsh joke. apporto 
Plaatiim should of course be 
understood 'I bring you a play 
of Plautus'; apportare beiug the 
technieal term for aunouucing a 
performauce (comp. Ter. Phorm. 
prol. 24). 

6. The present line would 
seem to anuounce a short pro- 
logue, but then what tedious- 
ness does the author af terwards 
bestow upon us! Very prob- 
ably, these lines formed the 
iutroduction to a much shorter 
prologue than the one with 
which they are now connected. 

7. The lines 7—16 formiug 
a detached fragment of some 
prologue, it is impossible (or at 
least unadvisable) to guess the 
original sense of atque, which 
is of course dependeut ou the 
seutence origiually preceding it. 
(See crit. note.) 



MENAECHMEI. 



[PROL. S— 15. 



omnis res gestas dsse Athenis autuniant, 
(juo v6bis illud gra($cum videatur magis. 

10 e"o nusquam dicam, nisi ubi factum dicitur. lo 
atque ddeo hoc argumdntum graecissdt : tamen 
lum dtticissat: v^rum sicelissat tamen. 
huic iirguniento antelogium h6c fuit : 
nunc argumentura vobis demensum dabc, 

l.jnou modio neque trimddio, verura ipso hdrreo: is 

nlii hoc Miiller Nachtr. p. 128. 9. ilhid vobis graecum mRS., tran.s- 
posed by rylades. 12. sicilicis sitat B, sicilissitat or sicelissitat 
former editors. tamen om. mss., added by R. See Miiller Pros. 
p. GD-t. i:^. huic fabulae argumento R., to avoid the hiatus. ante 
tlongium hoc B, n in the second word having been corrected. 



8. Tliis observation is not 
true. The scene of the Ru- 
deus, e.g., is laid at Cyrenae, 
that of the Amphitruo at Thebes, 
and others again at other places. 

9. illud 'the whole affair'. 
This neuter may probably refer 
to an antecedent argumentum. 

10. ego should be under- 
stood of the dominiis gref/is, i.e. 
the manager, who would seem 
to be the speaker of the pro- 
logue. It is at all events clear 
that there is an antithesis be- 
tween poetae (v. 7) and ego. 'I 
shall in uo instance pretend the 
play to take place at Athens, 
uuless I have been credibly as- 
sured that it actually happened 
there'. 

11. atque adeo ' &nd m(leed\ 
involviug a certain rectification 
of a pre\ious statement. See 
EUeudt-Seyfifert 343, 4, and 
Hoitze, Sj-nt. ii p. 334 sq. — 
graecissare is formed like mala- 
cissare (;xaXa»tff«i') badissare (j3o- 
Si^fLv) patri-isare (Trarpi^fiv?) and 
may bo compared with the 
Greek iWrivlitiv. It is, how- 
ever, confined to the present 



place, and should be under- 
stood of having a tinge of Greek. 
The formations atticissare {dr- 
Tidl^eiv) and sicelissare (aiK€\i- 
^eiv) should be taken in the 
same sense. 

12. tamcn 'after all' or ' at 
least'. 

13. huic argumento ' the plot 
■which is to follow'. On ante- 
Zo.^iitjn Lambinus observes 'vox 
est ex latina et gi'aeca compo- 
sita, significatque id omne quod 
ante orationem legitimam pro- 
oemii causa dieitur'. (See also 
crit. note. The hiatus between 
antelogium and hoc cannot be 
justified.) 

14. argumentum vobis dc- 
memum daho 'I 'will give you 
yom- allowance of the plot ' : f or 
the demensum of slaves, comp. 
Ter. Phorm. 43. The past par- 
ticiple should be taken in a 
passive sense. 

15. ' Not by the peek or with 
a three-peck measure, but by 
emptying upon you the whole 
granary'. Lamb. explains 'nnnc 
vobis argumentum explicabo 
non parce neque restricte neque 



PROL. TG — 26.] MEXAECHMEI. 9 

tanta 6,d narrandum argumenturast benlgnitas. 

mercator quidam fuit Suracusis senex. 

el suut nati filii gemini duo, 

ita forma simili pueri, uti mater sua 
20 non intemosse po-sset quae mammam dabat, 20 

neque £deo mater ipsa quae illos pepererat ; 

ut quidem ille dixit mihi, qui pueros viderat : 

ego illos non vidi, ne quis vostrum ednseat. 

postquam iam pueri septuennes siint, pater 
2.5 oncravit navim magnam multis mercibus, 25 

inponit geminum alterum in navdm pater, 

16. tanta the early editors, tantum mss. argimentum adest mss., 
emended by Camerarius. argumenium om. aud nostra adest K. 
after others. 19. uti Camerarius, nt mss. 23. preserved only 
in B, omitted in all other mss. 25. navim CD, navem B. 
26. geminorum E. to avoid the hiatus. Perhaps geminum is 
merely a gloss which superseded the original reading filium. 
— geminum item alterum MullerPros. p.490. — navem here all mss. 



paucis verbis, sed copiose et 
liberaliter, et multis verbis'. 
This is evidently very dififereut 
from the promise made v. 6. 

16. The pronunciation ar- 
gumentumst is not the ordinary 
one in Plautus, but may be 
defended with several parallel 
instances. — benignitas 'hberal- 
ity ', a common sense. 

18. For the disyllabic pro- 
nunciation of ei compare argum. 
2. 

19. sua 'their own' mater 
'nurse': mater aliquando pro 
nutrice ponitur Nouius p. 423. 
Compare Verg. Aen. viii 631, 
and Pl. Truc. v 1, 10 (accord- 
ing to the vulgate edition), 

20. internoase ' know with 
thedifferencebetween',i.e. 'dis- 
tinguish'. She did not know 
the one from the other. 

21. neque adeo 'nor even', 
very common in Plautus. 



22. By this reference the 
speaker endeavours to impart 
an air of autheiitieity to liis 
prologue ; compare also dicitur 
V. 10. The syllables ut quid il 
form a dactyl, the iirst syllable 
of ille being treated as short. — 
viderat is instead of vidit, the 
perfect being used instead of 
plnpf. by diut of neoessity, in 
order to gain a syllable. 

23. ego illos is an anapaest. 

24. The present sunt after 
postquam should be explained 
on the analogy of quom with a 
present (v. 29) ; instances of 
both constructions are given by 
Holtze Synt. 11 p. 66. 

25. Compare the expression 
navis oneraria. 

26. The hiatus after gemi- 
num cannot be justified, as the 
connexlon betweengremmuTTi and 
alterum is too close to admit of 
a strong pause. See crit. note. 



10 MENAECHMEI. [PROL. 27 — 40. 

Tarciitiim avexit secum ad mercatum simul : 
illuiii rc'li(|uit dlteruiu ajiud matrdm domi. 
Tareuti ludi forte erant, quom illlic venit : 

30 mortales multi, ut dd iudos, convdnerant : 30 

puer fnter liomiucs ibi aberravit d patre. 
Epiddmniensis quidam ibi mercator fuit : 
is puerum tollit dvehitque Epidamnum eum. 
pater dius autem postquam puerum perdidit, 

35 animum despondit : ea<|ue is aegritudiue 35 

paucis diebus post Tarenti em6rtuost. 
postquam Suracusas de ea re rediit nuntius 
ad avom puerorum, puerum surruptum alterum, 
patrdmque pueri Tarenti esse emortuom, 

40 immiitat nomen dvos huic geminorM?/i alteri. 40 

31. ihi ailded by E., om. mss. 33. epidamniiim mss., corrected 
by 0. Scyffert. dtqne in Epidaviniim dvehit E. 37. postqudm 
domum autem dc ed re rediit nuntius E., in order to avoid the 
Bhortoning iu Si/mcii.^ias, wLich has been justly defended by Brix. 
39. pueri in itinere esse emortuom E., in order to avoid the long 
quautity in Tdrenti.. Miiller, Pros. p. 521, conjectm-es patremque 
pueri esse ibi Tarenti emortuom. 40. gemino mss., emended by 

28. AVe slTould read apu, damnos ante erat, Romani no- 

thus making the word a pyr- men mutavere, quia iielut in 

rhich: see lutrod. Aul. p. 3i. damnum ituris omen id visum 

30. ad liidos forms ouly oue est. Compare also the pun in 

word, motrically speakiug, and our play, v. 263 sqq. 

may be compared with the cor- 35. animum despondere ' to 

respondiug pronunciation of despair ', an expression used by 

moiossic words in Plautus. — ut Plautus and Livy: see dict. 

ad ludos, viz. convenire solcnt. 37. The shorteuing of the 

33. 'Epidamuum Eomani long a in Suracdsas uiaj he ex- 

Dyrrhachium [the modern Du- plained on the general principle 

razzo] mutato uomine appella- that ^ _ .^ jxiay be turned into 

runt, mala uouiina vitautes '. - ^ -i by a rapid pronuneiation. 

L.VMuiNvs. Tho chauge of the In the play itself we always find 

name took place, when the the legitiraate prosody. 

city (which was originally a 39. The m-iter of this pro- 

colouy of Corcyra, as is well logue seems to use Tarentum 

known to the readers of Thu- with the first syllable long— 

cydides) was colouized by the though it is short in all other 

Romans;seGPhuyN.H. 1II23. places. See, however, crit. 

Pompomus Mela (ii p. 46 Par- note. The modern Italianpro- 

they) states: Dijrrhachium, Epi- nunciation is Tdranto. 



PROL. 41 — 50.] MENAECHMEI. 



11 



ita illum ililexit, qui subruptust, d.lterum : 

illius nomeu indit illi qui domist, 

Meuaechmo, idem quoJ alteri nom(^n fuit; 

et ipsus eodemst avos voeatus ndmine. 
45 propterea illius nomen memini faciiius, 45 

quia illum clamore vidi flagitarier. 

ne mox erretis, iam nunc praedico prius : 

iddmst ambobus nomen geminis fratribus. 

nunc in Epidamnum pedibus redeundumst mihi, 
50 ut hanc rem vobis dxamussim disputencL 50 

the present editor (comp. crit. note on v. 26). immutat gemino 
nomen avos huic alteri li. against tlie mss. 7^. avos is huic g. a. 
Miiller Naehtr. p. 85. 42. t7/t mss., ille ei E. 43 — 46 are placed 
by K. after v. 48. 43. fuit mss., facit K. 51. Epidamnum mss.. 



42. indere, though not ex- 
actly a Ciceronian word,is much 
used in archaic and silver hitin- 
ity. See dict. Observe the con- 
Btruction indit nomen Menaech- 
vio 'he names him Menaech- 
mus'. 

44. eodem should be pro- 
nounced in two syllables (cf. 
eaque v. 35). In avos the final 
8 should be dropt, thus making 
the word a pyrrhich. 

46. Lambinus asks ' a qui- 
bus flagitarier ? ' and adds ' a vo- 
bis', evidently suggesting that 
the performanee to whicli this 
prologue was prefixed, took 
place by special request of the 
public, who were desirous to see 
the play once more upon the 
boards. ButPareus justly says 
' per praecones pubiicos procla- 
mari': the praeco called out, if 
any one knew of the boy's where- 
abouts, he was to restore him 
to his parents. This was the 
classic substitute for adver- 
tising, Douza quotes the in- 
Btance of Eutychus Merc. iii 4, 



78 sq., and of Giton in Petro- 
nius c. 97 ; iu the latter place 
we meet with the very same 
expression as here, c. 92: iuve- 
nis non minore clamoris indig- 
natione G itona f lagitahat. 
Brix adds Plutarch vita Alcib. 
c. 3 : Trars u)v €k ttjs oiKias 6.Triopa. 
irphs Ar]uoKpa.TT) Tiva t<2v ipacTWV 
pov\ofj.evov 5' avTov dTroKripvT- 
reiv {proclamare)'Api<ppovos He- 
piKXrjs ovK etacrev. 

47. mox ' af terwards ', during 
the perf ormance. iam nunc ' now 
already' (very different from 
nunciam). 

49. pcdibus 'ambigunm : nam 
et pedes sunt quibus ambulamus 
iterque facimus, et pedes sunt 
quibus constat versus et car- 
men'. Lambinvs. Such frigid 
jokes as this are very much in 
the style of these spurious pro- 
logues. With the whole pas- 
sage we should compare Poen. 
prol. 79 — 82, which has many 
points in common with it. 

56. examussim is an adverb 
confiued to Plautus and Appu- 



12 



MENAECHMEI. [PROL. 51 — 61. 



si (luis quid vostruin Epidamni curari sibi 

velit, audacter iniperato et dicito : 

sed ita ut det, uude curari id possit sibi. 

nam nisi qui argentum dederit, nugas dgerit : 
,•55 qui dederit, magis maiores nugas dgerit. 55 

verurn illuc redeo, unde abii, atque uno adsto in loco. 

Epidamuiensis llle, ut dudum dixeram, 

geminum illum puerum qui sunupuit alterum, 

ci liberorum, nisi divitiae, nll erat. 
60 ad('tj)tat illum puerum surrupticium 60 

sibi lilium eique uxorem dotatam dedit, 

emcnded by Pylades. 54. qui 71011 argximentum mss., emended 
by Bcroaldus. nam nisi qui mss., emended by Pylades, 7iisi 
quud qui dedcrit li. .wbo tben omits nugas. 57. quem mss., ut 



leius ; in Gellius i 4 tbe old 
editions read examussim, but in 
nertz'8 critical text we fiud 
atamussim. Cbarisius 11 p. 
198 K says tbat Sisenua on 
Plautus Ampb. 11 2, 213 {cxa- 
mussim est optuma) observed 
pro examinato, and adds amu.i- 
sis est tabula rubricata quae de- 
mittitur examinandi ojieris gra- 
tia an rcctum opus surgat. — dis- 
putare 'to make clear': from 
tbe adj. putiis ' clean', still used 
iu tbe \^hia.se 2>urus putus. 

52. velit forms au iamb, 
comp. lutrod. Aul. p. IG. 

53. He is also to defray tbe 
expenses wbicb may be caused 
by tbis commission. 

54. nugas agere ' to practise 
foolisb tbings', a common ex- 
pression. He wbo does not 
Kive, will lose bis trouble, as 
being bent upon a foolisb 
business ; but be 'wbo gives, 
will lose even more and be tbe 
prcater fool of tbe two. 'Dam- 
num tantum apud Epidamnios 
potest curari, et ad id mali 



ominis nomen venustissime 
alluditur'. Gronov. Observe 
tbe double comparative magis 
maiores, wbich is veiy em- 
pbatic : see note on Aul. 419. 

56. He will now not wander 
f rom place to place, but stick to 
ouly one. 

57. Epidamniensis ille : ' nota 
buuc rectum casum non babere 
quo referatur. Sed haec negle- 
geutia imitatur sermonem quo- 
tidianum, quomaxime comoedia 
utitur'. Lambinvs. dudum [on- 
giually = d(» dum) ' some time 
siuce', is used indifferently of 
long and sbort distances of 
time. dixeram iustead of dixi, 
owing to metrical compulsion. 

59. Tliere is a straiued witti- 
cism in tbe expression, just as 
if divitiae aud lihcri belonged 
to tbe same category. This bas 
been justlypointedout by Lam- 
binus. 

61. uxor dotata ' a wife with 
a good dowry'. He found tliis 
excellent match for his son. 



PBOL. G2 — 73.] MENAECHiMEI. 



13 



eumquc licredcm fccit, quom ipse obiit diem. 

nam rus ut ibat f6rtc, ut nniltum pluerat, 

ingrcssus fiuvium rapidum ab urbe baud longule, 
G5 rapidus raptori piieri subduxit pcdes 65 

apstraxitque hominem in maxumam raalam crucem. 

ita illi divitiae evcnerunt maxumae. 

is Illic habitat gdminus surrupticius. 

nunc ille geminus, qui Suracusis habet, 
70 hodie in Epidamnum veniet cum servo suo 7o 

hunc quatiritatum geminum germanum suom. 

haec urbs Epidamnus est, dum haec agitur fabula: 

quando dlia agetur, dliud fiet oppidum ; 

Miiller Pros. p. 338. 63. phiverat Bentley on Hor. Serm. i 5, 15. 

64. ingressust Ber<;k with full stop at the end of the line. 

65. pueri mss.,j}uviits Bergk, jjHert is K. 67. ila om. mss., added 
by Pylades. ilU diiitiae ita li. 70. venit mss., emended by 

the same manner we have from 
nuo the perf. nfd, eomp. adnuit 
used by Ennius ap. Priseian. 
X 12 p. 504 H. (lu some editions 
we read pluverat.) 

64. lunfiule occurs also Piud. 
I 5, 8, and Ter. Haut. 289. liaud 
lonrjule may be translated ' not 
so very far'. 

65. Observetheparonomasia 
in rapidus raptori. — In prosc 
■we should have to say illi qui 
rapuerat puerum (by once steal- 
ing a boy, he did not become a 
raptor for ever, as raptor de- 
notes one ■who makes robbing 
and stealing his business) ; but 
in archaic Latin the nouns in 
tor and sor are often used in 
their original verbal sense, al- 
most like a Greok participle of 
the perfect. Here raptor=i]p' 
TraKws. 

66. in maxumam malam cru- 
Cem, etJ ixtyiaTrjv dirwXuav. 

69. habet = hahitat ; comp. 
note on Aul. 5. 



62. 'He made him heir of 
his fortune by dying'. This 
should uot be misunderstood, 
as if he had instituted him his 
heir on the day of his death. 

63. vt ihat forte like the 
Greek wj erOyx'^''^ Tropevdfxevos. 
But ut with tiie imperf. is not 
very common. — For ihe perfeet 
pliii comp. Varro de Jingua lat. 
IX 104 (p. 232 Miillerj : quidam 
reprehendunt quodpluit et luit 
dicamus iii praeterito et prae- 
senti tempore, cum anulogiae stii 
cuimque temporis verba debeant 
discriminare. falluntur ; nam 
est ac putant aliter, quod in 
praeteritis u dicimus longum, 
pluit Iftit; in praesenti hreve, 
pluit Ifiit. Tlie fact is that 
there were two roots, plu- and 
plouv-, compare pluvius, Flu- 
viae and the verb perplovere 
quoted by Festus p. 250, 29. 
Hence the perfect plui or pluvi. 
The Tootplov- OT plottv- appears 
also in plOrare=ploverare. In 



14. MENAECHMEI, [PROL. 74 — 76. 

sicilt faniiliac qu6([uc solent mutarier : 
75 niodo nic agitat leno, modo adulescens, m6do senex, 75 
paupdr niendicus, r^x, parasitus, hariolus. 
» ♦ ♦ ♦ » * 

Geppert. 75. vwdo ni cadit at leno B, emended by Gruter. modo 
Uno hic agitat R. 76. Botbe was the first to observe that the 
conclusiou of this prologue is wantiug. 

74. familia denotes the agit, modo adulescentis, modo 
troupe of actors, who were ge- senis etc. '. L.i.iiBiNvs, agitat 
iicruliy slaves or at best freed- leno means 'he acts as a pan- 
luen, conducted by the 'domi- der', i. e. he performs the part 
nus gregis'. ' Imi familia liis- of the pander. 

trionum sicut et gladiatorum\ 76. hariolm is the proper 

Tarevs. spelling (not ariolus), so also 

75. 'Modo idem actor (we haruspex. See Vanicek, Ety- 
fihould, therefore, take hic as ujoj, Worterb. p. 57. 

the pronoun) lenonis partes 



ACTVS I. 



Penicvlvs. 

luv^ntus nomen ft^cit Peniculo rnihi 

ide6 quia mensam, quando edo, detdrgeo. 
****** 

homin^s captivos qui catenis vinciunt, 
80 et qui fugitivis s^i^vis indunt compcdes, 

nimis sttilte faciunt mea. quidem sentdntia. 5 

uam hoc h6mini misero si ad malum accedit malum, 
mai6r lubidost fugere et facere nequiter. 

78. ' post hunc versum dubium esse vix potest quin quaedam 
intercideriut ' li. 82. nam mss.; namque Camerarius, E. ; nam 



Acx I. Sc. I. 77. rcniculiis 
est spongia ohlonga, cauclae si- 
milis, ad excutiertdum pulverem, 
quales sunt caudae vulpinae et 
buhulae. Fesivs. In Ter. Eun. 
777 the word denotes a spouge, 
and tbe double dimiuutivejjcni- 
cillus occurs in tbe same sense 
in Pl. Eud. IV 3, 69. peniculus 
is tbe dimiuutive oipenis, wbich 
Btands instead of jjcsjit»; com- 
pare Greek Wos and iro<T-d-r}. 

78. detergere 'sweep clean'. 
Tbe ancients do uot seem to 
have used tablc-clotbs, compare 
Hor. Sat. 11 8, 10 sq., j^^^*^^ 
alte cinctus acernam Gausape 
2)urpureo mensam pertersit. Lu- 
cil. Sat. XXI (p. 75 ed. L. Miiller) 
purpureo tersit tunc latas gau- 
sape mensas. 



79. homines captivos, o^XMa- 
XdjTovs, dopvaXuTovs, comp. Capt. 
I 1, 32. 

80. fugitivi servi, Spair^Tai. 

81. nimis is often used by 
tbe comic poets in tlie simple 
sense of 'very'. — We should 
drop the final s iu nimis. 

82. The ' malum' withwhich 
the poor fcllow is already bur- 
dened is his captivity, tbe ac- 
cessory 'malum' cousists in the 
chains with which he is bound 
by his hard master. Brix quotes 
Bacch. III 3, 32 id quoi obti- 
gcrat, lioc etiam ad malum ar- 
cessehatur malum. 

83. maior lubido est = etiam 
magis lubet ei 'he has a still 
greater desire'. — facere nequiter 
means to do such things as only 



IG 



MENAECHMEI. 



[I. 1. 8—15. 



10 



iiain sc ex catonis (•ximinit aliqu6 modo : 
S.') tuiii C(>iiipL'(liti aut imum lima pracjterunt 

aut Jajiide excutiunt clavom. nugae .sunt eae 

cpiein tu ddscrvare rt^cte, ne aufugiat, voles, 

esca dtque poti6ne vincirl decet : 

apud mensam plenam tu li6niini rostrum deliges. 
00 duni tu Illi, quod edit 6t quod potet, pra^beas 

.suu arl)itratu itsrpte ad fatim cotidie, i5 

hoc Muller Nachtr. p. 117. So. tiun mss., dofendecl by Brix, ditm 
11. (ii(( om. mss., adclecl Ly II. i (i.e. ei) LaiiKen Philol. xxxiii 708 
S(i. 80. niiiiae B, but 11. observes ' post u aliqiiicl erasum in 
li\ wlience the arcliaic form naugae has been introduced into this 
place by Brix. 89. tn om. mss., added by II. hoviini mss. , homhm 
Nonius", !{., homoni (without tn) Brix. 91. uiique om. mss., added 
byK. (Ritschl 8ubse(]uently, N. Pl. Exc. i 72, preferred arbitratud 



s 'nequam' docs, conduct one- 
self like a bad slave, do uaughty 
tricks. 

84. eximunt 'takeout': the 
sense of 'taking' appears iu 
most of the compounds of emere. 

85. tiim iutroduces the se- 
cond ebiss of slaves who were 
said to be eompedibns vincti, v. 
80. — ann.i 'ring', orig. 'round', 
whence the diminutive ilnulu.=:, 
commonly misspelt aiimdns. 
The word occurs ouly here, but 
is not at all dubious, as is 
Btatcd in Smith's Dict. 

86. nugae snnt eae ' all those 
are needless (foolish) precau- 
tions '. 

87. recte ' propcrly '. 

88. The subject aceusative 
eum is easily supplied after 
decet. 

89. We should pronouuce 
apu. — rostrum is applied to the 
mouth of a human being, just 
as we may say ' snout ' iu a 
Bomcwhat slangy style. Iu 
Germau, schnabel is jcstingly 
applied to a liuman mouth. 



rostrum occurs in the same 
sense as here in Petronius. — 
The declension homOnis, homuni, 
homunem, which is assumed by 
some Plautine scholars, is not 
at all warranted by the au- 
tliority of the mss. of Plautus, 
aud we therefore deem it very 
rash to tutroduce it into the 
text. 

90. ^rf(Y is the archaic subj., 
comp. Trin. 102. 

91. siin arbitratu ' at his 
owu pleasure'. — ad fatim 'i>n- 
til he has enough '. There was 
an old noun/<(^(.b', which formed 
its acciisative in im, Hke sitis 
sitim. Tlie adverb usque is not, 
indeed, in the mss., but bas 
been justly added in order to 
fill up the hiatus which cannot 
be admitted iu the present place, 
as there is uo pause strong 
euough to jiistify it. The very 
same phrase usque ad fatim. 
occurs PI. Poeu. iii 1, 31 fibi 
bibas, edds de alieno qudntum 
velis, usque dd fatim. (The ad- 
verb affatim is of course iden- 



L 1. 16—22] 



MENAECHMEI. 



17 



numquam hdrcle effugiet, tam etsi capital focerit : 
facile cldservabis, dum eo vinclo vlncies. 
ita istaec nimis lenta vincla sunt escaria : 
95 quam magis extendas, tanto adstringunt artius. 
nam ego ad Meuaechmumhunc niinc eo: quo idm diu 20 
sum iudicatus, ultro eo, ut me vinciat. 
nam illic bomo hercle homines non alit, verum dducat 

adfatim). ad fatim in two words B, affatim other mss. 92. witb 
H. aocording to Nouius p. 38. edejwl te fiigi <fc tiam «t- si B. 
93. pronouuced spurious by Vahlen, Eh. Mus. xvi 635. 95. in- 
tendas Camerarius. 96. nunc om. mss., advled by Miiller Nachtr. 
p. 81. Formerly hunc was changed by the editors (and K.) into 
nxtna. 98. hercle om. mss., added by li. homones (without hercle) 



tical vrith this.) Plautus has 
also usque ad saturitatem Eud. 
III 4, 53, and ad satietatem usque 
Cist. I 1, 72. — For cotulie see 
our note on Aul. 23. The i in 
the second syllable is ahvays 
loug, as it is au ablatival suihx 
{cotidie — quoto die). 

92. capital 'facinusquodcapi- 
tispoena luitur\ FESTVsp. 48si. 

93. In dum eo \ve have the 
legitimate hiatus aheady uo- 
ticed on arg. 1. dum should 
of course be taken iu its origiual 
temporal seuse 'as long as'. — 
vinclo vincire is an instance of 
tke fig. etymol. 

94. itii iiimis lenta'soveTj 
tenacious'. Af ter this we ought 
to have a cousecutive seutence 
with «( {ita lenta, ut quo magis 
extendas, eo artius adstringant) : 
but as a rule the couversational 
language is not fond of subor- 
dination and prefers co-ordiua- 
tion of seuteuces in very many 
places. — esgarius seems to have 
l^een coiued by Plautus ; it be- 
came, however, a pretty com- 
mon word at a later period, 
though in a slightly modified 
sense. See the dict. 

W. M. 



95. We should expect quan- 
to instead of quam. According 
to Brix, quam magis instead of 
quo {quanto) magis occurs in 
only four otlier plaoes iu Plau- 
tas : Poeu. i 2, 135. Bacch. 
v 1, 5. Asin. I 3, 6. Bacch. 
IV 10, 1. The correlatives quam 
magis — tam magis occur in Lu- 
cretius, iii 700, where see Mun- 
ro's uote. 

96. noni iutroduces the par- 
ticular iustauce which is quuted 
as a proof of the geueral maxim 
previously exphiined. — quo 
should be iinderstood as the 
correlative to eo to be supplied 
in the following liue in ultro eo. 
We should uot, therefore, ex- 
plain quQ of Meuaechmus, as if 
it werc — «(Z quem. (The old 
editious perversely read quoi.) 

97. iudicatus in the seuse 
elsewhere expressed by adiudi- 
catus. The parasite says that, 
like an iusolvent debtor, he 
has long since been adjudged 
to Menaechmus. Comp. Ter. 
Phorm. 334 sq. — ut me vinciat, 
'Iv ixv /^s ^'' 4>v\aKrj. He meaus 
of course ' viuclis escariis ' 

98. The second syllabla o/ 



18 



MENAECHMEI. 



[I. 1. 23—28. 



rccrciitquc : nullus mdlius medicinam facit. 
lOOitilst :iduk'scens: ipsus escae maxuraae, 

Ceriiilis cenas dat : ita mensas dxtruit, 25 

tantas struices concinuat patinarias : 
standumst iu lecto, si quid de summo petas. 
sed mi mtervallum iam hos dies multos fuit : 

Brix. 101. Cerialb Festus, K., Cerealis De, Certali» Ba. mensas 

Cerealis, see the instances col- 
lected by Corssen ii 345. — 
ctiiia is tLe propeu spelliug, not 
coe«rt, as the word is froin cesna, 
coinp. silicernium (instead of 
-cesniiim). — extruit ' builds 
iip', viz. 'cibis, ferculis'. 

102. Struices antiqui dice- 
iHint exstructiones omniumrerum 
Pestvs p. 310 M, •nho quotes 
au instance of Livius Androni- 
cus (quo Castalia per struices 
sdxeas lapsu dccidit v. 37 Eibb.), 
and Servius ou Aen. iv 267 
quotes from Naevius tbe expres- 
sion struix malorum (trag. v. 60 
liibb.). Tlie word is formed with 
the same sufQx as appears in 
cervix cornix coturnix coxendix. 
— concinnare origiually means 
'to render harmonious' (con + 
c(ln 'siug', wheuce con-cin-nus 
'soundiug together'); here it ie 
explained by Paulus Pesti p. 38 
by apte componere. The pro- 
nunciation cdncinndt is like 
ddludds v. 30. — patinarius an 
adj. coined by Plautus who has 
it here aud Asin. i 3, 28; comp. 
escarius above v. 93. 

103. dc summo, hom the top 
of the dish. 

W4:. Nearly the same line 
occurs Bud. i 2, 49 nunc intcr- 
vallum iam hos dics multos fuit. 
The prououu refers to the past 
immediately preceding. The 
parasite means to say that for 



illic is loDg, when adverb, but 
short, wlieu ndjectival pronoun. 
— For the ditference between 
alere nnd educare compare No- 
nius 422, 10 alere est victu 
temporali sustentare, educare 
autem ad satietatem perpetuam 
educere (wbere he also quotes 
this passage). 

99. recreare 'create anew'. 
'Gives us, as 'twere, new life, 
when dead with hunger'(THOR\- 
ton). — i;k'dJci/(aw facere seems 
to have been a techuical expres- 
sion, cf. Cistell. i 1, 76. Just 
as viedicinam facere = mederi, 
so iu Greek depaireiav Toieiadai, 
= 0€panevm>. 

100. escae maxumae 'of lordly 
appetite' (Thoknton), geu. of 
quuhty. Brix quotes Cic. ad 
fam. IX 26 multi cibi hospes, 
Gruter Hor. curm. i 36, 13 
Damalis jmtlti meri. 

101. Tlie Cerialia were ce^e- 
brated in the Circus from the 
12th to the 19th April. It was 
a very popular festival; the 
peoplo were then habited in 
white and used to feast plenti- 
folly. Heuce 'suppers for the 
feast of Ceres' are plentiful and 
splendid eutertaiuments : ' op- 
timaeet lautae acmultis fercuUs 
oneratac' (Pareus). The spel- 
ling Cerialis appears to be much 
more frequent in the inscrip- 
tions aud in the mss. than 



L 1. 29—2. 2.] 



MEXAECHMEI. 



19 



105 cloini duin invitus sum lisque cum caris meis : 20 
nam ucquc edo neque emo, nisi quod est carissumum. 
sed quoniam cari, qui Instruontur, ddserunt, 
nunc ad eum inviso. s^d aperitur ostium : 
Menat^chmum eccum ipsum video : progreditiir foras. 

Menaechmvs I. Penicvlvs. 

110 Me. XI mala, ni stulta sis, ni indomita imposque 
animi, I 2. 

quod viro esse vldeas odio, 6dio tute habeas tibi. 

Festus, R., mfnsam mss. lOo. domi Bb, domo Ba. domitus mss. 
summus que Ba, corrected bv Bb. domi dum domiiius sum usque K. 
domi dum invitus sum Madvig Adv. erit. ii 7. 107. id quoque iam 
cari qui mss. set quoniam caiu quom E. hesitatiugly. The passage 
is notyet emeuded. 110. sis mss., defemled by A. Speugei de vers. 
cret. p. 21. sies K. 111. quod viro esse odio videas tute tibi odio 
habeas mss., •whicli I have arranged so as to form atrochaic septe- 
narius with hiatus iu the caesura. quod viro odio vldeas esse, tdte tibi 

eats at home. Compare tho 
followiug liue. 

107. instrul is used of the 
array of di«hes upoii a well- 
served table, aud of the array 
of soldiers in a liue of battle. 
Corapare the very ludicrous pas- 
sage in the Captivi i 2, -19 sqq. , 
iu which the parasite Ergasilns 
compares the various dishes of 
a good diuuer with the ditifereut 
corps of an army. (The present 
liue has not yet beeu satisfac- 
torily emended; see the crit. 
note.) — deserunt 'tliey desert', 
run away, according to the 
simile indicated in instruontur. 
lu Greek this would Ije Trapa- 
TdrTecrOai and XetTreif T-qv Ta^tv. 

Acx I. Sc. ir. 110. Menaech- 
mus addresses these compli- 
mentary observations to his 
wife who had followed him to 
thc door iu order to watch where 
hc was going. 

2—2 



a considerable number of days 
he has been left witbout au in- 
vitation. 

105. The reading of the mss. 
domitus sum might be defcuded 
by considering domitus as a 
comic formation .(not found 
elsewhere) in the sense of 'con- 
fined to my home' or 'domesti- 
cated' (Brix quotes the similar 
formations ruri rurant homines 
Capt. 82, ne dentes dentiant 
Mil. gl. I 1, 34, in collumbari 
collum Kud. III 6, 50) : but iu- 
dependently of the quantity of 
domitus (instead of which we 
should rather expect domUus), 
we cannot- but object to the 
present SHOT instead of /«(■. We 
have, therefore, adojjted Mad- 
vig'8 ingenious emendation of 
this passage. — cari mei 'my 
dear ones', au ambiguous ex- 
pression, by which he might 
denote his family, though he 
really means the dear food lie 



20 



MENAECHMEI. 



[I. 2. 3—10. 



pradtcrhac si luilii tale post liunc dicm 
faxis, faxo loris vidua visas patrem. 
n^m quotions foras ire volo, 5 

m6 retines, revocds, rogitas: 
11.') quo ego eam, qudm rem agam, quid negoti geram, 
(|uid petam, quid feram, quid foras ddgeram. 
p6rtitort^m domum duxi : ita omnem mihi 
rem necesse dloquist, quicquid egi atque ago. 
uiraium ego te habui ddlicatam, nimc adeo, ut fac- 
turus, dicam. 'o 

haleds item E., taking iiem from G. Hermaim. 114a and b are 
treatetl by R. as one trochaic line. He inserts epo aiterforas. 116. 
foris legerim B witli the correction efjerim, aceepted by all editors 
(also R.) except Brix. egeram (which is not a Plautiue vrord) M. 
Haupt. deijcram Schwabe .Jahr. f. Phil. 1872 p. 407, Brix. 119. ego 
rejectcd by 11., defended by Milller Nachtr. p. 65 sq. and Brix. 
120a aud B are trcated by li. as one Une. 123. neqxdquam E. who 



112. fa.Tis=feceris (i. e. ori- 
ginally fecesis). — faxo is often 
used in Plautus in the sense of 
'Iwarrant you, I promise yoi;'. 
— i'idua ' etiam dicitur ea mulier 
cum qua vir facit divortium seu 
discidium, non sohxm ea cuius 
vir mortuus est'. Lambints. 
In Ter. Phorm. 913, the youug 
^nfe who is to be divorced from 
her busband is styled vidua. 
In fact, the word meant nothing 
bnt 'single, alone', i.e. with- 
out a mau or husband; hence 
Plautus applies it even to 
'meretrices' without lovefs, 
Cist. 1 1, 46. — ri.so 'go and see'. 

113. In foras the second 
syllable is shortened : see In- 
trod. Aul. p. :^8. 

115. The hiatus in qud efto 
is legitimate: lutrod. to Aul. 
p. 68. 

116. The verb degerere is 
mcre tban once used of clan- 
destinely carrying some preseut 



to a mistress. So also deferre 
V. 13;^. 

117. The portitores were en- 
titled to examine all merchan- 
dise, compare Trin. 794; ' hoc 
eo dicit Menaechmus quod haec 
mulier virum egi-edieutem do- 
mo et redeuntcm ita curiose 
observet et excutiat, quod facere 
solent portitores, ut portitoiia 
exigant'. Lamb. 

119. In the iirst foot of this 
hne, the syUables n7mi ego make 
a proceleusmatic. — dclicattis ' a 
darling' (comp. puer deJicatiis 
irai5iKd, Most. iv 2, 32), the 
word being connected with deli- 
ciae. Menaechmus means 'I 
have trcated you too much as a 
darling', 'I have spoiled you'. 
(The exiilanation of Festus, 
deUcatus = {diis) dcdicatus is 
nonsense.) — The omission of 
sum in the so-called 'periphras- 
tic ' conjugation is rather rare. 



1. 2. 11—11).] menaecuml:!, 2X 

120 quauJo ego tibi ancillas, pcnum, 

lauaili, aurum, vestem, purpuram 

bene pra^beo nec quicquam eges, 

nialo cavebis, si sapis : 

virum 6bservare ddsines. 
atquc aJeo, ne me nequiquam sdrves, ob eam in- 

Justriam 
boJie Jucam scortum atque aJ cenam dliquo cou- 

Jicam foras. is 

12.J Pe. illic homo se uxori simulat male loqui, loquitur 

mibi : 
ndm si foris cenat, profecto me, haiiJ uxorem, ul- 

ciscitur. 
Me. eiiax, iurgio bdrcle tauJem uxorem abegi ab 

ianua. 
ubi suut amatores mariti ? Joua quiJ cessant mihi 

subseqaently changed his views and preferred nequicquam with Ba. 
So alsjo Brix. 124 ad cenam atque aliquo mss., emended by 
Paumier. 1'27. hercle iixorem tandem K., but see also his N. Pl. 
Exc. I p. C7. 12S. ubi amatores nunt E. after Camerarius. The 

121. lana woollen materials, crit. note on Trin. 440. — servare 
and purpura purple-coloured =observare in the preceding 
Etufifs for dresses (which were Hne, 'to watch'. — ob eam indus- 
always made up in the house t.riam : ' propter id studium 
itself, by the hady and her quod adhibuisti et adhibes in 
elaves), aurum jewellery, vestis me observando' Lamb, Comp. 
(sc. straijula) covers for beds below, v. 791. 
andcouchesetc. — bene — bcnigne 124. condicere foras 'estul- 
'Uberally'. — quicquam is aecus. tro se offerentium ad cenam' 
'in no respect do you want for (Pareus). Menaeclmius intends 
anything'. to invite himself somewhere, 

122. malo cavere ' to beware and subsequently fixes upon 
of evil consequences'. Erotium as the one at whose 

123. atque adeo ' and iu- house his supper is to take place. 
deed'; see note on v. 11 above. 126. We shoukl pronounce 
— nequiquam 'for nothing'; the fori, thus reduciug the word to 
qui represents an ablativc. The a pyrrhich, 

Bpelliug nequicqumii owes its 128 sqq. The iambic metre 

origiu to an erroueous deriva- is descriptive of the rejoicLng of 

tion and should not bc misin- Menaechmas who now leaves 

terpreted as a traco of an archaic his house and proceeds trium- 

ablative euding in d. See my phantly lo the front of the 



22 MENAECHMEI. [L 2. 20—27. 

conferre omncs consratulantcs, qui pugnavi fortitcr ? 
1 ;U) [liduc modo uxori Intus ijallam siirrupui : ad scor- 

tum fero.] ^i 

sic liuic decct dari faccte v^rba custodi catae. 
hoc facinus pulcrumst, hoc probumst, hoc l^pidumst, 

hoc factumst fabrc : 
mco malo a mala abstuli hoc : ad amicam defer^tur. 
avorti praedam ab hostibus nostrum salute socium. 25 
1 ".'i Pe. heiis adulcscens, ecqua in istac pars inest praemi 

mihi 1 
Me. pe'rii, in insidias deveni. Pe. immo in prae- 

sidium. n6 time. 

reading of tbe mss. has becn maintained by Brix. 129. confira- 
tatites R. wbo consiJers tbis a trocbaic septenarius like tbe preced- 
ing line. 130. has beeu justly bracketed by Brix. 131. huic 
Colvius, hoc mss. 133. vieo quM malo E., but quod is not in tbe 
niss. ab>:tuU, hoc R. I follow Brix. dammim mss. (E.), dominam 
Ditsaldeus more in tbe style of Ovid tban of Phautus. amicam Brix. 
134. aJi-orti I>, arerti the otbermss. 135, praemi mihi G\iiielmius, 

st&se.—amator 'one wbo is al- Stich. rv 1, 64. Pl. has also the 

waysinlove'; Lambiuus justly exTpiession fabrefacerefallaciam 

explains 'amator amat ex ba- Cas. v 1, 8. 

bitn, anians ex perturbatione 133. vieo malo = meo damno 

(sndden passion), amicua amat or detrimento, 'to my own loss'. 

animum, rtmafor corpus', 134. sahite ' to the welf are '. 

130. This line bas no busi- One migbt feel tempted to con- 
ness here, as the 'palla' cannot sider salute in tbis pbrase as a 
be mentioned before v. 133. It corrupt dative, iustead of salu- 
is, moreover, impossible to in- tei. If it were an actual abla- 
terrupt tbe contiuuity of iambic tive, -we should rather expect 
lines by a single trocbaic line. cum salute. Pareus (Lex. Plaut. 

131. sic, as I have done. — 413) quotes tbe same use of 
verba dare is a common pbrase salute from Bacch. iv 0, 147 
denoting 'to cheat, deceive'. — and Eud. iv 2, 5, to whicb Brix 
Crtfus means originally 'sbarp', adds Merc. iv 5, 9, in which 
hence the names Cato, Catius, Tpassage v^eread salutemaxuma, 
Catullus, and Catilina. •whicb shows that Plautus took 

132. lepidus is a favourite salute as au abl. 

word with tbe comic poets, aud 135. iiitac, \iz. praeda. 

may be rendered 'joily'. See 136. The expression in in- 

my note on Aul. 493. — fabre= sidias devenire is cbosen on 

affabre 'in a workmanlike man- account of Menaechmus' pre- 

uer', comp. also Poen, ui 1, 74. vious description of his trium- 



1. 2. 2S— o4.] 



MKNAECHMEI. 



23 



Me. quis homost ? Pe. ego sum. Me. o mda com- 

moditas, 6 mea opportunita.s, 
silve. Pe. salve. Me. qufd agis ? Pe. teneo d6x- 

tera genium meum. 
Me. uon potuisti miigis per tempus mi advenire 

quam iidveiiis. 30 

l-tO Pe. ita ego soleo : commoditatis omnis articulos 

scio. 
Me. vin tu faciuus luculentum inspicere ? Pe. quis 

id coxit coquos ? 
iam sciam, si quid titubatumst, ubi reliquias videro. 
Me. dic mi, en umquam tti vidisti tabulam pictam 

in pariete. 



pre mihi the mss. 141. qnis mss, , qid E. after Bothe. 142. rili- 
quias ubi E. after Bothe. 143. numqua B, nuqua C, num quam B., 



phant return from a conflict 
vrith an enemy. — The pun in- 
volved in inddiae and praesi- 
dj«niiseasLlyunderstood,though 
dif&cult to imitate in EngHsh. 

138. quid agis means hoth 
'what are you doing' and 'how 
do you do '. Lamb. aptly 
quotes the parallel instance in 
the Mostellaria iii 2, 30 quid 
agis f Hominem optumum teneo. 
— genius is an appellation al- 
most equivalent to our 'good 
angel'; the one who keeps me 
alive and protects me every- 
where. Parasitescommonlycon- 
fer this nameupon their patrons, 
cf. Curc. II 3, 22. Capt. iv 2, 99 
(Pareus, Lex. Plaut. 187). 

139. per tempus advenire = 
opportune 'to come in the nick 
of time'. Truc. i 2, 84. 

140. commoditas 'fitness of 
time' = opportunitas ,fvKatpla. ar- 
ticulus denotes a small particle, 
d 'joint' of time (if we may 



venture to say so), comp. articu,- 
lus temporis Epid. iii 4, 55. — 
Thornton translates ' I know to 
hit each point and nick of time'. 

141. vin = visne. — inspicere 
is a term of the kitchen, com- 
pare inspicere in patinas Ter. 
Ad. 428. Menaechmus means 
'inspect some splendid piece of 

* work' (the robe he has stolen 
from his wife) ; the parasite 
takes facinus luculentum of a 
piece of culinary art. 

142. iam ' at once'. — si quid 
titubatumst, if anything has 
been done amiss in it. The 
parasite professes to be a great 
connoisseur and a perfect judge 
of all culinary productions. — 
reliquiae (the 'beaux restes' of 
a feast) occurs also below, v. 
462 ; cf. also Stich. iii 2, 40. 

143. For en umquam the 
student is referred to my note 
on Trin. 589. — in pariete: 'al 
fresco '. 



24 IIENAECHMEI. [I. 2. 35 — 40. 

ubi aquila Catamitum raperet^ aut ubi Yenus Ad6- 

ueum ? , 35 

1 45 Pe. sa^pe. sed quid ista^ picturae ad me attinent ? 

Me. age mc dspice. 
^quid adsimul6 similiter? Pe. qui istic ornatus 

tuost ? 
Me. dlc hominem lepidissumum esse meU Pe. ubi 

cssuri sumus ? 
Me. dfc modo hoc quod ^go te iubeo. Pe. dico: 

homo lepidissume. 
Me. dcquid audes d6 tuo istuc addere ? Pe. atque 

hilarissume. ^ 

en umqnam Brix. 144. catamei tum B originally, subsequently 
cbangcd into catamitum. As K. says 'scriptum fuit antiquitus 
catameittm' (wbich would be almost certain even witbout ms. 
evidence) Brix prints catameituin in bis scbool-edition. 146. 
'mirer ni adsimiliter scripserit Plautus' R. 147. 7ne mss. , vied 
(tbouKb witb a transposition, not adopted bere) Fleckeisen. esse 
me. Pe. ubi nos essuri sumus E., but nos is not in tbe mss. See 
also R.'s N. Pl. Exc. i p. 50. me and ubi hodie Muller Pros. p. 

144. Catamitus is tbe arch- parte Ganymedem et Adonim 
aie Latin and Etruscan form of forma aut ornatu ref ero? ' Lamb. 
tbe Greek Tavvnrjdr]^, see our The reference is of course to 
crit. note on Trin. 948. Cicero tbesomewbatwomanishstyleof 
Pbil. II 31, 77 uses catamitn;/ as beauty of tbese two cbaracters. 
a general term for an effeminate 147. lepidissumus is an appel- 
person. The subject of Gany- • lation bestowed by tbe parasite 
mede^srapebyJove^seaglewould ouly on receiving an lavitation 
seem to bave been a favouiite for dinner. — essum is a not un- 
with ancient artists, but a re- eommon form of tbe supine in 
presentation of tbe rape of tbe mss. of Plautus ; it owes its 
Adonis by Veuus has not yet origin to its derivation from ed- 
been discovered, tbougb one sum or ed-tum. It is, however, 
would say that tbe subject itself nottobeoverlookedtbatPlautus 
was attractive euougb. Adoneus bimself could only spell esum, 
(iustead of 'ASwvts) is one of tbe as tbe doubbng of consonants 
arcbaic formations wbicb sub- was not usual in bis period. 
sequejitly again gave way to tbe 149. audere originally= avi- 
original Greek forms. dere (from aiidus = aviditm esse 

145. istae ' those mentioned or simply avere) 'bave a mind 
byyou*. to': see n. on Trin. 244. In 

146. ecquid adsimxtlo simili- the old editions, it is commonly 
ter 'id est, nonne aUqua ex stated tbat audere in tbese 



I. 2. 41—43.] 



MENAECHMEI. 



25 



loO Me. peige. Pe. uou pergo h^rcle vei'o, nlsi scio qua 
gnltia. 
lltigium tibist cuni uxore : eo mi abs te caveo 
cautius. 

Al P ♦ '3(t ^ Tlf ▼ ■5F 

155 clam uxorem ubi sepulcrum babeamus, bunc com- 
buramus diem, 

635. 150. vero om. mss., added by E. — perpe, perge. Pe. non 
pergo hercle, nUi sc. Schwabe Jahr. f. Phil. 1872, p. 407. But the 
iteration of perge would seem to indicate too much impatience on 
the part of Menaechmus. 151. eo E, o or oh the mss. 155. atqiie 
hunc comburamis diem Bb. E. considers this line as the combined 
fragments of two, which he priuts in this fashion — 

* * * clam uxoremst ribi sepulcrum hab^bimus, 

* * * * atque hduc comburamus diem. 

In the first line he would insert mdgis sapis nunc. ndm ; in the 



phrases is merely a sj-nonj-m of 
vellc, but the reason of this 
employment of the verb is not 
given. Comp.also Truc. iv3,44, 
and in the present play v. G'J7. 

loU. The parasite refuses to 
pay Menaechmus any further 
compliments before kuowing 
the reason for which he is ex- 
pected to be pohte. 

151. 'lubet Menaechmus sup- 
parasitari sibi parasitum : at 
ille renuit blandiri gratis, nisi 
sciat qua mercede: atque ob 
eam causam, inquit, diligentius 
abs te mihi caveo et praescu-e 
certo praemium cupio, quia 
litigium tibi audivi cum uxore 
esse, ut haud facile me domum 
sis ad cenam vocaturus'. Aci- 
D.VLIVS, Divinationes in Plau- 
tum p. 253. — caute cavere is one 
of those numerous phrases in 
which a verb is emphasized by 
an adverb of the same root, 
compare propere properare, cur- 
sim currere, memoriter memi- 
nissc and others in Plautus. 



152. The gap probably con- 
tained a thought somewhat hke 
the following: ne time : si ddmi 
negatur, tdmen nobis praestdst 
locus. 

155. sepulcrumhabere should 
be uuderstood of holding the 
burial feast, wliich used to take 
place after the body had been 
burnt. Hence also the expres- 
sion comburerc diem, as if the 
day were dead — his candles 
burnt out. (Lamb. compares 
Horace's condere dicm carm. iv 
5, 29.) The priucipal meal, the 
cena, was taken in the evening. 
The simile is continued in the 
following lines. 

155. orare was anciently 
used in the simple sense of di- 
cere. Hence aequom oras means 
'you make a just observation'. 
— quam mox ' how soon ', i. e. 
shall I not very soon light the 
funeral pyre? Compare Livy 
m 37, 5. Festus, p. 261, saya 
' quam mox significat cito '. 



i>G MENAECHMEI. [I. 2. 41—51. 

Pe. dge sane igitur, quando aequom oras, quam mox 

incon(]6 rogum ? _ ^ 

dies quidem iara ad umbilicum est dimidiatus mor- 

tuos. ^ *^ 

Me. tc morarc, miiii quom obloquere. Pe. oculum 

ccfodito pdr .solum 
mihi, Menacchmc, si ullum verbum faxo, nisi quod 

iusseris. 
Me. c6ucede huc a foribus. Pe. fiat. Me. ^tiam 

concede hl^ic. Pe. licet. 
Me. dtiam nunc concdde audacter ab leonino cavo.^ 
IGOPe. eu, cdepol ne tu, iat ego opinor, ^sses agitator 

probus. ^ 

Me. quidum? Pe. ne te uxor sequatur, r^spectas 

iddntidem. 



second ubi poUucedmus lepide. 156. incondo B. 157. dimidiatus 
viortuost R. from Gellius wbo quotes this line iii 14;. 158. Ne B, 
te CD. quin />', quam CD, quom FZ. This line and the follow- 
iug are jilaced by K. after v. 151. pcrsolum considered corrupt by 
R., semorum lUicheler lih. Mus. xii 133. See also the re^iewer in 
tlie Lit. Ceutralbl. 1867, p. 215, A. Spengel Phil. xxvii 310, and 



157. dimidiatu.<; is common mus' own house. — etiam ' still 
instead of diniidiu.'^. more \~licet is a common 

158. ohloquere = loquendo ob- phrase in assenting to a request : 
strepis. Lamb. — pcr solum is see our notes on Trin. 372 and 
verj' strange, though it admits on Aul. 326. 

of an explauation. Supposing 159. conccde audacter — aude, 

this reading to be correct, the (v. 149) concedere. — leonino cnvo 

parasite says 'yon may knock 'the den of the lioness', viz. 

out luy cye so that it shall come his wife. 

out by the sole of my foot'. IGO sq. 'Agitator probus 

Comp. Poen. iii 1, 68 at edepol fequorum) in hidis cireensibus 

(i^i 71«« in lumbos Unguamatque identidem respicit eos qui pone 

oculos in solum. Cas. ii 6, 39 curruut. Menaechmus identi- 

«( ta ut oculos emungare ex ca- dem respiciebat seu respecta- 

pite per nasum tuos. Sec, how- bat timens ne ab uxore conspi- 

ever, crit. note. We are almost ceretur pallam uxoris indutus'. 

inclined to adopt Mad\-ig's cor- Lamd. Tliis note will also serve 

rection. to explain ne in v. 161. 
158. aforibus, of Menaech- 



I. 2. :)2— GO.] MENAECHMEI. 27 

Me. sed quid ais ? Pe. egoiio ? id enim quod tu 

vis, id aio atque id nego. 
Mk ^equid tu de cxlore possis, si quid forte olf^ceris, 
__fdcere coniecturam ? Pe. caiDtum si siet coll^gium, 

65 cuo . . s . . ata 

Me. age dum, odorare hdnc quam ego habeo pdllam : 
quid olet ? dpstines ? 55 

Pe. summum oportet olfactare vdstimentum mliliebro: 
nam ^x istoc loco spurcatur nasum odore inlutili. 
Me. olfacta igitur hinc, Penicule : ut lepide fastidis. 
Pe. olet. 
70 Me. quid igitur? quid oldt? responde. Pe. furtuni, 
scortum, prandium. 

Me. elocutu's * * * * 

nunc ad amicam deferetur hanc meretricem Ero- 
tium. 60 

Miiller Pros. p. 579. pessulo Madvig Adv. crit. 11 7. 162. ais 
Pylades, ariis mss. 164. sit collegium mss., emended by BotLe. 
1(55. only in the palimpsest, biit illegible. 168. inlucido mss., 
inhttibili Nonius, inlutili E. 169. JDi facta B, olfacia F and 
eaily editors. lepide. ut mss., corrected by E. olet 0. Seyffert 

162. Tbe words sed quid ais tanta arte praeheant tibi qucinta 

are frequently used to introduce ego. 

a new subject which had near- 166. abstines ' subintellege, 

ly escaped the attention of the manum, vel abstines summam 

speakers. See our note on Triu. partem pallae taugere.' Lamb. 

193. — enjw ' to be sure' = cHj(«- 168. ex istoc loco, iiom the 

vero, very common in the comic place which you offcr to my 

writers. Comp. below 251. uostrils, i.e. 'infima pars vesti- 

164. capere was a tecbnical menti'. — iiasinn is always used 
term of the augm-s choosing a as a neuter in Plautus. Comp. 
placefor theirobservations ('est e.g. Curc. i 2, 17 sagax nasuni 
verbum augurum, dum locum habet. — sjjurcare occursinPIau- 
eligebant ad efifandos fines tus only here. — illutilis 'notto 
templorum' Pareus, Lex. Pl. be washed out', only liere. 

63). 169. Jdnc, from this place 

165. The original sense of which I show jon.— ut lepide 
this hne is of course irrecover- fastidis ' in what a jolly manner 
ably lost, but something to this you show your disgust'. 
purpose may have been con- 173. hanc, i.e. who livea 
tained in it : c6nieeturam n6n close by. 



28 



MENAECHMEI. [I. 2. 61—66. 



mihi. tibi atquo illi iubcbo iam adpavari prandiura : 
175 iiKle ustiue ad diurnam stellam crastinam polibi- 
mus. 
Pe. cu, cxpeditc fabulatu's. iam ferio foris 1 Me. 

vel maue etiam. Pe. mille passum commoratus 

caiitharum. 
Me, phicidc pulta. Pe. metuis credo, n4 fores Sa- 

miad sient. 65 

1 80 Me. mdue mane, obsecro h^rcle : eapse eccam ^xit. 

a, sol^ra vide, 

Phil. XXVII 452, decct mss., licet Acidalius, E. 171. K. fancied be 
could ducipher tibi fiuit iu the palirapsest, in which alone thisline 
aud the foUowing liave been preserved. 176. ferio foris B. with ^, 
foresferio tlie other niss. and so Brix. 180. eajyse AcidaUus, ab se 
mss. !See li.'s Is. ri. Exc. I p. 52. ecca mss. , emended by Botbe. 



175. diurna stella = <pwff<p6- 
/jojor /Hci/t'r,'themorningstar'. 
IleKperus is called Nocturitus 
Amph. I 1, IIG. 

176. expedite, literally 'ex- 
peditiously', is here used in the 
sense of ' clearly ' or ' to the 
point'.— iam ferio 'am I now 
to knock at the door?' In ques- 
tions of this kind, Plautus em- 
ploys both the iudicative and 
the subjunctive. JSee our uote 
ou Trin. 1062. 

177. vel mane etiam 'or 
rather wait a bit'. — mille is al- 
ways trcated as a subst. by 
Plautus, uever as au adjective 
(seo uote ou Triu. 425). pas- 
sum=2'(^^t"^"^ occurs also iuLu- 
ciliu.'*, Martial, Cuto, and Livy, 
comp. also currum = curruuia 
Verg. Aen. vi 653 aud similar 
forms. Kiihner, AusfUhrl. 
Ctramin. der lat. Spr. i p. 246. — 
Thoruton trauslates 'The cup 
was just at haud; 'tis uow a 
tbousand paces off'. Acidalius 



(Divin. p. 253) says very pro- 
perly, 'Indicant haec parasiti 
festiuatiouem et impatieutiam 
morae : qui canthario et potati- 
oui destiuatae immiueus aegre 
fert cohibere se quiu statim 
fores pulset '. 

178. ' Maior pars homiuum 
terienis utitur vasis. Samia 
etiamnunc in esculeutis laudan- 
tur'. rUuy N. H. XXXV 46, 160. 
The crockery of Samos is re- 
peatedly meutioned iu Plautus, 
comp. Capt. II 2, 41. Bacch. 
II 2, 24. Sticb. V 4, 12. Samiae 
testae Tib. ii 3, 47. From the 
anecdote related by Cicero pro 
Mur. 36, 75 it appears that 
Samia vasa were the common 
crockery in Eoman houses ; see 
also Auct. ad Her. iv § 64. The 
joke itself is aptly explained by 
Lambinus ' metuis, credo, ne 
fores sint lictiles et ita fragiles 
ut vasa Samia '. 

180. mdne mane is the regu- 
lar pronuuciation in Plautus, 



I. 2. 67—3. 7.J MENAECHMEI. 29 

siitiu ut occaecatust prae huius c(5rporis cancl6ribus? 



Erotivm. Penicvlys. Menaechmvs I, 

Er. dnime mi, Mcnaeclimc, salve. Pe. quid cgo ? 

Eu. extra numcrum 4s mihi. I 3. 

Pe. i(.iem istuc aliis ddscriptivis fieri ad lcgionem 

solet. 
85 Me. dgo isti ac milii hodie adparari iussim apud te 

proelium. 
Er. hodie id fiet. Me. in co utcrque proelio pota- 

bimus. 
uter ibi melior bcUator drit iuvcntus cantharo, 5 
tuos est: legito ac iiidicato, cum utro tu hanc noct^m 

sies. 
ut ego uxorem, mea voluptas, ubi te aspicio, odi 

male. 

video mss., emended by Acidalius. 181. occecatnn mss., emended 
by Pylades. 182. mei Ba (aud so Brix), mi JSb, E. After v. 182, 
E. assumes a gap. 184. fieri ad legionem VaiTO de 1. 1. vii 56 p. 
540 Sp. and from him K., ad legionem fieri mss. 185. isti ac 
Acidalius, istic mss. iH.v.si mss., emended by Acidalius. ego istic 
mi hddied E. N. Pl. Exc. i p. 91. 186. Jlet mss., Jiet Gruter. 

}VLst &s tine tene. — Plautus usea ways found in tlie army. Of 

eapse eopse eumpse eampse ; see adscriptivns Varro de 1. 1. vii 

Corssen ii 847. — solem is an in- § 56 says adscriptiri dicti qid 

stance of the prolepsis or anti- olim adscrihehantur incrmes, ar- 

cipation of the subject of a matis militihus qui succederent, 

dependent clause. si quis eorum deperisset. — istuc 

181. satin ut = sati.sne (est) 'your saying' might just aswell 

w( 'is it not enough how' tbe apply to the superuumeraries of 

sun has grown dark in com- the army ; though tbey are not 

paj'ison with the brigbtness of exactly uecessary, still thej' are 

her beauty ! Brix quotes an there. 

analogous instance of satin \it 185. isti, parasito. — iussim 

after vide from Stich. i 3, 113 ( = iusserim) 'I should Hke to 

sq. order'. — proelixnn is said of tbe 

AcT I. Sc. III. 182. extra nu- supper, with the same simile 

merum 'outside the number' of as was used before, v. 107. 

my friends. 187. bellator cantharo '& 

184. The parasite jestingly warrior at the bowl'. (Thobn- 

considers himself as a super- ton.) 
numerary, such as were al- 



30 



MENAECHMEI. 



[I. 3. 8—12. 



190 Eu. intorim nequis quin cius tiliquid indutus sies. 
(juid hoc est ? Mk. induvia(i tuae atque uxoris exu- 

via(^, rosa. 
Er. superas facile, ut superior sis mihi quam quis- 
([uam qui impetrant. lo 

Pe. niLTotrix tantisp^^r blauditur, dum illud quod 
rapiat videt : 
195 nam si amabas, iara oportebat nasum abreptum mor- 
dicus. 

pro ilio mss., prarlio (so) ScaliRer. 188. Tuest legio adiudicato 
inss., emended by Vahlen Eh. Mus. xvi 631. eum lcges, tu iudicato 
R. liesitatingly ; he subsequently adopted Yahleu's correction, 
thouRh ho adds that it does not appear to be altogether satis- 
factory: nor is Brix entirely convinced of its absolute truth. 
Perhaps we may propose tuoinst eligere ac indicare.—tu om. mss., 
oriniually added by E., who subsequently adopted Fleckeisen'3 
conj. vtroiie, and tinally proposed ntrod (N. Pl. Exc. i p. 64). 
190. sies 1'ylades, sis mss. After v. 194 E. fancied he could discover 
in the A faint traces of tuo lines instead of the one read in the 
other mss. He, therefore, assumed a gap after v. 194. But Geppert 



190. interim 'meanwhile', 
i. e. all the time you are speak- 
ing against your wife, you show 
your fonduess for her by wearing 
some article of her wardrobe. — 
ncquis quin is like non potis 
quin. 

191. The pun in induviae 
and exuriae is easily undcr- 
Btood, though impossible to re- 
produce in English. (In Ger- 
man we might say : 'eiu auszug 
meiuer frau, fiir dich eiu an- 
zug'.) — rosa 'inblanditiis ama- 
torum est. Asiu. iii 3, 74. 
Curc. I 2, 6. Bacch. i 1, 50'. 
Tareus, Lex. Pl. 409. 

192. supcras = victoriam ob- 
tiiws. — qui impetrant ^iz. noctes 
meas ; the aposiopesis being 
chosen for the sake of decency. 

194. blanditur may be re- 
ferred to the coaxiug words 



nsed by Erotium, but we shonld 
also assume some endearing 
gesture on her part while pro- 
nouncing the preceding line. — 
quod rapiat 'which she would 
like to seize'. 

195. amabas is said with a 
certain emphasis: 'if youreaUy 
loved him'. Erotium's kisses 
and endearments are not of the 
genuine kind ; they lack the 
real fire of love, which would 
fain devour the beloved object. 
— Plautus fui-nishes numerous 
instances of oportet {oportuit 
oportebat) with the past parti- 
ciple, e.g. Most. iv 8, 26 aurem 
adinotain oportuit. Other pas- 
sages may be' fouud in my note 
on Aul. 747 and Ter. Andr. 
239. — The adv. mordicus occurs 
also Aul. 232, where our note 
may be consulted. 



I. 3. 13—21.] MEN-AECHMEI. 31 

Me. sustine hoc, Penlcule : exuvias facere quas vovf 

volo. 
Pe. cetlo, seJ obsecro hercle, salta sic cum palla 

postea. 
Me. dsjo saltabo? sanus liercle non es. Pe. eo[one 

an tu magis ? ' >/ i^ 

si uon .saltas, exue igitur. Me. nimio ego hanc perl- 

culo 
200 surrupui hodie. meo quiJcm auimo ab Hlppolyta 

subcingulum 
Hdrcules hauJ aeque magno umquam abstulit perl- 

culo. 
cape tibi hanc : quanJo una vivis mels morigera md- 

ribus, 
Er. hoc animo Jecet animatos esse amatores probos. 
Pe. qui quiJem aJ menJIcitatem se properent Je- 

truJere. 21 

(Plaut. Stucl. II 60 sq.) contradicts E.'s statement. 196. qnas suo 
uiuola B, emended by Camerarius. 201. Uand hercle seque B, 
aud h^rcule seque C, h.\ud heec — was legible in A. Emended by 
Lambinus. hatld Herculeus aeque Koch Eli. Mus. xxv 619. 204. 

196. sustine hoc ' take hold of kX« iir^ra^e ^wffTrjpa Ko/jdi^eiv tov 
thi8',i.e. thecloakhe must take 'lwrro\uTr]i...TTiv /xiv 'Iinro\vTJ]v 
off in order to present the palla KTeivas tov foxrrjjpa a.(paj.pe'iTai. 
to Erotium. — Menaechmus ex- ApoUod. 11 9, 1 and 8. The 
presses himself, as if he were ■whole affair is narrated at con- 
going to hang up an ex voto siderable length by Diodorus 
offering at the shrine of some Sic. iv 16. 

deity. 201. haud...umquam\STCiexe- 

197. sic, such as you are ly an emphatic negation, just 
after taking o£f your cloak. as never is ofteu used in the 
Hence al.so postea. place of a simple not. 

199. nimio pericido ' at a 202. tina 'you above all'. 
mighty risk', nimius lieing agaiu vivis might be a mere variation 
used in the sense of permagnus. instead of es, but we should 

200. According to the legond, rather take it here in the sense 
Admete, the daughter of king of vitam instituis. 
Eurystheus, desired to have 203. We .should probably 
the girdle of Hippolyta, tho assume the suffix to retain its 
queen of the Amazons. Hence original long quautity in decet. 
Eurystheus ^waroj' a^,W 'H/ja- 204. The ijara«ite adds au 



32 MENAECHMEI. [I. 3, 22 — 28. 

205 Me. qu^ttuor minls ego istanc emi anno uxorf 

meae. 
Pe. qudttuor mina(i perierunt plane, ut ratio r^dditur. 
Me. scin quid vulo tod accurajfe ? Er. scio, curabo 

(juae voles. 
Me, iube igitur tribus n(jbis apud te prandium accu- 

rari(?r, 25 

iitque aliquid scitamcntorum de foro obsonarier : 
210 glandionidfim suiUum aut laridum pernonidam 

aut siuciputamenta porciua aut aliquid ad elim 

modum, 

prSperent se K. after Bothe, but against the mss. 205. ego emi 
istanc BDc, ego mi istaiic CDa, ego emi ititane the early editprs, 
ego istanc emi Fleckeisen, E., ■vvho adds ' nisi etiam dnno emi trans- 
ponendum' — a transposition subsequently adopted by Brix. 207. 
uulo te A, xiolo ego te tlie otlier mss., volo ted tlie present editor. — 
scio mss., si scio Acidalius, hanscio E., cedo Brix. But Erotium 
had already been iuformed of Menaechmus' intentions (comp. v. 
18o) and could therefore easily guess his renewed injunctions. 
20y. scitamentontm Turnebus, eubsequentiy contirmed by the 
palimpsest; sit amentornm the mss. 210. .S(n7/a7« mss., emended 
by Scahger. aut added or transposed by E. (the palimpsest has 
laridcmactperxoxidem). pernonidcm mss. 211. sinciputamenta 

ironical hmitation of Erotium's itself and coordinated with scin. 

general maxim : 'at least such 208. In tribus the final s 

as would ruu headlong into and in apud the final d should 

beggary'. be dropped. 

2Uo. anno 'a year ago' a 209. scitamentum 'dainty', a, 

rare use of this ablative, of word of archaic Latin, subse- 

which Pareus (Lex. Pl. 34) quently revived by the anti- 

quotes auother instance from quai-ians Gellius, Appuleius and 

Amph. prol. 90. Macrobius. 

206. This observation is of 210. glandionida and per- 
course mado aside.— wt ratio nonida are comic patronymios 
redditur 'accortling to the ac- derived from glandium and 
count rendered'. perna, both of them favourite 

207. In Cieeronian Latin we chshe.s on Eoman tables. su- 
should have to employ the illus and laridus should be 
subj. rc/nn in the indirect ques- taken as adjectives, the latter 
tion depcndont on scin. But in denoting 'dried'. 

Plautus the indicative is the 211. sinciputamentum iaa,n- 

rule, the sentence not being other comic word, instead of 

considered as a dependent ques- sinciput. 
tion, but as one pronounced by 



I. 3. 29—35.] 



MENAECHMEI. 



33 



mddida quae antep6sita in mensa milii bulimam 

suggeraut. 
d,tque actutum. Er. licet ecastor. Me. n6s prodi- 

mus ad forum : .io 

iam Lic nos erimus. dum coquetur, interim pota- 

bimus. 
215 Er. qudndo vis, veni: parata res erit. Me. propera, 

modo. 
s^quere tu me. Pe. ego liercle vero te et servabo 

et t6 sequar, 
neque liodie, ut te p^rdam, meream deorum divitias 

mihi. 
Er. ^vocate intus Culindrum milii coquom actutum 

foras. 35 

A accordmg to Geppert Pl. Stud. ii p. 0(j,si}icipitamenta the other 
mss. 212. quae miJti adposita i/i mensam miluinam (muluinam A) 
mss., emended by E. and Beruays Mus. Hh. vii 612. 214. qitoqui- 
tur mss., emended by Bothe. 216. me om. mss., added by 



212. madiiins 'well-done', 
comp. tlie verb madere below v. 
326. — Both adponere and ante- 
jionere are iised of putting a 
disji on the table. — BuUmam 
Graeci marjnam famem dicnnt 
Paulus Festi p. 32. The word 
miluina (given by the mss.) is 
iiot known from any other 
place, and has been superseded 
by an ingenious emendation of 
Eitschrs. The Greek is liov\i- 
fila. (Tliornton translates mil- 
nina 'a kitc-like appetite'and 
adds in a note ' as hungnj as a 
liawk is now a common say- 

ing'-) 

213. licet 'wilHngly': see n. 
on V. 158. 

214. iam 'directly'. 

216. servabo te ' I shall keep 
my eye upon you'; compare 
above, v. 123. 

217. Jiodie is frequently added 
without sti-ict reference to pre- 

W. M. 



sent time and merely serves to 
increase the emphasis of the 
assertion. — ut te perdam ' ou 
condition to lose you', ut cor- 
responding to the Greek €<p' y 
T€ or uiare. ' I would not take 
the wealth of all the gods, if I 
must lose you for it'. — deorum 
should be prouounced iu two 
syllables, with synizesis of co. 
218. evocate is addressed to 
herslaves. intus 'fi-om withiu', 
a not uncommon meaning iii 
Plautus.- — intus evocare occurs 
also Pers. ii 4, 30. Bacch. i 1, 
62. IV 9, 127. (Pareus, Lex. 
Pl. 229). — OvK 5.V evpoi TL^ Oov- 
Xoc ixdyeLpbv Ttva. iv KLOfici)digi 
•kXtjv irapa lloffeidLTnru} p.6v({i. 
doiiXoL 5' 6\powoLOL iraprjXOov viro 
TrpJiTLov ^laKeoovwv tovt eirLTrj- 
bevffCLVTLiiv rj 5l v^pLV rj 8i dTvxi-av 
TiLv alxp-oKiiJTLadeLawv TriiXew. 
Athenaeus, Deipnos. xiv 658 (p. 
1466 ed. Dind.). With respect 



34 menaechmei. [1. 4. 1 — 7. 

Erotivm. Cylindrvs. 

Er. sptSrtulam cape atque argentum. ^ccos tris 

nummos habes. 
220 Cy. habeo. Eii. abi atque obsonium adfer. trlbus 

vide quod sit satis: 
neque defiat n^que supersit. Cy. quoius modi i 

hominds erunt ? 
Er. 4go, Menaechmus et parasitus dius. Cy. iam 

isti sunt decem. 
ndm parasitus 6cto munus h6minum facile fungitur. s 
Eu. tilocuta sum convivas : c^terum cura. Cy. ilicet. 
225 c6cta sunt: iube ire accubitum. Er. redi cito. Cy. 

iara ego hlc ero. 

Lambinus. 219. argcntum hoc Miiller Pros. p. 555 in order to 
avoid the hiatus. 220. tribas vide mss., transposed by E. 221. 
ci homines H., hiomines BaC, hi homines Bb. 224. ego et M.mss., 
et om. 11., Brix. 223. octo hominum munus mss., transposed by 
Muretus V. L. viii 11. octo hominum unus viunus Miiller Nachtr. 
p. 97. 224. cuRARiLiCET A, emended by Biicheler Eh. M. xii 
133. cura licet IX. with Bb. 

to the Eomans, we may qiiote lable (quois). — i = ei, see oUr 

Livy XXXIX 7 luxuriae peregri- crit. note on Trin. 17. 

nae oriffo ab exercitu Asiatico 222. isti 'those enumerated 

invecta in urbem est... epulae byyou'. 

quoque ipsae et cura et sumptu 223. The depouents utor 

nuiiore adparari coeptae. tumco- fruor and fungor were anciently 

quus, vili)!siinum antiquis man- used with the accusative; see 

cipium et aestimatione et usu, our note on Trin. 1. 

in prctio esse, et quod ministc- 224. ilicet is au expression 

rium fuerat, ars haberi cocpta. settling the whole affair: 'you 

219. 7ii(;/iHio.<, probably drach- may go' and need not trouble 
mas. See my iiote ou Aul. yourself any f urther about it. 
108. 225. cocta sunt 'aU is (as 

220. In tribus the final s good as) cooked'. A phrase 
Bhould be dropt. espressing the cook's great con- 

'221. defieri (instead of de- fideuce in his art and despatch. 

esse) occurs also Eud. 1107 and — In r4di the ending of the im- 

Ter. Hec. 7C8; for similar for- perative appears short, as it 

mations see Kiihner, Ausf. ofteu does in disyllabic forms 

Gramm . i p. 532. — quoius should {roga puta mdne tene etc). 
be prouounced as a monosyl- 



II. 1. 1—9.] 



MEXAECHMEI. 



35 



ACTVS 11. 



Menaechmvs II. Messexio. 

Me. Voluptas nullast iiavitis, Mess^nio, II 1. 

maior meo animo, quam si quam ex alto procul 
terr^m conspiciunt. Mes. maior, non dicam dolo, 
si advdniens terram videas, quae fuerlt tua. 
230 sed quaeso, quam obrem nunc Epidamnum venimus ? 5 
an quasi mare omnis circumimus insulas ? 
Me. fratrem quaesitum g^minum germaniim meum. 
Mes. nam quid modi futurumst iilum qua^rere? 
liic ^nnus .sextust, postquam ei rei operam damus. 

226. voluptas rtuUa est is the order of words in the palimpsest, 
nullast vohqitas BCD. 227. si quam Brix, qum or quom the mss., 
quando Placidus, Lambinus, E. aliquam quom 5luller Nachtr. 
p. 128. 229. si Acidalius, quam si mss. 231. circuimus E. 
against the mss. 231. ire hi Ba CDa, emended by Gruter. 



AcT II. Sc. I. This act is 
opened by Menaechmus Sosi- 
cles who had been five years in 
search of his twin brother and 
has just arrived at Epidamnum. 
His conference with his slave 
Messenio conduces not a little 
to the knowledge of the story 
of this comedy. (Thornton). 

227. procui 'from afar.' 

228. 710« (or liaud) dicam, 
dolo is an idiomatic expressiou 
denoting 'to speak the truth'. 
See my note on Trin. 90. 

229. fuerit is rather strange 
insteadof «tt. Meuaechmushail 
observed 'it is pleasant to see 
land again after a weary voj'- 
age'. This is enforced by the 
8lave's remark 'it is still more 
pleasant if that land happens 
to be yoiur own native land'. 
(A verycontorted and unnatural 
explanation of this passage is 
given by Lambinus.) 



230. venlmus, rJKO!J.ev. 

231. circumire should here 
be treated as a compoimd verb, 
i.e. it should be pronounced 
in four syllables. Brix quotes 
other instances of this pronun- 
ciation from Curc. iii 81. Asin. 
III 3, 1.52. Eud. I 2, 52. Truc. 
II 4, 53. Ter. Phorm. 611, and 
in the same manner we have 
circumugi iu Horace, Sat. i 9, 
17. — mare is the nominative. 

232. Observe the allitera- 
tion in geminum germanum. 

233. nam quid = quidnam. — 
Tlie infiuitive is often very 
loosely usodinthe comic writers. 
Here, e. g., we should rather 
expect quaerendo, as we read it 
in the parallel iustance, Asin. 
v 2, 32 quid viodi, pater, am- 
plexandofacies ? (See also the 
instances enumerated in our 
ludex on Terence, p. 480 b.) 

234. After postquam aud 

3-2 



36 



MENAECHMEI. 



[II. 1. 10—20. 



2:),') Histros, Hispanos, Mdssiliensis, Hilurios, lo 

mard superuni omne Gra^ciamque exoticam 
ordsque Italicas 6mnis, qua adgredittir mare, 
sumus clrcumvecti. si acum, credo, quae^reres, 
acum invenisses, si dppareret, iam diu. 

LHO liominem lutcr vivos quae^ritamus mortuom : is 

nam invenissemus iam diu, si viveret. 
Me. ergo istuc quaero certum qui faciat mibi, 
qui sdse dicat sclre, eum esse emortuom: 
operdm ])raeterea nlimquam sumam qua^rere. 

2{'} verum dliter vivos nlimquam desistam ^xsequi : 20 

235. Istros aud Ihirios E. asainst the mss. 236. siiperuvi 
iain 1\. agaiust the mss. 238. Brix adopts, here, in the follow- 
ing liue, aud 241, the spelling sei preserved in the palimpsest. 
Such isolated iustances of archaic spelliug seem to us to he 
foreigu to the purposes of a school-edition. 239. tmn diii mss., 
emeuded by Gulielmius. 243. qoei and deicat A, Brix (uot R.). 
The whole line is considered spurious hy R. ejiortousi A,mortuum 



quom the historical present is 
frequeutly found in the comic 
writers. lu Cicoronian Latin 
we should, iu such a case as the 
preseut, prefer dare coepimus. 

23.5. lu Ilistri aud Hilurii 
{='l\\vpioi) the initial /* is 
warrauted by the hest mss. : 
see our note ou Trin. 852. Cors- 
sen I lOG. 

23G. mare superum = mare 
Adriaticum. — Graecia exotica, 
V ?|w"E/\Xds, a Greek appellation 
of the Greek settlemtuts in 
the south of Italy {Mafina Grae- 
cia) and on the islands of tlie 
Mediterranean. As Scaliger 
observes (Castig. in Fest. p. 81), 
'Magua Graecia' was the name 
giveu by the Eomans; 'coutia 
Graecos Italos ipsi Graeci traus- 
mariui vocahaut i^wriKovi, id 
est barbaros'. 

238. lu sitmus the final s 
should be dropt. — The hiatus in 
siacum is legitimate : Introd. to 
Aul. p. 68. — credo belougs, logi- 



cally speaking, to the apodosis 
(nuvHi.s.ses) : in prose we should 
say credo te inventurum fuisse. 

239. si appareret ' if it were 
to be secn'. 

241. vireret = esset inter vi- 
vos. 

242. Menaechmus does not 
seem to doubt Messeuio's state- 
meut, but adds ' Vei"y good ; 
supposing all you say to be 
true, I wish io find some one 
that can confirm your views 
(istuc) by his authority and can 
pretend to kuow {scire, not 
merely to guess) that my brother 
is actually dead'. 

244. jpcacf crca 'beyondthat', 
i.e. T5eyond obtaining an au- 
thoritative statement of my bro- 
ther's death. — quaerere is an- 
other instance of the loose 
employmeut of the infinitive ; 
operam sumam is of course iden- 
tical in seuse with operose co- 
nabor, whence the construction 
of the infiuitive. 



II. 1. 21 — 2G.] MENAECHMEI. 



37 



ego illum scio quam carus sit cordi meo. 
Mes. in sclrpo nodum quaJris. quin nos hinc domum 
redinuis, nisi si historiam scripturi sumus ? 
Me. dictum haiL facessas doctum, si cave^s malo. 
250 mol^stus ue sis : n6u tuo hoc fidt modo. 25 

Mes. em, illoc enim verbo ^sse me servdm scio : 

the other mss. 244. Pronounced spurious by Ladewig Phil. xvn 
463. 246. cordi sit carus all mss. except the palimpsest. 249. A 
very difficult line, not yet satisfactorily emended. fac cessas 
datum edii caveas B, facessas doctum et discaveas Camerarius 
(facessas et discavcas had alreadj been found by Saracenus), and 
60 also li. I have adopted Brix'8 reading, whieh is, however, far 
from being absolutely convincing. 250. hem R. at the end of this 
line. All the mss. read evi, justly adopted by E., N. Pl. Exc. 1 p. 74 
and Bris, whom we follow in placiug it at the beginnihg of the 
next line. 251. idm esse R., but in his N. Pl. Exc. i p. 74 he 
prefers illdc enim virbod, saying that no one capable of appre- 

245. vivox = sivivo OT qitam- an account of a voyage. A very 
diuvivo. The whole line is thus funny and amusing book of 



paraphrased by Lambinus ' ve- 
rum nisi aliquem invenero qui 
mihi liquido confirmet fratrem 
meum esse mortuum, quamdiu 
vivam, numquam id quod in- 
Btitui desistam exsequi'. 

246. illum is an instance of 
the anticipation of the subject 
of the dependent clause, instead 
of ego (I alone) scio quam carus 
ille sit cordi meo. 

247. The expression was pro- 
verbial of a foolish and un- 
profitable occupation : see Do- 
natus and the other commen- 
tators on Ter. Andr. v 4, 38. 
The old English translator, W. 
W. (1595) simply says ' This is 
washing of a blackamore', and 
Thornton compares the proverb 
•you are seeking for a needlein 
a bottle of hay'. — quin 'why 
not'. The question suggests a 
very strong exhortation. 

248. nisi si ' except if ' ; comp. 
Trin. 474. — historia is used like 
the Greek Ijropia in the sense of 



Lucian's is in this way entitled 
d\r]6rjs laropia. 

249. 'Si pergis mihi ob- 
streper:! ct verbis istis doctis 
atque argutis adversari, non 
procul abs te aberit infortunium 
et malum'. Lasib. — dictum 
doctum occurs also Trin. 380, 
where see our note. dictum 
facessere lit. ' to despatch a say- 
ing' (not 'to be done with it', 
as is wrongly stated in Smith's 
Dict. s. V. facesso, compare the 
expression rem facessere Rud. 
IV 4, 17) means 'to pour forth 
wise sayings'. See, however, 
also crit. note. — malum = ver- 
bera (Trin. 1045). 

250. tuo modo 'in your way'. 
Lambinus quotes meo modo ('in 
my own style') from Ter. Andr. 
I 1, 126, and Brix from Pers. 
iii 1, 31. 

251. For em see our note on 
Aul. 633. — enim 'to be sure' : 
the final m should be dropt, 
thus making -oc 6ni- a dactyl. 



38 MENAECHMEI. [II. 1. 27—40. 

iioti potuit paucis pliira plane pr61oqui. 

vunun tamcu nequeo contineri quin loquar. 

audin, ^lenaeclinie ? quom inspicio marsuppium, 
:2.")5 vidticali herclc admodum aestive sumus. 30 

ue tu hercle, opinor, nisi domum revorteris, 

ubi nil habebis, g(iminum dum quaeris, gemes. 

nam itdst haec hominum natio : in Epidamniis 

vohiptiirii atque potatores maxumi : 
■2V){) tum sucophantae et palpatores pltirumi 35 

iu urbe hac habitant: tum meretrices mulieres 

nusquam perhibentur blandiores g^ntium. 

propterea huic urbi nomen Epidamno inditumst, 

([uia nemo ferme sine damno huc devortitur. 
2()') Me. ego istuc cavebo. c^do dum huc mihi marsup- 
pium. 40 

ciating Plautine rli^^tbm would scan enim verbo. 253. continere 
ms.s., emended by JFleckeisen. 257. quaeris the mss. except A 
whicb rcads quaehes. 258. epidahnieis A and so Brix (not E.). 
Epidamnia the other mss. ; the reading of our text is due to E. 
who first discovered a gap in A before Epidamnieis. 259. maxumei 
A and so Brix (not K.). 260. plurdmei A and so Brix (not K.). 
263. UKBEi A, but Brix prints urhi. 264. sinedamnohuc A, 
Bothe, K., liuc sine damno the other mss. 2G5. h. cmihi A (K.), 

252. po^wtV, erns meus. The viaticatus is dir. tlp. 
obsers'ation is of course ad- 257. ubi nil habcbis, ■when 
drcssed to the spectators. ' He everything has been spent. — 
could not iiave so distinctly ex- Observe the jingle in the words 
pressed more in a few words'. gemimtm and rjemes. 

Observe the alliteration with p. 259. For the pronnneiation 

253. tamen should be pro- of rohl/ifarri seelntrod.to Aul.p. 
nounced tame by dropping the 54. — potator is one who drinks 
final 7!,the sjdlables tame neque habitually. 

constituting a proceleusmatic. 260. sycojjTjajifa 'sharper'. 

254. Completoly expressed 261. meretrix mulier majhe 
the thought would be 'when I compared with servus Iwmo and 
examine our purse, I cannot such Greek expressions as dvrjp 
but come to the conclusion that (TTpaTiwr-r)^. 

we are furnished in a very sum- 262. We should join nus- 

morly manner'. — aestive viati- qiiam gentium. 

cati 'furnished as it were for 263. For the punning inter- 

a summer journey', for which pretation of the name we may 

not so many preparations are refer to our note on v. 33 above. 

required as for a winter journey. 265. istuc 'that which you 



II. 1. 41 — 2. 2.] MENAECHMEI. 



39 



Mes. quid eo vis ? IklE. iam aps te m^tuo de verbis 

tuis. 
Mes. quid m^tuis ? ^Ie. ne mihi damnum in Epi- 

damno duas. 
tu amdtor magnus mulienmi es, Mess^nio, 
ego autem homo iracundus, animi p(^rditi : 
270 id utriimque, argentum quando habebo, cavero, 45 
ne t6 delinquas n^ve ego irascar tibi. 
Mes. cape atque serva : m^ lubente feceris. 

Cylindrvs. Menaechmvs II. Messenio. 

Cy. bene opsonavi atque ^x mea sententia : II 2. 
bonum duteponam prandium prans6ribus. 

Mi(7u' huc the other mss. 267. duas 'codd. Pii', dies or diis the 
mss., duis E. after Beroaldus. 268. tu magnus amator mss. , 
transposed by Plcckeisen. magnus tu amator E. after Bothe. 
perdici Ba, perciti Lipsius. 271. tu ne E. agaiust the mss. 275. 



say'. — cedo dum 'justgive'. Im- 
peratives are of ten strengthened 
by the addition of dum. 

266. eo vis, \iz.facere, 'what 
would you do with it ?' — de ' in- 
ferring from', i.e. according to. 

267. For duas see our notc 
on Aul. 62 and 236. 

269. ego autem '1 on the 
other hand '.— «rifmi perditi 
*animi impotentis, hoc est, qui 
sibi moderari et temperare non 
potest.' Lamb. But in spite of 
this explanation, perditus does 
not appear to be the adjective 
required by the manifest sense 
of the whole passage. This 
would rather be perciti, com- 
pare Cic. pro Mil. 23, 63 sive 
enim illud animo irato ac per- 
cito fecisset. Nearly the same 
expression is used by Livy, 
XXI 58, ingenium percitum ac 
ferox. (Brix.) 

270. According to the rule 
given by the grammarians (e. g. 



Madvig § 284, 3) we should ex- 
pect eorum utrumque. But there 
are numerous exceptions to this 
rule; see the collection given 
by C. F. W. Muller, jabrb. 1865 
p. 560 sq. With respect to ca- 
vero, it may be observed that 
the comic writers often use the 
future perfect in the sense of 
the simple future. So also/e- 
ceris in the following line. 

AcT II. Sc. II. Culindrus, 
the cook, comes from the mar- 
ket with the provisions he has 
bought and first opens this 
'Comedy of Errors' by mis- 
taking Menaechmus Sosicles 
for Menaechmus of Epidam- 
nus, who was to dine with his 
mistress. 

274. For anteponere com- 
pare above, v. 212. — pransoribus 
here almost = pransuris. In 
prose this cmployment of the 
verbal noun would be inadmis- 
sible. 



40 MENAECHMEI. [IL 2. 3— Ui. 

l!75 sed eccum Menaechmum vldeo. vae tergo meo : 
prius idm convivae o6ambulant ante ostium, 
quam ego opsonatu rddeo. adibo atque adloquar. s 
Menaecbme, salve. Me. dl te amabunt, quisquis es. 
♦ ♦ * * quls ego sim ? 

280 Mes. non h^rcle vero. Cy. libi couvivae c^teri ? 
Me. quos tu convivas qua^ris? Cy. parasitiim tuom. 
Me. meiim parasitum ? c(irto hic insanust homo. 
Mes. di.xln tibi esse hic sucophantas plurumos ? lo 
Me. quem tu parasitum quadris, adulescdns, meum ? 

28.5 Cy. Penicukim. Me. * * * ubi meus? 

Mes. penlculum tuom eccum in vidulo salvom fero. 

uideon. e terqo B, emended by Gruter. 276. ambulant mss., 
corrected by K. 278 sq. di te amabiint quisquis ego sim mss., 
emended bj'K.,wbo proposes tbe foUowing supplement for v. 279: 
tun hiinc scis qui sit, qui sciat] quis ego siem. 280. ubi sunt 
convivae R. 282. certe mss., emended by E. 285. om. in all 
mss. except tbe palimpsest. B. proposes tbe following supple- 
ment : 

Cy. Penicuhim. [ilEN. quis is Penicnlust aut] ubi is ^st meus ? 
286. tuom added by K., om. mss. 289. pretii mss., emended by 

275. vae tergo meo 'woe to ral convivae ceteri, as he had 
my back'. He is of course afraid previously declared the parasite 
of punishnient for having been to be equal to eight. The co- 
too long in getting the pro- pula sunt is sometimes omitted 
visions. in poiuted questions ; e. g. Asin. 

276. ohambulare occurs also i 3, 44 ubi illaec quae dedi an- 
Capt.inl,31. Trin. 315. Poen. te ? Ter. Eun. iv 7, 10 ubi 
prol. 19, and should also be alii ? Andr. iii 1, 19 num im- 
restored Cas. iv 1, 10 vestitus memores discipuli ? 

laute exdrnatusque obdmbulat, 282. certo 'for certain, to 

the sense being 'he ■walks up be sure'. certe means'atleast'. 

and down in expectation of 283. Cicero would have said 

something to come'. nonne dixi 'have I not told 

277. opsonatu = ab obsonan- you'. Plautus does not use 
do. So again v. 28S. nonne, as has been shown by 

278. di te amabunt is a for- A. Spengel ('die Partikel nonne 
mula expressing thanks; see im Altlatein', Munich 1867); 
note on Trin. 384. he employs -ne in its place. 

280. The hiatus in the cae- 285. See crit. note. 

Bura of the iambic senarius is 286. The slave observes that 

justified by the cbange of speak- he has his master's ' peniculus' 

ers, which necessitates a strong ('dishclout') safe in his wallet. 
panso. The cook uses the plu- 



II. 2. 14—24.] 



MENAECHMEI. 



41 



Cy. ^[enadchme, numero huc ^venis ad prdndium : 
nunc opsonatu rddeo. Me. responde mihi, 
adulescens: quibus hic pr^tiis porci vdneunt i5 

290 .sacres sinceri ? Cy. nummis. Me. nummum a me 
dccipe : 
iube t^ piari d^ mea pecunia. 
nam equidem edepol insanum 4sse te certo scio, 
qui mlhi molestus homini ignoto, qulsquis es. 

297 Cy. est tibi Menaechmo noraen, tantum quod sciam. 

29S Me. pro sano loqueris, quom me appellas nomine. 

the Italians o£ the loth century. 290. mimminn om. all mss. 
except ^. 292. edejwl added by E., om. mss. 297—302. The 
ms. order of these lines is iudicated by the margiual numbers. 
The order adopted iu oiir text is due to Brix. 297 is given iu 
strict conformity with the mss. E. reads: hem, tibi Menaechmo 



287. niimero 'too soon' or 
'too quickly'. Comp. Amph. 
1 1, 2.5. Cas. iii 5, 21. Epid. n 
2, 121. Mil. gl. V 1, 7. Poeu. 
V 4, 100. 

289. Pigs were a favourite 
ofifering to obtain the restoration 
of a sound mind. 'Porci sa- 
cri, sive ut veteres loquebantur, 
sacres et sinceri immolabantur 
ab iis qui piacuhim aliquod ad- 
miserant aut qui insani cxti- 
terant. sigiiificat igitur Me- 
naechmus coquum esse insa- 
num. hunc locum autem expli- 
cat Varro libro ii de re rustica 
capite 1 : fere ad quattuor men- 
ses a mamma non diiunguntur 
agni, haedi tres, porci duo : e 
queis, quoniam puri sunt ad 
sacrificium, ut immolentur, olim 
appellati sacres, quos appellat 
Plautus cum ait quanti sunt 
porci sacres. idem eodem 
libro capite 4 [§ Ifjj apertius et 
planius : cum porci depulsi sunt 
a mamma, a quibusdam delici 
appellantur neque iam lactentes 
dicuntur. qui a partu decimo 
die Jiabentur puri, ab eo appel- 



lantur ab antiquis sacres, quod 
tumad sacrificium idonei dicun- 
tur primum. itaque apud Plau- 
tum in Menaechmis, cum insa- 
num qucm putut, ut pietur in 
oppido Epidamno, interrogat : 
quanti hic porci sunt sa- 
cresf Lamb. 

290. sacres is the plm^al 
technically used in sacrificial 
language, instead of the ordi- 
nary sacri. 

291. For iube see Introd. to 
Aul. p. 26. 

293. homo ignotus 'a stran- 
ger'. 
297—302. See crit. note. 

297. The usual expression 
is quod sciam, but there is no 
reason to suspect the reading 
of the text, as tantum imparts a 
certain irouical force to the 
passage. We should translate 
' at least as far as I know '. 

298. At first the cook had 
addressed Menaechmus without 
express mention of his name, 
but now he has addressed him 
by name {appellavit nomine). 



42 MENAEcnMEi. [II. 2. 25—33. 

299 sed ubi novisti Ta6dl Cy. ubi ego to noverim, 25 

300 (lui amicam cram meam bdbeas hanc Erotium? 

301 Mi:. neque liercle ego habeo n^que te, qui homo sis, 

scio. 
294 C\'. Culindrus ego sum: non nosti nomdn meura? 20 
29.J Me. seu tu Culin(]ru's seu Colindrus, p(^rieris. 
290 ego te non novi neque novisse adeo volo. 
.302 Cv. non scis quis ego sim, qui tibi saepissume 

cyathisso apud nos, qudndo potas? Mes. bei mihi, 

quom nihil est, qui illic homini dimminuam caput. 30 
30.') Me. tun cyathissare mihi soles, qui ante hunc diem 

Epichimnum numquam vidi neque veni ? Cy. negas ? 

Me. uego hercle vero. Cy. non tu in illisce aedibus 

ixomen tamen est qnod sciam. 299. tu me E. after Pylades, me 
iuss., med Brix. See also E.'s N. Pl. Exc. i p. .50. 300. habeas 
eram lueam mss., trausposed by E. 301. epo om. all mss. except 
.1. 2!(4. iiomcn non nosti E. after Bothe ; we liave followed Brix 
iu maiutaiuing tlie ms. order of these words. 295. coriendrus 
mss., coUendrus Lambinus. Plautus probably wrote si instead of 
the first sen. 302. tibimet qui E. agaiust the mss. 304. illi mss., 
illic E. 308. I follow E.'s readiug. di (qui Bb) illos liomines qm 

299. 7ioi'js^! shoiildbe traus- with my name. 

hited as the real perfect of nos- 302. tibi should be pro- 

rere : ' whcre did you make my nounced as an iamb. 

acquaiutauce :'' iiut iu v. 294, 303. cyathisso = KvadLi^u: 

nonti stands iu its usualpreseut comp. note on v. 11 above. 

Bcuse 'you know'. 304. quom 7iihil est'heca.use 

295. The joke iuteuded by I have uothing'. As quom is 
Menaechraus is uot quite clear. here mauifestly causal, we 
It is, howevcr, very probable should put the verb in the 
that CuUndnis should hcre be subj. after it in Ciceronian 
couuected with cidus, aud Co- Latin, but in Plautus even 
Undrus with cuUs = cmdes (to a causal quom is joiued with 
bo takeu in au obscene senso the indicative. — iUic = iUice(d&- 
=penis, vientula). Tho editors tive), by no means uncommon 
differ cousiderably both as to in 'Plautns.—dimminuere is a 
the readiug aud the explanation compound peculiar to the comic 
of this passage. —jjcrieris, aTro- wTiters, instead of disminuere, 
^o"'- aud ouly used iu the two phra- 

296. ego: I at least do not ses d. caput and d. cerebrum. 
knowyou— inwhatever wayyou Compare Most. i 3, 109. Ter. 
may have become ucquainted Eun. iv 7, 33. Ad. iv 2, 32. 



II. 2. 34—45.] MENAECHMEI. 43 

habitas? Me. qui di illos, qui Illic habitant, p^r- 

(Juint. 
Cv. insanit hic (juidcm, qui ipsus male dicit sibi. 35 
310 audiu, Menaechme ? Me. quid vis ? Cy. si me c6n- 
sulas, 
nummum ilhim quem milii dudum polHcitii^s dare 
iubcas, si sapias, porculum adferri tibi. 
nam tu quidem liercle certo non sanus satis, 
315 Menaechme, qui nunc Ipsus male dicas tibi. 40 

Me. heu, he'rcle hominem molestum et odiosum 

mihi. 
Cy. solet iocari saepe mecum illoc modo : 
quam vis ridicuhis ist, ubi uxor non adest. 
quid ais tu ? Me. quid vis, n^quam ? Cy. satin hoc, 
quod vides, 
320 tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius, 45 

UUc mss. di homones Brix. 309. quidem E. after Botlie, equidcm 
mss. id se mss., ipse K. witli tbe Italians, ip.sus Luchs in Stude- 
mimd's Stud. i 1. p. 47. 313. sanu's Bentley, sanus mss. This 
line and the foUowinK are pronounced spurious by Vahlen 
Eh. Mus. XVI C35. 316. viultum mss., violestujii Camerarius, 
comp. T. 323. K. places heu 'extra versum' and reads the line 
itself hercle hominem ineptum [not in the mss.] vMtum et odiostlm 
mihi. Brix introduces his favourite homonem. 319. inquom K. 
(who was also the first to divide the persons properly). 320. vobis 

308. qui (the old abhitive however, an instance of at- 
of the indefinite pronoun) in traction nearly parallel to Trin. 
execrations has the same power 98.5, illum queni etnentitu's, is 
as utinam. See iny rote on egosum. — dudum 'butnow', 
Ter. Phorm, 123. — perduint a 317 sq. These two lines aie 
Plautine ioTm=perdant. addressed to the spectators. 

309. 7n'c ^i/idew'heindeed': 318. ^i/a7«fis 'ever so much', 
though he tries to fasten the orig. = <a7rt...g!<amr/s 'asmuch 
name of madmau upon me, I ... as you please'. — ridiculus 
should rather ?ay tbat he is 'witty', or 'fullof jokes'. 
madhimself. — Wherever ips? is 319. quid ais ^u introdaces 
followed by se sese sibi, Plautus a new subject into the conver- 
seems to have preferred the sation. — In saying hoc quod vi- 
original full form, as has been d^s the cook shows Menaechmus 
shown by Luchs (see crit. note). the contents of his 'sportula'. 

311. We sbould properly 320. tribus should be pro- 

expect nummo illo. This is, nounced without its final s. — 



44 



MENAECHMEI. [II. 2. 40—55. 



tibi c't parasito ct mulieri ? Me. quas mtilieres, 

quos tu parasitos loquere ? Mes. quod te urg^t 
scelus, 

qui huic sis molestus ? Cy. quiJ tibi mecumst rei ? 

fi^o te non novi : cum hoc, quem novi, labulor. 
325 Mk. non ddepol' tu homo sanus es, certo scio. so 

Cy. iam ego hadc madebunt faxo : nil morabitur. 

proin tu ne quo abeas longius ab a^dibus. 

numciuid vis ? Me. ut eas maxumam maJam crucem. 

Cv. te ire hdrcle meliust intro iam atque accumbere, 
;}.30 dum ego hadc appono ad Volcani violeutiam. 53 

om. It. against tbe mss. 321. qiias tu mxdieres mss., tu om. 
PylaJes. 323. tihi nam E., but nain om. mss. 326. eoo 
AciJalius, vriio mss. 327. habeas mss., emended by tbe early 
editors. ne liinc abeas hmgius quo E. 328. maxumam in E. witb 
tbe ItaUau critics. 329. ire hercle meliust te interim mss., intro 



For tbe sbortening of tbe first 
syllable in upsono we may refer 
to our lutrod. to tbe Aul. p. 57. 
an opsono raeans 'or am I to 
buy still more?' tbe inJicative 
in tbese dubitative questious 
being not foreign to tbe babit 
of Plautus. See our note on 
Trin. 10G2. 

322. Inqnere, Std ffTo/xaroi 
?X*'S- — sCk^Ius urget te meaus 
' some \s-ickedness is now visited 
upon you', benceyour maJness 
wbicb sbows itself in your 
troubling my master witb tbese 
foolisb importunities. In a si- 
milar mauuer, Hegio exclaims 
quod hoc est scclus Capt. 758, 
wbicb Brix justly explains as 
equivalent to quid hoc est in- 
felicitatis. 

323. The relative sentence 
qui huit: sis molestus implies 
a consecutive sense, — ita ut. 
Heuce tbe subj. 

325. Tbe biatus in til homo is 
legitimate: lutrod. to Aul.p. 68. 



326. iam 'directly'. — made- 
bunt faxo 'sball soonbecooked, 
I warrant you'; see note ou 
Trin. CO. 

327. In longius we bave an 
instance of tbe original long 
quantity of tbe neuter suffix of 
tbe comparative. See Introd. 
to Aul. p. 14. Tbe sense of tbe 
comparative is 'fartber off tban 
necessary'. 

328. 7iumquid vis ('yondon"t 
want anytbing else, do you?") 
is tbe common 'formula ab- 
eundi'. — Tbe comic poets use 
botb in malam reni ire and 
simply malam rem ire. On 
Ter. Eun. 536, wbere tbe latter 
pbrase occiirs, Donatus bas tbe 
following observation — hoc 
adverbialiter dixit, quem ad- 
modum dicimus domum ibis. 
For instances in Plautus see 
Poen. II 48. iii 6, 4. Capt. iii 
1, 9. 

330. ad Vdlcani violentiam 
is most probably a parody of 



II. 2. 56— GG.] MENAECHMEI. 



45 



ibo intro ot dicam te hic astare Erotio, 

ut te liinc abducat p6tius quam hic adstds foris. 

Me. iamne abiit ? abiit. edepol haud mendacia 

tua v^rba experior 4s&q. Mes. observato modo : 
335 nam istfc meretricem cr^do habitare miilierem, 6o 

ut quidem ille insanus dixit, qui hiuc abiit modo. 

Me. sed miror, qui ille n6verit nom(in meum. 

Mes. rninume h^rcle mimm : m6rem hunc mere- 
tricds habent : 

ad portum mittunt s^rvolos, ancillulas : 
liH) si quau peregrina navis in portum advenit, 65 

rogitant quoiatis sit, quid ei nom^n siet : 

emended by Dissaldeus, the rest by E. 330. Volcani ad E. after 
Botbe. 333. Tbe second abiit is not in tbe mss. and was added 
by Grutcr. 33G. abiit hinc 11. against tbe mss. 338. minumt 
K., but 7nirnw of tbe mss. is justly defended by Brix. 340. sed 
qua mss., emended by Kampmann (K.). 341. rorjant B, rogitant 



Bome tragic pbrase, ■wbicb 
soiuids vei-y ludicrously in tbe 
moutb of a cook. 

336. Tlie first syllable in 
ille is used sbort, tbe syllables 
ut qu\d ll- constituting a dactyl. 

337. qui 'in wbat manner, 
how'. voverit is again a real 
perfect 'be learnt'. 

338. As Brix observes, tbe 
copula (est) is never omitted in 
Plautus in tbe expressions cer- 
tum est, par est, aequom est, 
opus est, usus est, melius est, 
gatius est, nef)otium est, and 
some similar pbrases ; but est 
is generally omitted in expres- 
sions partakiug of tbe cbaracter 
of an exclamation, e.g. facete 
dictum Capt. 172. Ter. Eun. 
II 2, 57. emptum Capt. 175, 
nimium bonae rci Sticb. ii 2, 
55. nimis fartum bene ib. 51, 
Epid. II 2, 25. scitum istuc 
Baccb. II 2, 31. tua factum 
opera Pers. v 1, 22. Tbis is 
especially so in tbe various 



pbrases in wbicb mirum ap- 
pears, e.g. mirum ni, mintvi 
quin, mirum quid Ampb. iii 

2, 73, mirum si Trin. ii 2, 50, 
minume mirum Tcr. Haut. ii 

3, 4. non edepol mirum Hec. 
i 2, 85, conf. II 1, 23. Brix 
justly compares tbe Greek- ov- 
dif OavfjLaardv, ri davjxaaTov ; 

339. Tlie diminutives may 
be rendered 'tbeir cozeninr, 
slaves and maids'. It may be 
added tbat ancilla is commonly 
used as tbe fem. of servus, tbe 
regular serva being extremely 
rare. (See dict.) 

341. Gentile cuias, cuius 
nominativum etiam cuiatis 
communi gcnere antiqui profe- 
rebant Priscian xvii 23 (p. 122 
H.) wbo quotes tbe ])resent 
passage and Poen. v 2, 33. Tbe 
same nominative occurs Curc. 
III 37. Baccb. fragm. 23. — For 
the expression quid nomen siet, 
comp. Trin, 889. Zumpt § 134, 
note. 



4G 



MENAECHMEI. "[II. 2. 67 — 3. 1. 



postilla cxtemplo sc ddplicant, adglutinant : 

si pcllexorunt, pcnlitum amittunt domum. 

nunc in istoc ])()rtu stat nauis praedatoria, 
3+5 aps (pui cavendum n6bis sane cdnseo. 70 

^IE. moiics (juidcm licrcle rccte. ]\Ies. tum demtim 
.sciam 

rect(i monuisse, si tu recte caveris, 

Me. tace dum parumper: nam concrepuit ostium. 

videamus, qui liinc egrc^ditur. Mes. hoc ponam interim. 
3.')(l ads(5rvatote haec sultis, naval(^s pedes. 75 

Erotivm. Menaechmvs IL Messenio. 

Er. sine foris sic : abi, nolo operiri : II 3. 
intiis para, cura: vide, 

the other mss. and Priscian. .342. post illac B, emended by 
GuHehnius. 344. nauis should be pronounced as a monosyllabic 
worJ, liko tbe Greek vavs. Comp. nauta=navita, naufragus = 
iinvifratius. The ordiuary pronunciation might be easily intro- 
duced into the present passage by witing portust instead of portu 



343. amittunt = dimittunt, 
very common in the comic 
poets. 

344. The first syUable of is- 
toc is used short, nunc m ist, 
constituting a dactj-1.— Fot the 
l)ronunciatiou of nauis see crit. 
uote. — praedatoria, XrjcTTpLKi). 

347. In prose we sliould say 
me recte monuisse. The con- 
struction is here quite like the 
(ireek in sentences containiug 
the same subject. 

348. For taci; diim see In- 
trod. to Aul. p. 26. — concrepuit 
o.itium, i\l/6(f>r](r(i' 7) 0vpa. 

349. hoc, the ' vidulus' car- 
ried by Messcnio, see above v. 
286. — pona m = depona m. 

350. sultis=si voltis, just as 
«I»— «i vis, sodes=si audes. — 
narales p(;des = remi(ies, the ma- 
riners who had followed Me- 
uaechmus and Messeuio with 



tbeir luggage (here indicated by 
haec). 

AcT II. Sc. III. Erotium comes 
out of her house and falls into 
the same mistake as the cook. 
Menaechmus, however, resolves 
to avail himself of this opportu- 
nity and accepts her invitation 
for diuner. 

351. sic, 'thus', as I leave 
the door, half open. — /orT.s 
should be pronounced as a pyr- 
rhich, the first foot of this ana- 
paestic line being a proceleas- 
matic. — lu abi the ending of 
the imperative is shortened, 
and sic dbi forms a dactyL — 
opcriri, viz. eas (i. e. fores). 
In some editious (e.g. Ritsclil'sJ 
we find the perverse reading 
opperiri. — ^The words Erotium 
speaks on coming out of her 
house are of course addressed 
to a servant who has followed 



II. 3. '2—1:}.] MKNAECHMEI. 47 

quod opust, fiat. steruite lectos, 
iuct^udite odores : muuditia 
355 iult^cebra aninio sit amantum. 

amauti amoeuitas malost, nobls lucrost. 5 

sed ubi illest, quem coquos ante aedis ait dsse ? 

atque eccum video, 
qui mi est usui et plurumura prodest. 
item buic ultro fit, lit meret, potissumus nostrae ut 

sit domi. 
3G0 nunc dum adibo : adloquar ultro. lo 

animlile mi, mibi mira videntur 
te bic stare foris, fores q uoL pateant 
magis, quam domus tua, domus quom haec 
tua sit. 

stat. 351 sqq. The editors differ considerably in arranging tbe 
first lines of this canticiim. E.'s reading is as foUows : 

slne foris slc : abi. 

nolo (5pperiri : intds para, ciir^, vide. 
"We have followed tbe distribution of tbe two lines such as it is in 
the mss., which likewise give operiri, not opperiri. 355. animo at 
mss., sit Brix, animdst ea E. aftcr G. Hermaun. 358. qui mihi 

her to tbe door. Sbe berself Ennius). Erotium has, as we 

does not want tbe doors to be know, more tban one lover, but 

shut, because sbe expects Me- here sbe speaks as if Meuaecb- 

naecbmus to go in again with mus were tbe greatest favourite. 

her directly. 3(31. Observe the endearing 

353. sternere lectos means to dimiuutive in Erotium's address 

cover tbe seats (wbicb were of to Meuaecbmus. lu tbe samo 

plain wood) with cusbious and manuer, a favourite modern 

* vestis stragula. ' Greek way of addressing beloved 

356. Observe the parono- persons, is xj/vxir^a /xov or /cap- 

masia in the beginning of tbe 5tTs'a fiov. — For mira videntnr 

line. — malo = damno, as may be comp. Trin. 861 mira sunt with 

seen from the antitbesis. our note. 

358. Tbe final m in pluni- 362. forcs quol sbould be 
mum sbould be dropped. read as an anapajst. For forcs 

359. potissumus should pro- see Introd. to Aul. p. 39 sq. 
bably be pronounced witb tbe 363. Tbe words domus tua 
secoud sylbible sbort, as if it constitute a proceleusmatic. — 
were potisumus (wliich is, in q uom = ' hecanse iudeed', in 
fact, tbe Plautine speUing of wbich sense a causal qtiom is 
the word, doubliug of conso- joined witb tbe subjuuctiveeven 
nantsbeingnotpractisedbefore in Piautus. This subj. is. 



48 



MENAECHMEI. [U. 3. 14—22. 



15 



omn(i paratumst, 
.'>0.') ut itissisti atque ut v61uisti, 

ncque tlbi m^nst ulla mora Intus. 
praii(Huiii, ut iussisti, hic curatumst : 
ubi lubet, ilicet accubitum. 
^Ii:. «luicum baec mulier loquitur? Er. equidem 
tL'cuni. Me. quid mecum tibi 
;i7() fuit unquam aut nunc dst negoti? Er. quia pol te 
unum ex 6mnibus 
V(lnus me voluit magnificare : n^que id haud im- 
merit6 tuo. 20 

nam dcastor solus bene factis tuis mc florentem 

facis. 
Mk. certo liaec mulier aut insaua aut ebriast, 
Mess^uio, 

f^t iltui et phintmum prodest E. 366. iam om. mss., addecl by G. 
Hermann. 3G6. ire licet mss. , licet ire E, ilicet Brix. 371. haud 



properly speaking, a potential, 
and corresponds to a Greek 
optative with dv. 

360. iam 'lienceforth'. (See 
crit. note.) 

308. ubi is used of time. — 
ilicet = ire licet (which is here 
wrongly given by the mss.); for 
examples see v. 225. Capt. iii 
1,'J. I 1, 22. Most, 11x2, 161 
(Bris). 

371. For magnificare and 
anaiogous formations see my 
note on Aul. 718. — On ncque... 
liaud Brix has the foliowing 
observation : 'As the negative 
power of neque is weakened by 
its being a combination of the 
cojnila aud thesimplenegation, 
the popular speech frequently 
adds a secoud negative particle 
without destroyiug the negative 
character of the sentence. It 
is theu the rule that the two 
uegations shoukl be separated 



by another word. There are 
the following instances of this 
in Plautus. Bacch. rv 9, 114 
neque ego haud committam ut — 
dicas. Epid. v 1, 57 neque ille 
haud obiciet mihi pedibus se^e 
proiocatum. Pers. iv 3, 66 7i<'- 
que mi haud imperito eveniet, 
tali ut in luto haeream. Bacch. 
fr. 26 ncque id haud subditiva 
gloria \oppidum'\ arbitror. This 
peculiarity occiu-s only once in 
Terence, Andr. i 2, 34. We 
may also compare Pl. Curc. iv 
4, 23 {atquei} Mil. gl. v 18. 
Men. 1029'. 

372. lu prose vve should say 
beneficiis. 

374. The hiatus in quae 
homi is legitimate : Introd. to 
Aul. p. 68. — The subjunctive in 
the relative seuteuce is due to 
the notion of causality implied 
iu it. 



II. 3. 23—31.] MEXAECHMEI. 40 

qua^ hominem ignotum compellet me tam fami- 

lidriter. 
375 Mes. dixiii ego istaec liic solere ficri ? folia nunc 

caduut, 
praeut si triduom h6c liic erimus: tum arbores in 

t4 cadent. 25 

nam ita sunt hic meretrices : omnes elecebrae argen- 

tariae. 
sed sine me dum hauc compellare. heus mulier, 

tibi dic6. Er. quid est ? 
Mes. ubi tute hunc homiuem novisti ? Er. ibidem, 

ubi hic me iii.m diu: 
380 in Epidamno. Mes. in Epidamno ? qui huc in 

hauc urbem pedem, 
nLsi hodie, numquam intro tetulit ? Er. heia, deli- 

cias facis. 30 

mi Meuacchme, quin. amabo is intro ? hic tibi erit 

rdctius. 

om/ mss., added by Pylades. 377. E. does not punctuate after 
vieretrices. 379. tu hunc mss., tute hunc Bothe, E., tu istunc 

375. dijcin — nonne dixi is- perative. See v. 386. — tibi dico 

taec, ea quae tibi nimc fiunt. 'I speai to you'. 

—folia nunc cadunt would seem 379. For novisti see note on 

to have beeu a proverbial ex- v. 299. — ib'idem is the usual 

pression, though -we cannot prosody in Plautus, not ibldem. 

produce it from any other place. 380. in Epidamno is but seem- 

The meauiug is 'if you com- inglyusedinsteadof ^/jicZa?»;»"; 

pare what happens now to what the latter corresponds to the 

will happen three days hence, French expression with a, the 

the comparison will be just as first to dans. 

the leaves of a tree are to the 381. Plautus nses the origi- 

tree itself. nal form of the perfect tetuJi 

376. For praeut see our note in several places. — delicias fa- 
on Aul. 503, where the analo- cere 'to joke, jest', faire des 
gonspraequam occurs. — triduom plaisanteries. 

/ioc ' three days from now '. 382. amabo 'I pray you, 

377. elecebra, a word no please' : very common in Plau- 
doubt formed by Plautus, and, tus and Terence. See Ter. 
it would seem, used ouly in this Eun. 130. — /lic = apud me, 'in 
passage. (^om\^nre illecebra. my house'. — rectius 'better' 

378. dum belougs to the im- than where you are now. 

\V. M. 4 



50 MENAECHMEI. [II. 3. 32—40. 

Me. haec quitlem edepol r^cte appcllat meo me 

mulier uomine. 
nimis miror, quid hoc sit negoti. Mes. oboluit mar- 

suppium 
385 huic istuc, quod habds. Me. atque edepol tu me 

mouuisti probe. 
dccipo dum hoc : iam scibo, utrum haec me mage :ry& 

amet an marsiippium. 35 

Er. edmus intro, ut prandeamus. Me. bt^ne vocas : 

tam gi-atiast. 
Er. cur igitur rae tibi iussisti coquere dudum pran- 

dium ? 
Me. ^gon te iussi coquere ? Er. certo tibi tu et 

parasito tuo. 
390 Me. quoi makira parasito ? certo haec mulier non 

sanast satis. 
Er. Peniculo. Me. quis istest Peniciilus ? qui ex- 

tergentur baxeae ? 40 

Bris. 334. sit mss., est E. 389. egonc mss., emencTed by Bothe. 
— (li om. mss., added by E. 391. hexcae witli tlie supersc. 

384. For oholuit ('sbe lias bas been shown by Eibbeck Lat. 

got an inkUng of ') see oor note Part. p. 28, by supplying (tam) 

on Aul. 214. qiiam si accepissem quod offers. 

38G. Futures iii j&o and f OT- 388. dwdi/w 'not long since'. 

perfecls in iham are not un- So again v. 392. 

commoninPlautusandTerence. 390. For 77iflZ(m as an inter- 

387. camus becomes disyl- jection ('tbe deuce') see our 

labicbyway of synizesis. — hene uote on Aul. 426. 

= 6en!(/iie 'you are very kind to 391. Z^axea occurs in Plautus 

inviteme'. — Festus p. 360 says only in this passage. Placidus 

'antiqui tam etiavi ^yro tamen gloss. p. 13 ed. A. Deuerling 

misunt': tbis sliortened form bas two articles wbich may be 

tam {=tnme, Introd. to Aul. p. referredtothispassage: 'haxae, 

36) 1=;. bowever, cxceediugly calceim\ilierisalti',aud'6fl.Tea5, 

doubtful in tbo passages quoted calciameuta': the editor adds in 

by Fv.stus. Tbe expression tam bis note refereuces to otber 

gratiaxt occurs also Pseud. 11 4, glossaries, from one of wbich it 

23 ; Sticb. iii 2, 18 ; comparc appears tbat the explanation of 

Most. V 2, 9 de cena facio fira- tbis glossematic word is due to 

tiam, and may be explained Varro. 
witbout takiug tam—tamen, as 



II. 3. 41 — 49.] MENAECHMEI. 51 

Er. scllicet qui dudum tecum v(iuit, quom palldm 

mihi 
ddtulisti, quam ab uxore tua surrupuisti. Me. quid 

est ? 
tlbi pallam dedi, quam uxori mca^ surrupui ? sanan 

es? 
395 certo haec canterlno ritu mulicr astans somniat. 
Eil. qui lubet ludibrio habere me atque ire infitias 

mihi 45 

facta quae sunt ? Me. dic quid est id quod negem, 

quod fecerim ? 
Er. jjallam te hodie mihi dedisse uxoris. Me. etiam 

nunc nego. 
4go quidem neque umquam uxorem habui neque 

habeo : neque huc 
400 limquam, postquam natus sum, intra portam pene- 

travi pedem. 

buxeae B, emended by Scutarius. 395. ccrte mss., certo F. mitlier 
cantherin ori tu mss., miiUer caiitliarino rita Scutarius, transposed 
by R. who subsequently (N. Pl. Exc. i p. 64) maiutained tbe ms. 
order by readiug riti^d. 397. quodf. mss., quoniB,. 398. uxoris 

392. scilicet 'of course', witli negem quod fecerim = quod dicis 

a certain tinge of irony. me ncgare, quamquam id fece- 

395. ' Non est dubium quin rim. The two relative sen- 
equi etiam stantes dormiant et tences should be taken as co- 
sonmient. porro canterii equi ordinated merabers. Their re- 
Bunt castrati: itaque et canta- lation would be clearer if their 
rios stantis somuiare et cante- order vrere altered in this way 
riorum somnia placidiora et quod fecerim {ct) quod {nunc) 
tranquilliora esse quam equo- negem {me fecisse). 

rum probabile est. quin con- 399. The hiatus in the cae- 

stat cauterios magis quam equos sura of the trochaic septenarius 

stantes dormire ac somniare '. (after uxorcm) is legitimate. 

Lamiunvs. 400. 2^^''^i^^^'^ is used as a 

396. qui lubct = qui fit, wt transitive verb by Plautus in 
tibi lubeat. — ire infitias=inji- the phraso pedem penetrare (iii 
tiari (from fiteri). The con- prose wo should say inferre), 
struction of the accusative is ■which occurs here and bclow 
like rcH!/ni ire {vmire). v. 816, and in the reflexive se 

397. The question depend- penetrare (Triu. 276. 291. 314. 
ent on dic is put in the direct Amph. 1 1, 94. Truc. i 1, 23). 



form of the indicative. quod 



4—2 



52 MENAECHMEI. [II. 3. 50—58. 

prandi in navi : inde liiic sum egressus, hic te con- 

vcni. Er. ^ccere, ^ 50 

jx-rii misera. qudm tu mihi nunc navem narras? 

lilE. ligneam, 
.sa(^pc tritam, saepe fissara, sa^pe excusam malleo. 
quiusi supellex pellionis^: palus palo pr6xumust. 
405 Ek. iam, amabo, desiste ludos facere atque i hac 

mc(n'im semul. 
Me. nescio quem tu, mulier, alium hominem, non 

me quaeritas. 55 

Ek. n6n ego te novi Menaechmum, Moscho pro- 

gnatum patre, 
qui Suracusis perhibere natus esse in Sicilia, 
410 ubi rex Agathocles regnator fiiit, et iterum Pintia, 

fcd iam BDa, emended by Colvius and Grnter. 401. hic om. 
ines., added hj the present editor (ct liad been added by K.). 

403. Jixam mss., em. by K. excnssam mss., emended by Scaliger. 

404. j;t'/?(o?i(S mss., emended by E. 405. dcsine mss. {iam me 
tnnaho, desine E. adding vie, but admitting a faulty dactyl in the 
third foot), dcsiste Fleckeisen Jahrb. 1867 p. 629.— After this line 
E. assumes a gap of one line. 407. iiam nescio qiicm mulicr K., 
the reading in our tcxt is due to Fleckeisen. nescio qiiem B, nam 
quem the other mss. 410. E. subsequently proposed libi ApathO' 
colcs rcx, against the mss., •which he followed in his edition. 

402. Likemany women, Ero- 404. Obserre the frequent 
tium uses strong phrases in a alliterations in this hne. — Peg 
grcatly weakened sense. Hence is close to peg in the ship, just 
her exclamation •pcyii miscra as in a fur shojj. 

should not be taken as any- 405. amaho, 'please'. 

thiug very serious. — nairare 406. nescio qitem should be 

means merely ' to mention ' or taken as one ^vord, or at least 

' talk of. Tbis is very fre- asonenotion,justastheFrench 

quent in the comic vrriters. — je ne sais quoi is often i;sed in 

Menaechmus'ans-werisof course the sense of ' quelque chose '. 

ironical. Pe spcaks as if he had 407. non ego te novi, *do 

gi-avely to answer a question, iu you actually rnean to say that 

wliich quam means as much as I do not know you?' 

quahm. 410. Afjathocles reigned over 

403. The ship had often Syiacuse "from 317 to 289 be- 
sprung a leak aud then been fore Christ. — iterum, ' in the 
repaired, during which process second place '. Pintia is not 
it was * bethumped with a kuo^vn as king or tyrant of Sy- 
™^llct'. racuse, but there was about280 



II. 3. 59 — G7.] MEXAECHMEI. 53 

t^rtium Lipar(5, qui in raorte r^gnuin Hieroni tra- 

didit, 
nunc Hierost ? Me. hauJ falsa, mulier, praddicas. 

Mes. pro luppiter, go 

num istaec mulier illinc vcnit, quad te novit tdm 

cate ? 

»»*♦»** 

415 Me. h^rcle opinor pdrnegari non potest. Mes. ne 
f^ceris. 
p^riisti, si intrassis intra limen. Me. quin tu tace 

modo : 

»»»**»* 

bdne res geritur. adsentabor, quicquid dicet, mulieri, 

si possum hospitium nancisci. iam dudum, mulier, 

tibi 65 

420 non inprudens advorsabar : huuc metuebam ne meae 

iixori renuntiaret d^ palla et de pi-andio. 

pinthia mss., emended by R. 413. After tbis line a gap was 
pointed out by Ladewig, who likewise discovered the gap 

b. Cbr. a tyrant of Agrigentum negando. Menaecbmus bad 

of tbe name of ^im-ias, aud it is twice abready decliued Ero- 

possible tbat Plautus makes tium's invitations. 

Erotium mistake one Sicilian 416. periisti, 'you are as 

tyrant for anotber. good as lost '. — intrassis = in- 

411. A tyrant of Syracuse travesis = intraveris. — For tdce 

of tbe namo of Liparo is alto- see Introd.^to^Anir p. 26. 

getber unknown in bistory, nor 417. Here a line bas dropped 

did Hiero ascend tbe tbrone by out in wbicb Messenio was 

quiet Buccession. He was elect- ordered to stand back. Below, 

ed ffTparriyhi in 269, and be- v. 432, be is told to come again 

came king in 265. nearer. 

413. In a gap wbicb bas 419. si, ' if perbaps '. 

been justly assumed after tbis 420. non inprudens=consul- 

line, Erotium sbould be sup- to. — advorsari, ' speak against ', 

posed to bave repeated ber in- i. e. say tbe contrary of wbat 

vitation. A supposition of tbis anotber says. — In hunc metue- 

kind is absolutely necessary on bam ne renuntiaret we bave an 

account of tbe expression per- instance of ' anticipatio ', so 

negari in tbe following line. common in Plautus. 

415. pernegarc=persisterein 



^ 



MENAECHMEI. [IL 3. 68—74. 



nunc quando vis, eiimus intro. Er. etiam parasitlira 

nuincs ? 
Me. nequc cgo illum raaneo noque flocci f^cio, neque 

si venerit, 
cura volo intro mltti. Er. ecastor liaud invita fe- 

ccro. 70 

425 sdd scin quid te amabo ut facias ? Me. impera quid- 

vls niodo. 
Er. pilllam illam quam dudum dederas, ad phry- 

gioncm ut deferas, 
tit reconcinndtur atque ut opera addantur quae volo. 
Me. li^rcle qui tu recte dicis. eadem opera ignora- 

bitur, 

nfter v. 416. 422. intro eamus Guyet, Miiller Pros. p. 581 ; bnt 
tho biatus in the eaesura is quite legitimate. 428. quin E., but 
qui of mss. bas been justly defended by Fleckeisen. — opera om. 

422. etiam, 'still' or'yet', -wbich the phiperfect seems to 
to bo understood of time. be used instead of the perfeet. 



'■\Von't you yet wait for your 
parasite ?' 

424. fecero is andther in- 
stance of a future perfect used 
in tbe sense of a simple future. 

42.5. amaho 'I will ask', a 
sense derived from the paren- 
tbctical use of amnho, ■with im- 
peratives, -wben it means ' do 
this and I will love you for 
it'. Brix compares Truc. iv 4, 19 
immo amaho ut hos dies ali- 
quos sinas eum esse apud me. 
Seo also bclow v. 524. — Me- 
naechmus' answer is slightly 
ironical, as it should be i;nder- 
stood with a certaiu reserva- 
tion — only command me, but 
I'll seo what I can do. Ero- 
tium of coiu'Fe concludes him 
to be quito ready to do any- 
tbint; sbe demands. 

42*;. Instead of dcderas we 
sbould, perhaps, rather expect 
tbo perfect dedisti. There are 
other instances in Plautus in 



427. opcra refers to addi- 
tional trimming and other em- 
bellishments. 

428. The ablative of the in- 
defiuite pronoun q7ti (originally 
' somebow or other ') is often 
used with an asseverative force, 
compare atqui. This is espe- 
cially seen in the comic style 
iu the phrases hercle qui, ede- 
pol qui, ecastor qui, and quippe 
qui. See our notes ou Aul. 
346 and Trin. AU.—eadem 
(which should be treated as a 
disyllabic, by way of synizesis) 
is very common in Plautus in 
the seuse of ' at the same time'. 
^Ye should supjjly opera, as 
appears from the passages 
quoted in my note on Trin. 
578. lu the present place, it 
is very probable that opera was 
likewisG added by the poet him- 
self, though it was omitted by 
careless scribes. 



II. 3. 75 — 80.] MEXAECHMEI. 



55 



ne dxor cognosc^t te habere, si In via consp^xerit. 75 
430 Er. «^rgo uiox aufcrto tecuni. qudndo abibis. Me. 

miixume. 
Er. eamus intro. Me. i, iiim sequar tccZ : hlinc volo 

etiam c6nloqui. 
6ho, Messenio, dd me accede huc. Mes. quld ne- 

gotist ? Me. siiscipe hoc. 

Mes. quld eo opust ? Me. opiist. scio ut me dlces. 

Mes. tanto nequior. 
Me. [tdce * * * * 

435 habeo praedam ; tantum incepi 6peris. i, quantum 

potes so 

mss., added by Fleckeisen, ea E. 431. i om. mss., added by the 
present editor. ted Guyet, te mss. (R.). 432. ad mc om. mss.,added 
by E. suscipe E., sussciri mss. hoc om. mss., added by Brix (?) — 
After V. 432 a gap was pointed out by Brix. 434. ' hic necesse 
est talis versus interciderit, quo et intrandi consiliiun suum 
Menaechmus aperiret (coll. v. 437) et tacere servum iuberet (coU. 
V. 438). quare tace posui in principio. absque quo esset, illud 
quidem potuerat etiam post v. 436 dici atque ita tu servari v. 
437' E. 435. i Gruter, et the mss. (which arose from ei being 
misread as et), i et E., ei Brix. potes mss., potest Dousa, E. 



430. mox is explained by the 
epexegetical sentence quando 
abibis. — maxuvie corresponds to 
the Greek afiBrmation /idXto-ra, 
'■vrillingly'. Comp. Asin. v 2, 
54. Curc. II 3, 36. Eud. v 3, 54. 

431. eamus should be pro- 
notmced as a disyllabic, by way 
of synizesis. — iam, ' directly '. 

432 sq. Messenio had pre- 
viously deposited his luggage 
and is now told to take it up 
again. Brix aptly compares 
v. 197, sustine hoc. In the gap 
which has been justly assumed 
after this line, Menaechmus 
ehould be supposed to have in- 
formed Messenio of his inten- 
tion to foUow Erotium into her 
house. Messenio then asks his 



master why he considers this 
necessary ; but Menaechmus re- 
pUes somewhat gruffly 'it is 
necessary', i.e. he declines to 
give his reasons, and cuts ofE 
any possible remonstrances on 
the part of his servant by adding 
scio ut (i.e. qualem) me dices. 
Messenio Bhrugs his shoulder 
and drily adds tanto nequior 
(sc. es), ' so much theworse for 
you, if you do this foolish act 
80 deliberately'. For the ex- 
prcssion comp. Ter. Ad. 528 
with our note. 

435. Menaechmus feels cer- 
tain of the success of his scheme, 
hence his expression, habeo 
praedam. The colouring of the 
passage is again of a mihtary 



56 



MENAECHMEI. [II. 8, 81—86. 



dbduc istos in tabernam act^tum devors6riam. 

tu facito antc s61em occasum ut v^nias advorslim 

mihi. 
Mes. n6n tu istas meretrices novisti, e're ? Me. tacc, 

in(\nam., atyue hinc abi. 
mihi dolebit, n6n tibi, si quid ego stult^ fe'cero. 
4-iO mulier haec stulta iltque inscitast : quantum per- 

spexi modo, "5 

^st hic praeda n6bis. Mes. perii. iamne abis ? pe- 

riit probe : 

4.36. abdiice K. ngainst the mss. 437. tvm R. after Lambinna. 
soUs mss., emended by Lambinus. 438. atque hijic abi om. mss. , 
added by E. 439. hic si K., but hic is not in tbe mss. 440. The 
proper punctuation of tbis line is due to E. 441. hinc K. against 



character. opm denotes the 
works with wbiob he means to 
take tbe place he besieges. — 
The hiatus after iticepi may be 
defended on account of tbe cae- 
sura, but as the pause cannot 
be very strong in the present 
place, we should, perhaps, be 
justitied in assumingtbat some 
}ittle word has dropped out, e. g. 
tantuin ego incepi. — qnantum 
potes, 'as quickly as you can'. 
It is by no means necessary to 
■write potest, as Pbautus employs 
this pbrase both in a personal 
and in an impersoual construc- 
tion, as I have sbown in my 
noto on Aul. 119, vrhere \s-e 
read quantum potero. 

436. istos, ' your com- 
panions ', whom Messenio had 
previously addressed as navales 
pcdes, T. 350. 

437. The past participle 
occasus is used in an active 
sense, as in tbe •well-knovm 
instances jjrrtnsiw potus cenatus 
iuratus. The expression sol 
occasus would seem to have 



been legal, as Gellius xvii 2, 10 
quotes it from the laws of the 
twelve tables. In Plautus vce 
have it here, below 1022, and 
Epid. I 2, 41. See also Neue, 
Formenl. ii -p. 337 sq. (sec. ed.). 
— advorsum venire is the usual 
expression for fetching some 
one home fi'om a dinuer. Hence 
such a safeguard was called ad- 
vorsitor. 

440. inscita is here and v. 
443 merely a synonym of stulta, 
but in other passages it bears a 
different sense. See dict. 

441. The reading of the 
mss., hic, is justly defended by 
Brix, who quotes the following 
instances: Epid. n 2, 117 est 
lucrum hic tibi amphim. Pseud. 
IV 7, 100 nihil est hodie hic su- 
cophantis quaestus. Rud. v 3, 
58 nihil herclehic tibi est,ne tu 
speres. We should, therefore, 
understaud hic, as if the sen- 
tence were est hic praeda nobis 
parata, tbe booty lies there 
ready aud, as it were, only 
waiting for us. 



II. 3. 87 — 90.] MENAECHMEI. 57 

dticlt lembura idm dierectum ndvis praedat6rla. 
s^d ego inscitus sum qui ero me postulem mode- 

rdrier : 
dicto me emit audientem, liaud Imperator^m sibi. 
445 sdquimini, ut, quod imperatumst, veniam advorsura 

temperi. 90 

the mss. 442. iam om. mss., added by E. 443. sum om. mss., 
added by R. 

442. (7jerec<!/s, 'totlie deuce', sibi dicto essem ohoediens, non 
(h iirwXfiav, (h K6paKai. See i/( sibi imperarem. 

our note on Triu. 457. — Tho 445. qitocl imperatumst is an 

phrase navis praedatoria has appositiou to the seutenee in- 

already occurred, v. 344. troduced by ut. We should 

443. postulare, dltoDf, ' to say ' as I have been command- 
pretend'. ed'. — tcmperi, ^ in (right) time ', 

444. lu prose : emit me ut very common in Plautus. 



5S MENAECmiEI. [III. 1. 1—7. 



ACTVS III. 



Penicylvs. 

Pliis triffinta natus annis ^«70 sura, quom interea 

loci . IIIl 

numquam quicquam faciuus feci j)^ius neque sce- 

lestius, 
qudm hodie, quom in contionem mddiam me inmersi 

miser : 
libi ego dum hieto, Monaechmus se subterduxit mihi 
450 atque abiit ad amicam, credo, ueque me voluit du- 

cere. 5 

qui iUum di omnes pdrduint, qui primus commentust 

male 
contionem habdre, quae homines occupatos occupat. 

446. trlginta annis nattis mss. , trausposed by Gruter. ego 
oni. mss. , atlded by E. 451. qui Camerarius, que or quo mss. 
— quei j^rimMS Brix from C. — tnale om. mss., added by E. 
452. Contioncm hac requi U, emended by Pylades. (qui is defended 

AcTin. Sc. I. The parasite Aul. p. 68. — For tbe metapbo- 

who had lost sight of Meuaech- rical use of immergere Lambinus 

mus in the crowd arrives now, compares below v. 703. 

too late for the meal which has 449. dum should not bc 

been eaten without him. elided. 

446. natus siim = iz4<t>vKa.;'^e 450. The final syllablc of 

should not think of a simple ahiit appears here in its ori- 

statement of age, which would giual loug quautity. — In prose 

require the accusative annos. the seutence neque vie voluit 

Translate ' I have existed uow ducere would necessarily be 

duriug more than thirty years'. subordinated to the main clause 

— interealoci, 'meanwhile', the {quom nollet me ducere ot nolens 

genitive loci being dependent ?«. d.). But the conversatioual 

on the adverb, and used of style frequently prefers coor- 

time. See our note on Ter. diuatiou of seuteuces. 

Eun. 128 aud Haut. 257. 451. Por qui see note on v. 

448. The hiatus in qudm 428. — maZ<?, ' maliciously'. 

hodie is legitimate : Introd. to 452. Observe the parono- 



III. ]. 8 — 14.] MENAECHMEI. 59 

n6n ad eam rem hercle 6tiosos hdmines decuit ddligi, 

qul nisi adsint qu6m citentur, census capiant Ilico ? 
455 qu qua . senatus . . . o . . one 

q . . m 1 

^dfatimst hominum, In dies qui singulas escds edint, lo 

qulbus negoti nlhil est, qui essum ndque vocantur 
neque vocant : 

cos oportet contioni dare operam atque c6mitiis. 
4G0 si id ita esset, nun ego hodie perdidissem prandium : 

quoi tam credo funus factum quam me video 
vivere. 

by Langen ; see Jahresber. i 409.) 453. herde om. mss., added 
by E. 455 sq. only in A, but in a very laceratecl shape. 457. 
adfatim homitiumst R. against the mss. 461. This liue is not yet 
emeuded with absohite certaiuty. quoi or ciii tam credo datum 
uoluisse mss. quoi tam credideram insohiisse K. hesitatingly 
(insoluisse he takes to be the same as insuevisse); quod tam credo 
deos volui.^se Brix; quod tam rebar ratum hahuisse Vahlen Eh. 
Mus. XVI 632. The present editor once thought of qvod tam credo 
nunc periisse or quci tam credo damnum inlatum quam, biit pre- 
ferred at last the readiug giveu iu our text ou comparison with 
V. 41)2. voluisse got iuto the text from a uote once added in 
esplanation of this : videtur dicere voluisse or somethiug to the 

masia in occupatos occupat, ' it present place. It is, therefore, 

takes possession of people who highly jjrobable that the hues 

are already taken up with busi- 453 sqq. are due to some later 

ness of their own '. interpolator and not to Plautus 

453. non = nonne. — ad eam himself. 

rem=ad contiones. 457. adfatim is here used 

454. ' Magistratus censibus and coustrued like the adverb 
captia eos, qui vocati ad con- satis. — iridies, dv' r]/i^pav. They 
tionem non venerint, multent. eat only one meal a day. 

hoc non temere a Plauto dic- 458. The supiue essum is in 

tum. nam quemadmodum se- several places attested by the 

natores, qui in senatum non Plautine mss., though it is cer- 

veneraut.pignoribuscaptismul- tain that Plautus himself spelt 

tabantur, ita in eum civem qui the word with only oue s. 

in contiouem non venerat mul- 459. eos should be pro- 

ta erat coustituta '. Lamb. It nounced as a monosyllable. 

should, however, be observed 460. si should not be ehded. 

that it is not easy to supply the 461. Compare the critical 

subject of the verb capiant, nor note and the line quoted there, 

is the allusion to the censors v. 492. 
altogether appropriate in the 



60 MENAECHMEI. [III. 1. 15—2. 4. 

ibo : etiamnura reliquiarum spes auimum oblectat 

mcum. ^ 15 

s^d quid ego video Menaechmum ? cuin corona exit 

foras. 
siblatumst convivium : edepol v^nio advorsum te'm- 

pcri. 
4G5 <5bservabo, quid agat, hominem: p(5st adibo atque 

ddloquar. 

Menaechmvs II. Penicvlvs. 
Me. potine lit quiescas, si 4go tibi banc hodi^ 

probe III 2. 

lepideque concinnatam referam tdmperi ? 
non faxo eam esse dices: ita ignorabitur. 
Pe. satur nunc loquitur de me et de parti mea : (475) 
pallam ad phrygionem fert confecto prandio 

same piirpose. 463. e/70 hic E. , hic om. mss. sedquid hoc? video 
Men. is iiroposed by Brix. cum om. mss., added by Saracenus. 
465 foUows after v. 474 in BCD, and seems to liave stood in 4 in 
the present place, to ■which it was first restored by E. 466. si ego 
the Itahan critics, sedeo C, sed dico B. 468. non esse eam dices 

463. coronae were placed on — eam is said with a certaia 
the head towards the eud of a negligence of espression, as wb 
meal. When he sees Menaech- should rather exj^ect eandem. — 
mus comiug out of the house In ignorahitur the first syllable 
withawi-eathonhishead, thepa- should be treated as short: see 
rasite concludes that aU is over. Introd. to Aul. p. 49. 

464. venio advorsum tem- 468'' has been placed here in 
peri, ' I am just in time to accordauce with Brix. See crit. 
fetch him home '. The para- note. — The ablative parti is one 
site describes himself as an ad- of the few traces of the original 
vorsitor (see u. on v. 437) who form of the ablatival suffix, ei. 
arrives when the feast itself is It appears, e. g. , in an early in- 
over. His expressiou is of scription ou the tomb of oue of 
comrse ironical. the Scipios : rictus est virtutei. 

465. post, i.e. uhi observa- Compare also Pers. i 2, 20 where 
vero. we have another instance of 

AcT ni. Sc. 2. 466. Me- parti. For the whole subject 

oaechmus addresses the first see Kiihuer, Ausf. Gr. i p. 203. 

Nvords to Erotium, who is stUl 469. The parasite appears to 

giving him furtber iustructions be tolerably weU acquainted 

as to the ' paUa ' he is to carry with the demands of such wo- 

to the embroiderer"s. men as Erotium, as he supposes 

468. faxo, ' I warrant you '. at once that Menaechmus car- 



III. 2. 5 — 13.] MENAECHMEI. 



61 



470 vin6que expoto, parasito exclus6 foras, 5 

noQ bercle ego is sum qui sum, ni hanc iniuriam 
meque ultus pulcre fucro. observa quIJ dabo. 
Me. pro di immortales, quoi homini umquam uno die 

47-3 boni dcdistis plus, qui minus spcraverit ? lo 

prandi, potavi, scortum accubui, hanc apstuli 
palldm, quoius heres uumquam erit post hunc diem. 
Pe. nequeo, quae loquitur, exaudire clanculum. 

faxo E. after Bothe. 468'' placed here by Brix, who foUows the 
traces ot A ; B,. had placed it after 477, thouRh in brackets. 
satin E. , Bothc, satur mss. 2^a?"^t or j^arte mss. ; Plautus himself 
wrote j;«)-f<'(. 471. erjo om. mss. , added by E. 473. E. •writes 
ohserva [tdst opus as the couclusion of one, and ali] qnid dabo as 
that of another line. W'e foUow the mss. 476. aj^stuU hane 
mss., transposed by the present editor. inde or ei apstuli 
Miiller Pros. p. 687. 477. pallam om. mss., added by tho 
present editor. 479. E. assigns the word clanculum to Me- 



ries the 'palla' to the em- 
broiderer'3 to have it made up 
for his mistress. It should not 
be overlooked that Peniculus 
was not present, wheuErotium 
addressed that request to Me- 
naechmus. 

471. ' Non sum hercle Peni- 
culus, hoc est, vir strenuus et 
iniuriarmn persequens, vel pa- 
rasitus egregius et excellens, 
nisi hanc iniuriam ulciscar. 
tota autem huius sermonis vis 
ex eo pendet quod omnes ho- 
mines [he means to say, rm] 
nisi sint quavis muliere igna- 
viores, volunt retinere gloriam 
et existimationem suam aliqua 
virtute partam'. Lahb. 

472. pulcre, ' in a glorious 
manner '. — The words observa 
quid dabo express great anger: 
'justyouwatch what a stroke I'll 
execute '. Brix quotes Persa ii 
4, 20 specta quid dedero ; Asin. 
11 4, 33 and Poen. v 5, 7 sic 
dedero; Ter. Phorm. v 9, 38 
sic dabo ; Capt. 492 sic datur. 



474. The hiatus in quoi 
liomi- is legitimate. It should 
be observed that Menaechmus 
is still so far away from the 
parasite that Penicuhis cannot 
hear the lines 474 — i78. 

476. Lambinus aptly com- 
pares Bacch. v 2, 71 dimidium 
auri datur, accipias, j)otesque 
et scortum accumhas. The sense 
is ' to recUne beside oue at table '. 

477. Heres opud antiquos 
pro domino ponehatur. Paulus 
Festi p. 99. Lamb. compares 
exheredem facere vitae, ' to de- 
prive some one of life', Bacch. 
IV 8, 8. — For the reading of this 
line see crit. note. According 
to our emendation, ry?(oa<s should 
receive a monosyllabic pronim- 
ciation. (We might also pro- 
pose qiioius heres illa, i.e. Ero- 
tium, inwhichcase/)a?ZaHtwould 
uot be requircd.) 

479. cxaudire means 'to 
catch by listeuing ', excipere 
auribus. Comp. Trin. iii 8, 25, 
Merc. IV 3, 8. clanculum (often 



G2 



MENAECHMEI. [III. 2. 15— 24f. 



480 Mi:. ait luinc dediyse me sibi atque eam me meae is 
ux6ri surrupulsse, quoniam sdutio 
errare, extemplo, qu^si res cum ea esset mihi, 
coepi ildsentari: mulier quicqiiid dixerat, • 

idem (jgo dicebam. quid multis verbls ojnist? 

485 minore nusquam bene fui dispendio. 20 

Pe. adiljo ad hominem ; nam turbare gdstio. 
Me. quis hic dst, qui advorsus It mihi? Pe. quid 

ais, homo 
levi6r quam pluma, pdssume et nequlssume, 
hominls flagitium, subdole ac minuml preti ? 

naechmus. 480. 7ne om. mss., added by Bothe. 484. verbis 
quid iniiUis opust K., agaiust tlie mss. opust was first added by 
Pj'laJes. 487. advorsus it Botlie, adversum sit mss. 489. flagi- 
tium hominis mss., flayitium tu hominis B. , flar/itium homonis 



used by Plautus instead of cla77i) 
= ex occulto. He now resolves 
to show himself openly. 

480. ait, viz. Erotium. 

481. quoniam is used iu its 
original temporal sensc = quom 
iam. It is often joiued with 
the preseut. It should furtlier 
be observed that the subject 
eam is omitted in the depend- 
ent scmeuce. 

482. We should not ehde 
cum before ca. 

484. The jDhrase quid {mul- 
tis) verhis opust is of frequeut 
occurrence in the comic writers. 
It means 'to cut a loug tale 
Bhort '. 

485. hene essc means ' to be 
well off ' in the sense of ' en- 
joyiug oneself exceedingly ', 
cliiefly with the luxuries of a 
good table. lustances of tliis 
phrase are pleutifuUy supphed 
by Pareus, Lex. Pl. p. 54. — 
disj)endio = sumptu. 

486. turhare = turhos faccre, 
*I long to have a bout with him '. 



487. In afs the euding is origi- 
nally long, as it is a coutrac- 
tiouof rtjis. Itisnotpermittedto 
read quid ais here as au iamb (by 
giviug ais a monosyllabic pro- 
uunciatiou), as Plautus avoids 
termiuating an iambic trimeter 
with two iDure iambs. We 
should therefore cousider the 
fifth foot of tliis line as an 
auapaest. 

488. The expression levior 
quam pluma would appear to 
have been proverbial ; conf. 
Poen. III C, 17 si quid hene 
facias, levior pluma est gratia. 

489. flagitium hominis (orig. 
' thou scaudal of a fellow', i. e.), 
' thou scaudalous fellow '. The 
same expression occurs Cas. 11 
2, 8. ni 2, 22. Asin. 11 4, 67 
and below v. 709. (See also 
crit. note.) 3i\sta.sflagitiumhO' 
minis = homo flagitiosus, Plau- 
tus uses the analogous expres- 
sions scchts viri = vir scelestus. 
— {homo) minumipreti, 'a worth- 
less fellow '. 



III. 2. 2o— 34.] MEXAECHMEI. 63 

490 quid Jl' tc morui, qua nic causa pdrderes ? 25 

quid surrupuisti t4 mihi duJum dc foro, 

feclsti funus mcd abscnti prandio ? 

cur ausus facere, quoii ego aeque herds eram ? 

Me. adulesccns, quacso, quid tibi meciimst rei, 
495 qui mihi male dicas bomini hic ignoto sciens ? 30 

an tibi malam rem vls pro male dictis dari ? 

Pe. istam quidcm edepol te dedisse int^Uego. 

Me. rcsponde, adulescens, quaeso, quid nomeu tibist ? 

Pe. etiani derides, quasi uoraeu nou noveris ? 

Brix. The transposition is due to tlie present editor. 491. ut 
mss., qiiid Brix. 492. 7/1^0 abgcnti mss., emended by Salmasius. 
tned abseuteH. 493. quoi ego adaeque E., ea quae heris heravi mss. 
The present readiug seems to be due to Brix. 494. tibi nam K., 
but 71«;» om. mss. 495. Plautus probably wi-ote or at least 
pronounced mahlicaf!. mihi qui male dicas slc h. i. sc. K. against 
themss.,wliicli read however hic noto insciens in the couclusiou of 
the line. The reading of our text is due to Brix. 497. istam 
Vahlen Eh. Mus. xvi 633, ^k/x.' eam K, post eam B. The ms. 
reading arose fi-om misreading the original pe (i. e. the name of 
the speaker, Peniculus) 1ST.4.M. 498. tibi nomen st mss., emeuded 
by "Weisc. 499. nomen quasi non noveris K. against the mss. 

490. 'Have I deserved tliis we find quoiei in the ancient 

of you?' ^Ho caK.srt is somewhat inscriptions. quoi aeqne heres 

negligently added after quid, eram means * to which I had au 

as we should rather expect equal claim '. 
cur. 495. We should probably 

492. For the exprossion pronounco maldicas : see my 

funus fecisti pratulio vre shonld preface to the Trinummus, p. 

compare tlie first conversation vii. — sciens 'wittingly ', = co«- 

of Menaechmus and the para- sulto. Menaechmus cannot but 

site, above v. 154 sqq. — In assume that the parasite inten- 

Ciceronian prosewe shoiddcer- tionaUy iusults hini, as he cou- 

tainly expect absente, as tho sidcrs hiiusclf to be unknowu 

ablative in -i would be ad- to this stranger. 
missible only in case absens 496. malam rem = verbera. 

is used as an adjective, and The parasite subsequently un- 

not as a participlo. But in derstands mala res as a defi'au- 

Plautus this distinction cannot dation of food, because he cou- 

be admitted. For the whole ceives himself to have been ill- 

subject see Biicheler, Lat. Decl. treated by being deprived of his 

p. 52. share of tlie dinner. 

403. 7WOU should be read in 498. For quid nomen tibi est 

two syllablep. lu this manner sce our note on v. 341. 



Gt MENAECHMEI. [III. 2. 35-^48. 

500 Me. nou ddepol cgo te, quod sciam, umquarn ante 
lu'inc diem , ^* 

vidi ncque novi: verum certo, qulsquis es, 
aequom si facias, milii odiosus ne sies. 
Pe. non me novisti ? Me. non ncgem, si noverim. 
Ve. Menadchmc, vigila. Me. vigilo hercle equidem, 
quod .sciam. 
505 Pe. tuom parasitum non novisti ? Me. non tibi 40 
sanum ^st, adulescens, sinciput, ut intellego. 
Pe. responde: surrupuistin uxori tuae 
pallam Istanc hodie Sitque^edm dedisti Erotiol 
Me. neque hdrcle cgo uxorem habeo, neque ego 
Erotio 
610 dedl nec pallam stirrupui. Pe. satin sanus es ? 45 
****** 

occlsast haec res. non ego te indutum foras 
exire vidi pallam? Me. vae capiti tuo. 

501. ccrte Langen (Jahresber. 1 409). 502. si aequom B, emended 
by Camerarius. 506. est mss., ease K. — smciput inteUego mss., 
sinctpitium intellego E. The addition of iit is due to Camerarius. 
508. eam om. mss., added by R. 510. siirjmi E. after Bothe and 
Brix, though the latter subsequeutly justly defended surrupui. 
The gap after this liue was first pointed out by Ladewig, E. pro- 
poses tlie followiug si;pplement — 

profecto nisi iUum ut confiteatur fecero, 

occlsast hacc res. 

500. qiiod sciam ' at least as stead of periit ; ' it is all over 

far as I kuow'. So again v. with this affair'. Peuiculus 

504. believes that all his intercourse 

502. ' Don't trouble me any with Menaechmiis is at an end 

further, whoever you are, if you unless he can maJie him ac- 

desire to act honestly'. knowledge all their previous 

504. vigila ' proinde ac si transactions. He is evidently 

dicat: Meuaechme, tu dormitas, afraid that Menaechmus means 

aut tu somnias, hoc est, tu de- to ' cut ' him altogether. For 

sipis et deliras'. Lamb. the phrase comp. Pseud. i 5, 8 

508. i.itanc = quam tuis ma- occisast haec rcs, haeret hoc 

nibus tenes. negotium. Capt. iii 4, 7 occi- 

510. For satrn sd- see In- sast haec res, nisi reperio atro- 
trod. to Aul. p. 36. cem mi aliquam astntiam. 

511. occisa est is a strong 513, ' Omnis putas cinaedos 
and exaggerated exprcssion iu- [public dancers who appeared 



III. 2. 48—3. 1.] MENAECHMEI. 65 

omnis cinaedos esse censes, tu quia's ? 
515 tun med indutum fuisse pallam praedicas ? 

Pe. ego hercle vero. Me. non tu abis, quo dignus 

es, 50 

aut te piari iubes, homo insanissume ? 
Pe. numquam edepol quisquam me exorabit, quiu 

tuae 
ux6ri rera omnem actutum ut sit gesta, eloquar. 
520 omnes in te istaec r^cident contumeliae. 

faxo haiid inultus prandium comederis. 55 

Me. quid hoc ^st negoti ? satin, ut quemque con- 

spicor, . 
ita me ludificant ? sed concrepuit ostium. 



Ancilla. Mexaechmvs II. 

An. Menaechme, amare ait te multum Erotium, III. 3. 

514. qiiia tu es mss. , transposed by Camerarius. 515. med Bothe, 
R. me mss, 517. iuhe ms6., emended by Pylades. aut te iubes 
piari R. after Guyet. 519. actutum the present editor, iam mss. 
nt siet gesta eloquar Brix against the mss. and introducing siet in 
a wrong place ; ut sit gesta, ego eloquar R. likewise against the 
mss. 521. iNULTCs A, inultum the other mss. 524. te ait R. 

loosely dressed in a 'palla'] id quam orando me faciet quin... 

est molles et impudicos esse, eloquar. See also Holtze, Synt. 

quia tu es '. Lamb. Comp. also u 177. 

above, v. 143 and 198 sq. 520. istaec=istaece. Plautus 

516. quo dignus es, sc. in uses iu the plural of the femi- 
jTwZim rem. niue both haec and istaec. 

517. For p/art comp. T. 291; 522. satin=satisne, in the 
for the prosody of iiihes see our sense of 'evidently'. — ut quem- 
lutrod. to the Aul. p. 39 sq. que conspicor ' as soon as I see 

518. The sense is 'nobody a person' = ?/««« quisque quem 
shall ever prevent me by the compicor. As this implies the 
strongestentreaties from telhng notion of plurahty (' all I see') 
all this to your wife'. On ac- ■we find the verb in the plural 
count of this general sense quin [ludificant v. 523). 

has been employed in this sen- ActIII. Sc.3. Itissomewhat 

tence. Comp. e.g. Mil. gl. n 5, improbable that the servant 

63 numquam quisquam faciet should now come out of the 

quin soror ista sit germana house, after Menaechmus had 

huius. Analogously we may left it a considerable time ago. 

explain here numquam quis- But in a Comedy of Errors the 

W. M. 5 



G6 MENAECHMEI. [III. 3. 2—12. 

.',25 "t lioc uiica opora idni ad aurificem dt^feras, 
atque liiic ut addas auri poudo trna^ri unciam 
iubeasque spinter novom reconcinnarier. 
Me. et istuc et aliud, si quid curari volet, 5 

me ciiraturum dicito, quicquid volet. 
530 An. scin, qu6d hoc sit spinter? Me. nescio, nisi 
aureum. 
An. hoc est, quod olim clanculum ex armario 
te surrupuisse ait^bas uxori tuae. 
Me. numquam hdrcle factumst. An. non meministi, 
te <5bsecro ? lo 

redde igitur spinter, si non merainisti. Me. mane. 
535 immo ^quidem memini : nenipe hoc est quod illi 
dedi. 

after Botbe. 525. iam om. mss., added liy E. 526. huc 1^., hitnc 
or nujic mss. unam om. mss., added by E. ,-wbo subsequently 
Y>TeioTTed pondod, adopted by Brix. 528. istud mss., emeuded by 
tbe Itulian critics. 530. sit mss., est E. 532. aiebas tbe Aldine 
edition, mebas mss. 533. te om. mss., added by E. 534, is 
giveu by us in accordance witb tbe mss. E. omits spinter •vdtb 
the Itaban critics and adds minume at tbe beginning of tbe line. 
536. istuc ubi iclae (or illae) armillae sunt quas mss., emended by 

probability of eacb situation read noinyi ■with synizesis. 

sbould not be examined too Comp. naus = navis above. 

closcly. 529. Tbe -^ords quicquid vo- 

52-1. For amare we sbould let are properly speaking un- 

supply se : ' Erotium sends necessary, but may be easily 

word that sbe entreats you condoned to tbe conversational 

earuestly'. For tbis sense of style. 

amare we may compare v. 425 530. For sit Brix compares 

above. Capt. in 5, 39 nunc scio quid 

525. una opera ' at tbe same hoc sit negoti. Poen. v 4, 79 

time' : in prose we sboiild omit viisera timeo quid hoc sit negoti, 

opera. Compare note on eadem and above v, 384. In these 

opera,Y. i2S. constructions tbe syntax of 

527. spinter genus armil- Plautus agi-ees -witb tbe later 

lae, quod mulieres antiquae usage, iu treating tbe interro- 

gerere solebant bracchio summo gative sentence as a dependent 

iinistro. Festus p. 333. See clause. 

dict. — In novom we sbould 535. Tbe -words quod llli 

eitlier drop tbe final m and form an anapaest. 

pronounce tbe word as two 586. For the omission of 

Bhort syllables, or we should simt see note on v. 280. — Tbe 



III. 3. 13 — 21.] MEXAECUMEI. 



67 



An. istuc. Me. nbi illae armlllao, quas una dedi ? 
An. nunH|uaiu JeJisti. Me. naiu pol cum boc \m(i. 

deJi. 

****** 

Ax. Jicani curai'e ? Me. Jicito : curabitur. is 

o-tO et palla et spinter faxo referantur simul, 

An. amabo, mi Menaecbme, inauris Ja mibi, 
faciunJa iJonJo Juom nummum stalagmia : 
ut te lubenter viJeam, quom aJ nos v^neris. 
Me. fiat. ceJo aurum : dgo manupretium Jabo. 20 
o-to Ax. Ja s<5Jes aps tecZ : efjo post reJ Ji Jero tibi. 

Camerarius, wlio retains sunt, and Lambinus wbo assignecl each 
speaker the proper words. 538. cum om. mss., added by R. 
The gap after this line was first poiuted out by Ladewig. 540. 
BEFERATUK A, referantur the other mss. 542. fatiendas mss., 
emended by Pylades. 5-14. aunim mi E., mi om. mss. It i.s 
poesible to read cedo aurum huc or to add (it after aurtim. 545. te 
post ego mss. E., comp. Jahrb. f. class. Phil. 1866 p. 49. Spengel, 



' overdoing ' of the part lle- 
naechmus has now takeu upon 
himself produces a highly comic 
effect. 

537. hoc, together with the 
bracelet. — After this line we 
should assume that at least one 
line has dropped out, in which 
Menaechmus attempted to cor- 
rect his mistake with regard to 
the ' armillae'. 

540. We should notice the 
ambiguity of the expression. 
Menaechmus says ' depend upon 
it, the cloak and the bracelet 
shall be brought back at one 
and the same time ', — i. e. never. 

541. amabo 'please'. The 
addition of mi to the vocative 
is hkewise endearing. — inaures 
' ear-rings'. 

542. stalagmlum genus 
inaurium videtur signijicare 
Festus p. 317. The designation 
is derived from ffTa\ay/j.6i, com- 



pare our own 'ear-drops'. — 
duom should be pronounced as 
a monosyllable by way of syni- 
zesis. 

543. Compare the witty pas- 
sage in the Asinaria i 3, 31 
sqq. , in which a Iover's endea- 
vours to make himself a favour- 
ite with all in his mistress' 
house are eloquently described. 

544. The hiatus in the cae- 
sura of this iambic line is jus- 
tifiable on account of tlie strong 
punctuation. In the following 
line it is not, therefore, abso- 
lutely necessary to write ted, 
though it is very probable that 
Plautus employed this form 
when it came in so usefuUy to 
avoid a hiatus. 

545. sodes 'if you please'. 
aps te ' out of your own means '. 
The future perfect rcddidero is 
used in the seuse of thc simple 
future. 

5—2 



G8 MENAECHMEI. [III. 3. 22—34. 

Me. imm6 cedo aps ied: 4go post tibi redddm 

duplex. 
An. non habeo. Me. at tu, quando habebis, tiim 

dato. 
An. numquid vis ? Me. haec me ctiraturum dlcito, 
ut, quautum possint, quique liceant, v^neant. 25 

550 iamne abiit intro ? ^biit, operuit foris. 

di me quidem omnes adiuvant, aug^nt, amant. 
sed quid ego cesso, dum datur mi occasio 
tempusque, abire ab his locis lenoniis? 
propera, Menaechme : f^r pedem, profer gradum. ao 
555 demam hdnc coronam atque abiciam ad laevam 

manum, 
ut, si sequentur me, hac abiisse cdnseant. 
ibo ^t conveniam servom, si potero, meum, 
ut haec, quae bona dant dl mihi, ex me idm sciat. 

'Plaiitus' p. 9. 546. ted E. te mss. 549. possint mss., possit 
Scioppius. 551. equidem mss., emended by Bothe. 554. profer 
Brix, confer mss. 555. hanc om. mss., added by Nonius ■who 
quotes these words p. 529. 556. si qui sequatur mss., nt si 
sequentur 'i^iomns. 558. sciaf mss., iam sciat Bentley and R. 

547. The hiatus after habeo See my note on Aul. 119. — 
is justified by the change of gi(ig!<e ^fc^-ant 'and at theprice 
speakers. they will fetch', qui being the 

548. numquid vis is the ablative used in the sense of 
' formula abeimdi', as has been quanticumque. The verb licere 
observed bcfore. The servant is here used in its neuter sense, 
sees that nothing more is to for which see the dict. 

be got from Menaechmus and 550. The hiatus after intro 

therefore takes her leave. is justified by the caesura and 

549. This line is address- the punctuation. 

ed to the spectators and not 554. proferre pedem or gra- 

meant to be heard by the ser- dum is the proper expression of 

vant. — quantum possint, sc. ve- ' hurrying forward', while con- 

nire ' as soon as they can be ferre (contoUere) gradum may 

6old'. possin « is the reading of only be used of ' approaching ' 

thc mss., which has been un- or •joining' a person. See 

uecessarily altered into possit. crit. note. 



IV. 1. 1 — 8.] MENAECHMEI. 69 



ACTVS lY. 

Matrona. Penicvlvs. 

Ma. Egone hlc me patiar esse in matrimonio, IV 1. 
5G0 ubi vlr compilet clanculum, quicquid domist, 

atque Mnc ad amicam deferat ? Pe. quin tti taces? 

manuft^sto faxo iam opprimes : sequere liac modo. 

pallam ad phrygiouem cum corona hic dbrius 5 

fer^bat, hodie tibi quam surrupuit domo. 
565 sed eccam coronam, quara habuit. num m^ntior? 

em, hac abiit, si vis p^rsequi vestlgiis. 

559. esse om. mss. , added by Camerarius. 561. hinc om. mss., 
added by R. 5G3. hic om. mss. , added by E., ■who subsequently 
(N. P. Exc. I p. 64) preferred coronad. 565. quam hdbuit numnam 
R., but the mss. read only 7ium, which may be maintained by 
Ecanniiig qudm habuit as Brix does. 566. }iem E. against the 

AcT IV., Sc. I. The wife of trons. E. Wakner. 

Menaechmus of Epidamnus 559. esse in matrimonio — 

having been informed by Peni- maritam degere. 

culus of the behaviour of her 56l. Tlie parasite is afraid 

husband, whom he imagined he of Menaechmus hearing his 

saw come out of Erotium's wife's loud scolding and de- 

house from an entertainment, camping in consequence. Hence 

is now going to abuse him, he says 'won't you be silent?' 

when he himself appears ; aud The interrogative sentence quin 

by denying, as he well might, tu (aces isequivalent in purport 

everything that she accuses to an imperative. 

him of, gives her an occasion 562. manufesto, iir^ aCrro<p(Ip- 

of increasing her jealousy and pip, 'in the very fact'. 

her animosity at the same time. 565. He takes up the wreatli 

She goes off with a threat to thrown away by Menaechmus 

turn him out of doors. Peni- of Syracuse. — num mentior, 'yo\x 

culus, the parasite, finding no- won't say uow that I tell you a 

thing more to be obtained iu story'. 

this family, goes o£f to the 566. vestigiis, 'bythe foot- 

Forum, in search of other pa- printa'. 



70 MENAECHMEI. [IV. 1. 9 — 2. 6. 

atque ddepol eccum ipse 6ptume rev6rtitur: 

sed pallam non fert. Ma. quid ego nunc cum illoc 

agam ? }^ 

Pe. iddm quod semper : male habeas. Ma. sic 

cdnseo. 
o70 Pe. huc edncedamus : dx insidiis aucupa. 



Menaechmvs I. Matrona. Penicvlvs. 

Me. ut hoc utimur maxume more moro IV 2. 
molestoque multum, atque uti quique sunt 
optumi raaxumi, morera habent hunc : clu^ntis 
sibi 6mnis volunt esse multos : bonine an 
mali sint, id haud quaeritant. res magis 5 
575 quaeritur, quara cluentum fide's quoius modi 

mss. 5C7. ipse om. mss., added by Miiller Pros. p. 498 ; huc had 
been inserted by E. 570. morum mss., moro Lipsius. 575. clien- 



567. optume, ' most oppor- 
tunely '. 

569. vialc habere, ' }ll-tTea.t' ; 
the same phrase occurs Most. 
III 2, 20. 

570. Pretty much the same 
expression occurs Asin. v 2, 31 
aucupemiis ex insidiis clanculum 
quam rem gerant. 

AcT IV. Sc. II. 571—587 form 
a canticum, i. e. a lyrical mono- 
logue in varying metres. There 
is great discrepancy between the 
editors in arranging the metres 
of this passage : but this ob- 
servation applies aUke to all the 
cantica in the Plautine plays. 
We have not even noted all 
these dlBcrepancies in our criti- 
coJ notes. 

570. mos morus is rcpeatedly 
found in Plautus ; compare 
Trin. 669 mores inoros et moro- 
sos, with our note. A similar 



paronomasia appears in Poen. 
I 2, 166 novi ego huius mores 
morosos malos. 

572. ' Precisely those who 
are the richest and most re- 
spected by their fellow-citizens, 
have this foohsh custom above 
all thc rest '. — tit quique sunt 
optumi = quo quis est melior...eo 
viagis hunc morem habet. — We 
should observe that the circum- 
stauces treated in the present 
passage belong to Eoman, and 
not to Greek life. This is veiy 
frequently so in Plautus. 

574. sint, clientes. — We 
should supply the genitive 
cluentum with res. The only 
question is whether these clients 
are rich, not whether they are 
honest. 

575. We should pronounce 
quoismodi : see Introd. to Aul. 
p. 63. 



IV. 2. 7—18.] 



MEXAECHMEI. 



clueat. si ijst pauper atque haud malus, ncquam ha- 
b^tur: sin dives malust, is ckidns frugi hab^tur. 
qui neque leg^s neque aequ6m bonum usquam 
cohint, 10 

sollicitos patronos hab^nt, 
580 datiim deuegant, quod datumst : 

litium pleni, rapaces, 
viri fraudul^nti, 

qui aiit fa^nore aut periuriis 
hab^nt rem paratam. mens ^st in querdlis. i5 
585 iuris ubi dicitur dios, .simul patronis dicitur : 

[quippe qui pro illis loquantur, quae male fecerint:] 
aut ad populum aut in iure aut ad iudic^m 
rest. 

tium ms5. 576. si qiiist R. against the mss. 584. quereUis R., 
quo re lis B, in quo ire lis C. 585. iuris DFZ, ■uiris the other 
mss. 586. ' interpretis verba esse Hermannus vidit, quamquam 
iam in A lecta ' K. 587. aut at the beginning of the line is given 



576. cluere, ' to be held in 
(a certaiu) estimation '. 

677. frugi^xpvroi. 

578. In aequum bonum we 
may notice the omission of the 
copula, so common in archaic 
Latin when synonymous ex- 
pressions are joined together. 

581. litium phni = litif/iosi. 

584. ' They possess a fortune 
obtained by usuryand perjury'. 
It cannot, however, be denied 
that in the present passage the 
periphrastic expressiou habent 
rem paratam clo.sely approaches 
the sense of a simple perfect, 
sibi rem paraverunt. — Accord- 
ing to Lachmann'8 rule, we 
ought to spell qucrella. But 
Brambach (Lat Orthogr. p.2.5y) 
shows that tbis is at variance 
with thc rules given by the 
ancient grammarians them- 
selves. We have, therefore, 
restored the common spelling 



querela. — For the expression 
mens est in querelis, ' their 
whole mind is devoted to their 
quarrels', see our note on Aul, 
179. It is not strictlynecessary 
to takc querela here in the 
sense of a ' law-suit '. 

585. The phrase iuris diem 
dicere does not occur elsewhere, 
but the technical expression 
diem dicere may be presumed 
to be well known. 

587. rest = res est, a contrac- 
tion found in a number of pas- 
sages. res is here ' a suit '. 
This suit is transacted ad popu- 
luvi, in case it happens to be a 
causa publica; it is conducted 
in iure, when a causa privata 
was decided by a magistrate, 
i.e. commonly by the praetor; 
aud apud iudicem, when a causa 
privata was pleaded before a 
judge delegated by the praetor 
or before arbitrators chosen by 



72 MENAECHMEI. [IV. 2. 20—30. 

sicut me hodie nimis sollicitum clu^ns quidam 

habuit, n^que quod volui 20 

^crere aut quicum vdlui licitumst: ita me attinuit, 

ita detinuit. 
590 apud aediles pro ^ius factis plurumisque pdssumis- 

que 
dixi causam : c6ndiciones t^tuli tortas, confragosas. 25 
plus minus, quam opus fuerat dicto, dixeram, ut 

eam sponsio 
c6ntrovorsiam finiret. quid ille ? quid ? praede'm 

dedit. 
n^c magis manufestum ego hominem umquam ullum 

ten^ri vidi : 
595 6mnibus male factis testes tr^s aderant acdrrumi. 30 

by all the mss., but rejected by E. aut ad iudicem the mss. except 
A, which has AT:T...AEDiLEii. 589. acqui...mlicitumest ^, agere 
quicum licitum est the other mss., emended by E. 590. aediles 
mss., aedilcm E. 591. detuli A. (not the other mss.) 592. aut 
plus aut minus mss., emended by Pylades. — erat multo dixeram 
coniroversiam | Vt sponsio fieret mss., emended by E. dixi, eam 
controversiam \ ut ne spon^io diferret Vahlen, Eh. Mus. xvi 63-i. 



the parties themselves. (This 
explanation was already given 
by Lamb.) 

588. The expression is in- 
teutionally the same as in v. 
579. — nimis, 'very'. — quod a- 
gere rolui, prandium. 

589. quicum, cum Erotio et 
parasito. 

590. For the aediles see the 
article in the Dict. of Antiqui- 
ties. 

591. Observe the synizesis 
in c6ndicidnes. Menaechmus 
had attempted to save his client 
by proposing a sponsio with very 
hard and difficult conditions. 
But his cUent is so fooUsh and 
obstinate as to reject this ' spon- 
sio', and to demand a proper 
law-suit. For the spo7isio see 



Dict. of Antiq. 

592. plus minus, ' mcre or 
less '. The omission of the co- 
pula in this phrase is the rule. 
— opui est dicto : ' opus est ' 
with the abl. of the passive 
participle is a very common 
construction in archaic lan- 
guage ; see the instances given 
in my note on Ter. Andr. 490. 
— The sense is, ' I had said as 
much as I could; I had pleaded 
to the best of my power '. 

593. quid ille ? quid is a 
phrase expressing surprise and 
indignation at the almost in- 
credible stupidity of his client, 

594. There is a hiatus in tbe 
caesura of this line, after homi' 
nem. 



IV. 2. 31—40.] MENAECHMEI. 73 

di illiim 6mnes perdant : Ita mi Lunc optumiim 

hodie corrupit diem : 
meque ddeo, qui hodie forum umquam oculis in- 

spexi meis. 
ubi primum licitumst, ilico properavi abire de 

lorO. 35 

iussi ddparari praudium : amlca exspectat me, 

scio: 
600 iratast credo nunc mihi : placabit palla quam dedi. 
[quam meae hodie uxori abstuli atque huic detuli 

Erotio.] 
Pe. quid ais ? Ma. viro me malo male nuptam. 

Pe. satin audis quae ilhc loquitur? 
Ma. satis. Me. sI sapiam, hinc intro abeam, ubi 

mihi bene slt. Pe. mane : male erit potius. 

593. illi qtii mss. ille quid Camerarius. 596. mihi hunc hodie 
corrumpit diem B, emended by Brix, who inserted optimum, here, 
comp. note ou v. 599. 597. inspexi mss., defended by Liibbert 
gramm. Stud. i p. 43 sq., inspexim E. 598 and 599 are given in 
this order after the example of Brix, but in the inverse order by 
the mss. and by E. 598. est licitum mss., Ucitum est Guyet. 
699. diem corrupi optimum mss. before iussi. 601. rejected 
by Vahlen, Eh. Mus. xvi 634. mcae om. mss., added by E. huic 
detuli mss., detuli huic E. 603. the gap was first pointed 
out by Ladewig. In the following lines the original order has 
been considerably disarranged by the copyists. The arrangement 
of the mss. is indicated by the numbers placed on the right margin. 

596. The metre changes, as citum est ■was in use side by 

Menaechmus is now about to side with Ucnit. For this and 

talk of a new subject. — optumum analogous formations, see Kiih- 

diem, a day on which I intended ner, AusfUhrl. Gr. i p. 539. 

to enjoy myself so very much. 601. This line is merely a 

697. qui should not be ehded. kind of amphfication of the 
— Though we should rather ex- second half of the preceding 
pect inspexim, Plautus appears line, which is, however, suffi- 
to have used the indicative in ciently clear by itself. 
expressions like the present ; 602. For tlie pronunciation 
comp. Eud. IV 5, 122 qui te di of viro see Introd. to Aul. p. 
omnes perdant, qui me hodie 19. — satin audis, ' do you hear 
ocuUs vidisti meis, and ibid. distinctly enough ?' 

140, sumne ego scelestus, qui 603. bene essc aUcui, ' to en- 

iUunc hodie excepi viduUim. joy oneself, especially in eat- 

698. The passive perfect U' iug and drinking. — For mani 



74 



MEXAECHMEI. [IV. 2. 41—60. 



Me. * * * * _ * * . 

tristis admcdtimst ; non mild istuc satis placet. 

sed c6nloqnar. 58 

G05 dic, mea uxor, (^uid tibi aegrest ? Pe. b^llus blan- 

ditur tibi. 62 

Me. potin ut mibi mol^stus ne sis? nuni te appello? 

Ma. aufc^r manum 
aufcr binc palpationes. 

milii 
tristis es ? Ma. te scire 

dissimulcU mahis. 
Me. numqui.s servorum deliquit? num ancitlae aut 

servi tibi 56 

GIO rdsponsant? el6quere : impune non erit. Ma. nu- 

gas agis. 57 

Me. C(^rte familiarium aliquoi fratas? Ma. nugas 

agis. 59 

Me. num mibi es irata saltem ? Ma. nunc tu 

non nugas agis. 60 

604. sed cnvloquar is R.'s snpplement ; tbe mss. read niifias agis 
'quod ii-repsit e v. GIO sq.' (R.) G09 servi Gruter, 13a seruet (i. e. 



&3 

pergin tu ? Me. quid tti 

43 
oportet. Pe. scit. sed 
44 



see lutrod. to Aul. p. 25 sq. — 
In tlie gap wbich has been 
rnarked after this Hne, Me- 
naechmus may be supjDOsed to 
have expressed his surprise at 
seeing his wife and the parasite 
together. Eitsclil supplies the 
following liues : — 
qulsnam hic loquitur ? quld ego 

video? meu cumparasit(5 simul 
lixor eccam ante addis astans 

mlhi facit remellt^inem. 

604. tristis, ' ill-humoured, 
sullen '. 

605. helhts is used ironi- 
cally : ' that fine husband of 
yours '. 

606. potin vt, ' is it possible 
that'. — Comp. Merc. v 2, 49 
potin ut animo sis tranquillo ? 
Poen. IV 2, 94 potin ut taceas ? 



—appcllare, ' to address '. She 
means to say, ' I have not spo- 
lcen to you ; why then do you 
address me ? ' — For aufer, see 
my note on Aul. 630. Me- 
naeebmus should be supposed 
to bave laid his haud on his 
wife's arm or shoulder. 

607. mihi is the so-called 
' datiTOS ethicus ', signifying 
Menaechmus' sympathy vrith 
his wife^s 'tristitia'. 

610. Tbe servants ' answer 
back ' (as English hidies would 
express tbis kind of gi-ievance). 
— nui/as agis, ' you speak no- 
tbing but nonsense'. 

6li. The hiatus in the cae- 
sura (after aliquoi) is admissi- 
ble. 

612. es, ' thou art *, is in- 



IV. 2. Gl— iO.] MKXAECHMEI. 



iO 



Mk n(5n edepol deliqui quicquam. Ma. cm, rusum 

nunc nugds agis, 6i 

Me. quid illuc est, uxor, negoti ? Ma. mdn rogas? 

^Ie. vin liunc rogcm ? 42 

()l-3 quid ncgotist? Ma. piillam. Me. pallam? quid- 

nam pallam ? Pe. quid paves ? 45 

Me. nil equidem pave6...nisi unum : palla pallorem 

incutit. 46 

Pe. dt tu ne clam m6 comessis prandium. perge 

in virum. 47 

Me. non taces ? Pe. non bercle vero taceo. nutat 

n^ loquar. 48 

Me. n6n hercle ego quidem usquam quicquam 

nuto neque nicto tibi. 49 

FERUEi). C1.3. hem E. aj^ainst the mss. 615. quidam pallam B, 
and so E., qiiidnam pallam Brix. 617. dt ego, tu ne clam com- 
essis E. against the mss. cvmesses mss., emended by Bothe. 



variably long in the comic wri- 
ters. — saltem expresses the last 
possibility which remains after 
all the other questions have 
been negatived. 

613. rusum is a well-attested 
form instead of rursum (i.e. rc- 
uorsrim). 

614. vin = visne. 

615. quidnampaUam sc. com- 
memoras. — Brix opines that the 
verb pavere should be simply 
understood of a certain hesi- 
tating tone of voice, and con- 
eiders it impossible that any 
facial expression should be de- 
signated by this word. ' The 
two Menaechmi', he says, 
'were necessarily representcd 
by actors in masks'. But as 
masks were not used on the 
stage in the time of Plautus, 
we do not agree with Brix's 
view of this detail. Why should 
not unmasked actors be able to 



impersonate the two Menaech- 
mi with just as much probabi- 
Hty ? Or are the pairs of bro- 
thers in 8hakspere's 'Comedy 
of Errors ' on our own stage 
performed by masked actors ? 

616. The words nisi umim, 
etc. arc spoken aside. The jin- 
gle iu palla paUorem cannot be 
successfully imitated in Eng- 
Hsh. 

617. comessis = comed{e)sis = 
coviederis, ' I'1I teach you to eat 
up the luncheon behind my 
back '. — perge in virum, sc. in- 
vehi. 

618. nutat(Menaechmus),'he 
nods to me ', is addressed to 
the wife. 

619. nutare means ' to nod ' 
with the hcad, nictare ' to wink ' 
with the eyes. Comp. the 
charming hne of Naevius : alii 
adnutat, alii adtiictat, alium 
amat, alium tenet. 



76 



MENAECHilEI, [IV. 2. 51—64. 



620 Pe. nihil lioc confid^ntius, qui, qua^ vides, ea 

p^rnegat. si 

Me. pdr lovem deosque 6mnis adiuro, tixor, — satin 

hoc ^st tibi ? — 
m6 isti non nutasse. Pe. credit iam tibi de isto : 

illuc redi. 
Me. qu6 ego redeam ? Pe. ad phrygionem equi- 

dem c^nseo. i, pallam refer. 
Me. qua6 istaec pallast? Pe. taceo iam : quando 

hlc rem non meminlt suam, 55 

G25 Ma. clanculum te ista^c fiagitia facere censebas 

potis ? 41 

T\4 illam ecastor fa^nerato abstulisti. slc datur. 40 

Pe, sic datur. properato apsente nie comesse prdu- 

dium : 6* 

620. confidentiust R. against the mss. 622. mei si non mss., emended 
by Pylades. isto Botbe, istis mss. 623. egredeam Ba, ego redeam 
hb, redeam alone R. equidem ad phri/gionem mss. , R., trans- 
posed by Brix aud Miiller Pros. p. 630. — i Gruter, et mss. (i.e. ei, 
and so Brix). 624. hic Camerarius, hec mss. 62o. potesse mss., 
potis Lindemann, E. 626. In order to avoid tbe biatus in tbe 
caesura, R. inserted mi (proposed by Fleckeisen), but subsequently 



620. hoc, sc. bomine ; ' it's 
impossible to find a creature 
witb more assurance tban tbis 
fellow '. confidens is often used 
in a bad sense. 

621. deos sbould be pro- 
nounced as a monosyllable, by 
way of synizesis. 

622. Tbe parasite ironieaily 
assures Menaeclimus tbat bis 
wife believes bim on tliis point 
— ■whicb is quite irrelevant and 
had tberefore been all tbe more 
empbasized by Menaecbmus, 
•wbo desired to make a diversion 
from tbe main point of inquiry. 

623. redeam is used in its 
metapborical sense (' to return' 
to tbe main subject from a di- 
gression); tbe parasite bowever 
interprets it in its natural sense 



in saying ' you bad better go 
back to tbe embroiderer's in 
order to fetcb tbe robe back'. — 
The copula et is usually omitted 
between i and another impera- 
tive. 

624. istaec, de qua tu lo- 
queris. 

625. potisesse=potesse,vthich 
is actually here substituted in 
tbe mss. , tbough it corrupts the 
metre. — Observe the alliteration 
in flagitia facere. 

626. ne ' indeed' (used be- 
fore a pronoun). — faenerato 
' witb interest': comp. Asin. v 
2, 52 ne ille ecastor faenerato 
funditat. — For tbe pbrase sic 
datur see our note on v. 473. 

627. In properato comesse we 
should notice the perfect infini- 



IV. 2. 6j — 50.] MENAECnMEI. 77 

p<5st ante aedis cuiu coroua m^ derideto ^brius. 65 
Me. ndque edepol ego prandi neque hodie huc 

intro tetuli pedem. 
G30 Pe. tii negas ? Me. nego h^rcle vero. Pe. nihil 

hoc homine audacius. 
n6n ego te modo hlc ante aedis cum corona florea 
vidi astare, quom negabas mlhi esse sanum sinciput, 
dt negabas me novisse, p^regrinum aibas esse 

te ? 70 

Me. quin ut dudum devorti abs te, redeo nunc 

demum domum. 
635 Pe. novi ego te. non mihi censebas dsse, qui te 

ulciscerer : 
dmnia hercle uxori dixi. Me. quid dixisti ? Pe. 

ndscio. 
eampse roga. Me. quid hoc est, uxor ? quidnam 

hic narravit tibi ? 
quid id est ? quid tacds ? quin dicis quid sit ? Ma. 

quasi tu ne'scias. 75 

ne ego ecastor mulier misera. Me. quicZ tu mi- 

seras ? mi dxpedi. 50 

(N. Pl. Exc. I p. 75) preferred feneratod. 628. coronam deri deto 
£a, emended by Bb and Camerarius. 630. tun R. with the mss., 
corrected by Brix, who compares v. 822. — audaciust K. against the 
mss. 633. aibas Bothe, aiebas (or alebas) the mss. 637. camplus 

tive instead of the present. infinitive sentence is frequently 

This is very common with velle, omitted, and especially in those 

but rare vrith other verbs. See cases in -which the subject is 

Holtze Synt. u p. 80, whose easily understood. 

observations, are, however, 634. nt is used in a temporal 

somewhat superficial. Ben3e=postquam. 

630. tu negas ' do you ac- 635. You thought meanly of 

tuallydenyit?' — For the second me, as if I could not devise 

half of the line comp. above some means of revenging my- 

V, 620. self upon you. (qui is the abla- 

633. In prose we should tive = qua re ot ratione.) 

have to add te to the infinitive 637. For rdgd see Introd. to 

dependent on negabas. In the Aul. p. 24. 

Bomewhat negUgent style of the 639. As Brix observes, the 

comic writers the sabject of an omission of sumia nnythingbut 



78 



MENAECHMEI. [IV. 2. 77 — 82. 



G-iO ^Ia. nie rogas ? ^Me. pol haud rogem te, sl sciam. 

Pe. o liominem malum : " 

lit dissimulat. uoii potes celare : rem novlt probe: 
6mnia hercle ego edictavi. Me. quid id est ? Ma. 

quando nil pudet 
ne'que vis tua voluntate ipse profiteri, audi atque 

ades. _ 80 

et quid tristis sim e't quid liic mihi dixerit, faxo 

scias. 
CAo palla mihist domo surrupta. Me. palla surruptast 

mihi ? 

Ba, eampse E. See L. Miiller, de re metr. p. 304. 639. qui mss., 
qttid Brix, •whose note we liave reprodueed. — After this line the 
inss. place v. G45, which was first removed to its present place by 
Acidalius. 611. novit Acidalius, novi mss. 643. atque hilc ades 
K. against the mss. See the note on the prosody of o in profiteri. 
644. sjmom. mss., added by Lambinus (whom E. follows). 646. 



scarce in exclamations, in 
which a prououn is used. He 
quotes Stich. i 2, 25 (accordiug 
to the readiug of the palim- 
p?est), Amph. prol. 56, iii 3, 0. 
Merc. V 2, 79. Ter. Hec. iv 1, 
49.— (/!(/d has bcen restored by 
Brix in accordance with the 
constant usage of Plautus. He 
compares v. 644, 779, 811 in 
the present play; Cas. iii 5, 11 
quid tiinida es ? Men. 61.5 
quid pavcs ? Cist. i 1, 56 rjuid 
te tam ahhorret hilaritudo ? 
Kud. II 3, 66 id misei-a inaesta 
esi. Stich. i 1, 34 an id doles ? 
Pers. n 1, 9 id tuos scatet ani- 
mus. Epid. ii 2, 8 id egoexcru- 
cior. Mil. gl. iv 2, 76 quid 
illam iniscravi animi excrucias? 

641. novit, uxor tua. 

642. edictare is used by 
Plautus in three passages in the 
sense of a simple edicere. It 
appears, however, to be con- 
tiued to archaic Latin. 

643. tua (monosyllabic by 



way of synizesis) voluntate = 
tua sponte. — projiteri is read 
here aud (perhaps) Capt. 480, 
but Terence has profiteri Eun. 
prol. 3. Both Plautus and 
Terence haYC lirutervos (Amph. 
837. Bacch. 612. Hec. 503), 
while later poets use the first 
syllable short. In the same 
way Piautus and Terence have 
prOlogus in spite of the Greek 
irpoXoyos. So also prOpola and 
jirOpinare alongside of ■n-poirdiK-qs 
and irpoTriveiv : Juvenal and 
Martial, however, have propino. 
See my note on Ter. Andr. 
jtrol. 5. Eitschl, Neue Plauti- 
nische Esc. i p. 54. — ades ' be 
attentive': comp. Ter. Andr. 
prol. 24. Phorm. prol. 30. 
Brix aptly compares Merc. iii 
3,' 7 j^rtus hoc ausculta atque 
ades. 

645. ' Dixerat Menaechmi 
uxor Pallast mihi domo sur- 
repta : Menaechmus uxorem 
illudens et omui ratione furtum 



IV. 2. 83— 9i] MENAECHMEr. 79 

Pe. vidou ut to scelestus captat ? huic surruptast, 

iioii tibi : 
nam profecto tibi surrupta si esset, salva nunc 

foret. 
Me. nil mihi tecumst. seJ tu quiJ ais ? Ma. palla, 

inquam, periit clomo. 85 

Me. quis eani surrupuit ? Ma. pol istuc ille scit 

qui illam apstulit. 
GoO Me. quis is homost ? Ma. Menadchmus quiJam. 

Me. dJepol factum nequiter. 
quis is Menaechmust ? Ma. tu istic, inquam. Me. 

^gone ? Ma. tu. Me. quis arguit ? 
Ma. dgomet. Pe. et ego : atque huic amicae Je- 

tulisti Erotio. 
Me. ^gon JeJi ? Pe. tu, tii istic, in(|uam. vin aJ- 

ferri noctuam, 90 

qua^ tu tu usque Jicat tibi ? nam nos iam Jefessi 

sumus. 
Go5 Me. pdr lovem Jeosque dmnis aJiuro, uxor, — satin 

hoc ^st tibi ? — 

vident (or viden) ut mss., emended by Lambinus ; viden ted ut R. 
capiat mss., emeuded by Camerarius. G47. nunc Camerarius, twii, 

a se factum infitiari studens, low are spoken to the wife. 

denique quid uxor dicat se in- 650. Brix's correction is (in- 

tellegere dissimulans, uxoris stead of hic given by the mss.) 

verba iterans, quaerit ab uxore, is supported by the analogous 

an palla sihi suri-epta'. Lamc. passages Curc. iv 4, 25. v 2, 52. 

Compare also our uote on Aul. — edepol factnm nequiter should 

627. be considered as a kind of ex- 

646. captare ' try to catch clamation, wlience also the 
Bome one' by ambiguous cx- omission of tlie copula est. 
pressions. Comparo the adj. 651. The hiatus after in- 
captiosus. — huic, uxori tuae. qtiam is justified by the change 

647. ' If the cloak had been of speakers and the caesura. — 
snatched out of your hands, it arnnlt is the prcsent, not tlie 
would be safe now '. perf. 

648. nil mihi tecumst (sc. 652. huic amicae 'to your 
rei 01 negoti) 'I have no busi- mistress here', huic being in- 
ness with you'. Thcse worda terpreted by a gesture. 

are of course addressed to tlie 655. For the pronunciation 

parasite, while those which fol- of deosque comp. v. 621 above. 



80 MENAECHMEI. [IV. 2. 93—102. 

n6n (ledisse. Pe. immo h^rcle vero nos, non falsum 

dlcere. 
jyiE. sdd ego illam non condonavi, s6d sic utendam 

dedi. 
Ma. dquidera ecastor tuam nec chlamydem d6 foras 

nec pallium 95 

quolquam utendum. mtilierem aequomst vestimen- 

tum muliebre 
GGO dare foras, viriim virile. quin refers pallam domum ? 
Me. 6go faxo referetur. Ma. ex re tua, ut opinor, 

feceris : 
nd,m domum numquam hodie intro ibis, nisi feres 

pallam simul. 
c6 domum. Pe. quid mihi futururast, qui tibi hanc 

operam dedi ? loo 

Ma. opera reddetur, quando quid tibi erit suiTupttim 

domo. 
G65 Pe. id quidem edepol numquam erit : nam nihil est, 

quod perdam, domi. 

mss. 650. is Brix, 7iic mss. K. 659. wii/niuOTE. againstthe mss. 
662. hodie om. mss., added by Fleckeisen and E., though tlje 
latter subsequently preferred introd, in order to avoid the hiatus, 

656. In prose : me noti de- 658. foras dare 'to put out ' 
disse. Analogously we should = 'to lend out of the house'. 
supply a second nos in the in- 660. quinrefers = refer. 
finitive seutence in Peniculus' 661. ex re tiia ' to your ad- 
answer. vantage', i.e. 'I would advise 

657. condonare ' to make a joutodoso'. 

present for fiood'.—sic 'cum " 663. The words q^iid mihi 

gestu aUquo pronuntiandum ' futurumst are justly explained 

(Lamb.), i.e. with a gesture ex- by Lambinus : ' quid miJii pre- 

pressing a certain carelessness. tii aut mercedis persolvetur, 

"We should suppose that Me- qui tibi viri tui furtum indi- 

naechmus canuot at once hit cavi'. The sense of the phrase 

upontheappropriateexpression, would be considerably altered 

and sic fiUs up a pause during by introduciag the ablative me 

which he hesitates. — utendam instead of the dative: comp. 

dare 'to lend', utendam rogare our note on Trin. 157. 
'toborrow'. Seenoteon AuL 96. 



IV. 2. 103— 111.] MEXAECIIMEI. 



81 



qua viruni qua uxorcin di vos perdant. properabo 

dd forum : 
nara t^x hac familia me plane exeidisse intellego. 
Me. niale mi uxor sese fecisse censet, quoni exclusit 

foras : 105 

quasi non habeam, quo intro mittar, alium melior^m 

locum. 
670 si tibi displiceo, patiundum: at placuero huic Erotio, 
qua^ me non excludet ab se, sed apud se occludet 

domi. 
nunc ibo: orabo lit rnihi pallam reddat, quam dudiim 

dedi. 
aliam illi redimam meliorem. heus, ecquis hic est 

ianitor ? 110 

aperite atque Erotium aliquis evocate ante ostiuni. 

666. cum viro cum uxore mss. , emended by Flockeisen. quom virum 
tum uxorem E. 670. patiundumst (without ac) E. agaiust tlie mss. 



666. For qua — qua compare 
Trin. 1044. Furtber instauces 
ftom Plautus (Mil. gl. iv 3, 20. 
IV 9, 15. Asin. i 1, 83) and 
other authors (Cicero, Pliny 
etc.) are given by Pareus Lex. 
Pl. p. 381, and Lex. Crit. p. 
1099. 

667. The hiatus after plane 
may be justitied by the cae- 
sura. 

668. eicludere {diroKKdeii') 
was the technical term of a 
mistress refusing admittance to 
her lover. See our note ou 
Ter. Andr. 386. 

670. tibi = uxori. The first 
part of the sentence is pro- 
nounced with a gesture towards 
Menaechmus' own house, into 
which his wife has meanwhile 
retreated. — patiundum imphes 



a certain ironical resignation ou 
Meuaechmus' part. He says 
' I must just bear it', meaning 
that after all it is not so diffi- 
cult to bear. — placuero instead 
of placebo. 

671. Erotium will be rather 
afraid of losing Menaechmus, 
who is such a good — customer. 

674. Comp. Ter. Ad. G34 
aperite aliquis actutum ostium 
with our uote. In tliese pas- 
sages we sliould consider ali- 
quis as an additional iuRertiou 
by way of parenthesis, as if it 
were ' call her out — some one of 
you — to the door'. — We ueed 
not ask,whydoes not Meuaech- 
mus go iuto the house at once ? 
The stage arrangements obliged 
the poet to let all events take 
place iu the street. 



W. M. 



82 



MENAECHMEI. 



[IV. 3. 1— G. 



Erotivm. Menaechmvs I. 

CTo Er. quls hic me quaerit ? Me. sibi inimicus magis 

qtiist quam aetati tuae. IV 3. 

Er. mi Meuaechme, cur ante aedis astas ? sequere 

intr6. Me. mane. 
scin quid est, quod ego ad te venio ? Er. scio, ut 

tibi ex me sit volup. 
Me. immo edepol pallam illam, amabo t4, quam tibi 

dudiim dedi, 
mihi eam redde : uxor rescivit rem omnem, ut fac- 

tumst, ordine. 5 

080 ^go tibi redimam bis tanto pluris pallam, quam 

voles. 



675. me hic R. against tlie mss. — quist om. mss., added by R. 
677. tibi e.r me ut R. against the mss. — voliqitas mss. , emendedby 
Pylades. 680. quam mss. E., quom Brix. 681. ferres mss., de- 



Acr IV., Sc. III. 675. aetas 
(= aevitas) is often used in the 
mere sense of life ; hence aetas 
tua is an emphatic expression 
instead of tu. Compare Capt. 
rv 2, 105 vae aetati (other read- 
ing vitae) tuae ; the same phrase 
recurs Stich. iv 2, 14. So also 
Eud. n 3, 44 vae capiti atque 
aetati tuae. In Pseud. 1 1, 109 
ire te nunc omnes spes sunt 
aetati meae the sense is clearly 
represented by a simj^le mihi. 
So also Bacch. n 3, 121 hic 
nostra agctur aetas in malacum 
modum ' we shall lead a life full 
of pleasures'. (Pareus, Lex. 
Crit. p. 56, who quotes from 
Propertius i 2, hic tu semper 
eris nostrue gratissima vitae 
= mihi). 

677. quod = propter quod, 
•very common in Plautus. (Pa- 
reus, Lex. PI. p. 595.]— volup 
appears in lifteen passages in 
Plautus; it is an earher and 



more primitive form instead of 
the derivative volup-tas, ■which 
is exclusively employed in clas- 
sicalLatin. See Eitschl, Opusc. 
11 450 — 152. For the connexion 
between this word and the 
Greek IXtt-w ( = Fe\iru, comp. 
?-o\ir-a) see G. Curtius, Ety- 
mol. p. 264 (fourth edition). 

679. ordine, xit factumst : 
comp. Ter. Eun. 970 tu isti 
narra omne ordine, ut factum 
siet. Other iustauces (Capt. ii 

3, 17. Pseud. V 2, 15. Rud. iv 

4, 111, &c.) are given by Pareus, 
Lex. Pl. p. 322. The construc- 
tion rem ut factumst is some- 
what negligent (instead of fac- 
tast) : see our uote on Aul. 763. 

680. quam voles = quamcun- 
que voles. There is not the 
slightest ground for Brix's read- 
ing quom. Menaechmus means 
to say ' I will buy any robe you 
l^lease' — i.e. you may choose it 
quite to suit your own fancy.- - 



IV. 3. 7 — lo.] MENAECHMEI. 83" 

Er. tibi dedi cquidcm illam, ad j^lirygionem ut d^- 

ferre.s, paulo prius, 
t^t illud spiuter, ut ad aurificem ferres, ut fier^t 

novom. 
Mk. mihi tu ut dederis pallam et spinter ? num- 

quam factum rt^peries. 
nam ego quidem postquam illam dudum tibi dedi 

atque abii ad forum, lo 

G85 nunc redeo, nunc te postillac video. Er. video, quara 

rem agis : 
qua^ conmisi, ut m^ defrudes, ad eam rem adfectas 

viam. 
Me. neque edeiiol te defrudandi causa posco : quiu 

tibi 
dlco uxorem rdscivisse. Er. n^c te ultro oravi iit 

dares : 
tute ultro ad me d^tulisti, dedisti eam don6 mihi : is 

ferres Fleckeisen. dedi equidem iUanc, dd phry(jionem ut ferrea, 
tibi pauld prius R. 683. inihi «£ tu B, niihi tu ut the other mss., 
and so R.— repereris R. (but it ought to be reppereris, which would 
ruin the metre), releceris B., reperies Priscian, who quotes this 
line V p. 6-16. 686. guae Botlie, (jnna mss. 689. donoviihi dedisli 

tantum should be almost con- rem agis ' I see what you are 

sidered as a noun; bis tanto driving at'; comp. Aul. 566 

pluris palla means 'a robe scio quam rem agat : ut me de- 

twice as dear as the other'. /^o/iaf vino, eam adfectat viam, 

682. ut Jieret novom — ut re- where see our note. 
novaretur. 686. defnulare is a well- 

683. The question with ut attested form instead of de- 
expresses surprise at a very fraudare. Comp, the adverb 
extravagant or false assertion. frustra=frust(e)ra, from frun 
See the examples collected by =fraus. — The construction is 
Holtze, Synt. ii p. 165. — As ad eamrem viam adfectas [ = e<> 
Brix observes, the same termi- tendis) ut me [eis) defrudes qiuie 
nation of a Une as here (num- (tibi) commisi. 

quam factum reperies) occurs 688. Erotium intentionally 

Poen. iii 5, 17. commences her reply with the 

685. postillac • since that same ncc as Menaechmus, as 

time', a well-attested Plautine it were to parody his words. 

form instead of postiUa. See 689. For dedlsti see Introd. 



Eitschl, Opusc. II 270, and to Aul. p. 56. 
compare posthac. — video quam 



6—2 



84 



MENAECHMEI. [IV. 3. 16 — 24. 



COO edndcm nunc reposcis. patiar : tlbi habe^o, aufer : 
utcre 
v^l tu, vel tua i'ixor, vel etiam fn loculos conpingite. 
tu huc post hunc diem pcdem intro non feres, ne 

frustra sis : 
qu^ndo tu me bene merentem tibi habes despicatui. 
nisi feres arg^ntum, frustra's : me ductare non potes. 20 
G95 liliam posthac invenito, quam habeas frustratui. 
Me. nimis iracunde hdrcle tandem. heiis tu, tibi 

dico, mane. 
rddi. etiamne astas ? etiam audes mea revorti gratia? 
abiit intro, occlusit aedis. nunc ego sum exclusis- 
sumus : 

ram K. against the mss. 690. habe mss., haheto E. 691. oculos 
mss., loculos Balbacb. 692. diem, ne frustra sis, pedem intro non 
feres R. against the mss. Tbe ms. reading has been justly de- 
fended by Brix. 694. frustra me ductare mss. , emended by R. 
697. rediet iamne astes etiam B, emended by Acidalius, redi. etiam 



690. patiar is pretty much 
tlie same as Menaecbmus' own 
patiundum v. 670. Erotium 
means to say tbat it is not in ber 
power to resist tbe iujury sbe 
imagines berself to suffer at 
Menaecbmus' bands, but tbat 
she will not forget it for all 
tbat. 

691. Comp. Hor. Ep. 11 1, 
175 in loculos demittere fjestit. 

692. Tbe fiual a iu frustra 
(tbough of ablatival origin) is 
ahvays sbort in Plautus, but 
retains its legitimate quantity 
in otber autbors. — frustra esse 
often = drcipi; frustra ha here (ali- 
C[\iem) = dcciprre, frustrari. Nu- 
merous instances are given by 
Pareus, Lex. Crit. p. 506. 

693. despicatiii habere = de- 
spectom habere, ' bold in cou- 
tempt ' ; not a Ciceronian 
pbrase. Compare/n(stra<!a ha- 
bere v. 695. 



69-1. ductare = circumvenire ; 
comp. dnctare dolis Capt. iii 4, 
109 ; 5, 67. Erotium insinuatefi 
tbat Menaechmus intended to 
swindle ber out of the enter- 
tainment witbout paying or 
leaving her any otber equiva- 
lent. Tbe next time be comes 
sbe will grant bim all such 
things only for ready money. 

695. Tbe biatus in qudm 
hahe is legitimate ; see Introd. 
to Aul. p. 68. — Witb tbese words 
Erotium goes into her house. 

697. etiamne astas, ' won't 
you stand still yet a minute ? ' 
— For audere see note on Aul. 
46. Trin. 244. — meagratia, 'for 
my sake '. 

698. Tbe superlative exclu- 
sissimus seems to occur only 
bere and is, of course, merely 
a comical formatiou inadmissi- 
ble in a serious prose-style. See 
the collectionof analogous form- 



IV. 3. 25— V. 1. 10.] MENAECHMEI. 85 

n«^quc donii neque apud amicam mihi iam quidquam 
creditur. . 25 

700 )bo ct cousulam hanc rem amicos, quid faciundum 
ceuscaut. 



Menaechmvs II. Matrona. 

Me. nimis stulte dudum feci, qv.om marsuppium V 1. 

Messenioni cum argento concredidi. 

inmdrsit aliquo sese credo in ganeum, 

Ma. provisam, quam mox vir meus redeat domum. 
705 sed eccum video : salva sum, pallam refert. 5 

Me. demiror, ubi nunc ambulet Messenio. 

Ma. adibo atque hominem accipiam quibus dictls 
meret. 

non te pudet prodire in conspectum meum, 

hominis flagitium, cum istoc ornatu ? Me. quid est ? 
710 quae te res agitat, miilier ? Ma. etiarane, inpudens, 10 

astas ? etiamne audes R. 707. aeret Ba and the otber mss., meret 
Nonius {maeret Bb). 709. flafjitium hominis mss. (comp. v. 489), 
trausposed by the present Editor. 710. res te agitat mss., res ted 

ations in Kubner'sAusfiihrLGr. insult of all, and goes to call 

I p. 363. her father. 

700. Menaechmus is at the 702. The molossus cum dr- 

end of his wits, aiid therefore geiito may be defended by ana- 

determines to lay the whole logous instances in Plautus. 
business before his friends and 704. provisam, ' I'll come 

be advised by them. This is, out to see '. — quam mox, ' how 

of course, a contrivance toclear soon ' = ' if he does not soon'. 
the stage for the other Me- 706. ambulare is used of 

naechmus. strolling about in the streets. 

AcT V. Sc. I. Menaechmus of 707. 'I'U give (bid) him wel- 

S^Tacuse returns with the robe come with such words as he 

he had received from Erotium. deserves '. Comp. also Aul, 

The wife of his twin-brother 622. 

joins him and raistakes him for 709. For the expression ho- 

her husbaud whom she fancies miiii-i fl/igitiximcompa,ienoteoa. 

to have come back with tlie v. 489. 

rolie he had stolen from ber. 710. Comp. Aul. 623 quae te 

This he denics, and declares mala crux agitat. 634 laruae 

that he does not know her. She hunc atque intemperiae insani- 

considers this as tbe greatest aeque agilant senem. Tbe same 



SG 



MENAECHMEI. 



[V. 1. 11—20. 



muttire verbum unum audes aut mecum loqui ? 

Me. quid tsindem admisi in me, ut loqui uon audeam ? 

Ma. rof^as me ? o hominis inpudentem audaciam. 

Me. non tu scis, mulier, Hecubam quapropter canem 
715 Graii (^sse praedicabant ? Ma. non equiddm scio. i5 

Me. quia idem faciebat H^cuba, quod tu nunc facis. 

omnia mala ingcr^bat, quemquem aspdxerat : 

itaquc ddeo iure coe'pta appellarist canes, 

Ma. non dgo istaec tua flagitia possum perpeti : 
720 nam nie'd aetatem viduam hic esse mavelim, 20 

aciitat R, te res Brix. 713. om. mss., added by Pylades. hem^R. 
719. tua om. mss., added by E. It would also be possible to write 
non istaec ego JiayHia. as Pylades did. 720. viea^n med B. against 



pbrase as here occurs Curc. i 1, 
92 qvae te res agitant ? Merc. 
I 2, 24 quae te res malae agi- 
tant ? Tbe metapborical use of 
this vrord will be understood by 
comparing Cic. Leg. i 14, 42 eos 
agitant insectanturque Furlae, 
von ardentihus tacdis, sicut in 
fahulis, sed angore conscientiae 
fraudisque cruciatu. 

713. Comp. Ter. Haut. 313, 
wbere the very same words are 
used as an indignant exclama- 
tion. 

714. non — Jionne (which is 
not used by Pl.).- — Heciiham pn- 
tant propter animi accrbitatcm 
qvandam et rahicm fingi in 
canem esse conversam. Cic. 
Tusc. III 26, 65 (quoted by 
Lamb.). 

715. Graii = oi dpxcuoi e/cei- 
m "EXXijres, with a certain ad- 
mixture of reverence and ad- 
miration ; Graecuhis is a con- 
temptuous appellation (comj). 
Juvenars Graeculus esuriens in 
caelum, iusseris, ihit) ; Graecus 
is an indifferent aud merely 
geographical term. 

717. For ovinla see the in- 



stances collected in our note on 
Aul. 137. — ingerere mala, 'to 
heap abuse ' on some one : 
comp. Bacch. iv 8, 34 ut tibi 
mala multa ingeram. Pseud. i 
3, 135 inger ei mala multa. 
Asin. V 2, 77 dicta in me in- 
gerebas. — quemquem = quemcun- 
que is not at all scarce. In 
such a pbrase as the present, 
Plautus mightalso B&y ut quem- 
que aspexerat. 

718. canes is the archaic 
form of the nominative (com- 
pare voljyes, feles); see our note 
on Trin. 170. 

720. aetatem, ' my whole life, 
as long as I live ' : comp. Eun. 
734, Haut. 716, Hec. 747 with 
our notes ; in Plautus this ac- 
cusative, which is used quite 
adverbially, occurs Asin. i 1, 6 ; 
11 2, 8. iS; Amph. iv 2, 3; 
Curc. IV 3, 22 ; Poeu. iii 3, 23 ; 
Pseud. i 5, 100. Pareus (from 
wliom we derive these passages, 
Lex. Pl. p. 20) justly explains 
aetatem by the Greek Slo, ^iov. — 
vidua may also be used of a 
wife divorced from her husband, 
see note on v. 113, 



V. 1. 21 — 37.] yENAECHMEI. 87 

quam' istat-c flagitia tua pati, quae tii facis. 
Me. quiil id ad me, tu te nuptam possis perpeti, 
au sis abitura a tuo viro ? aa mos hic itast, 
peregrino ut advenidnti narrent fabulas ? 

725 Ma. quas fabulas ? uon, Inquam, patiar pra^terhac, 25 
quin vidua vivam, quam tuos mores pdrferam. 
Me. mea, quidem hercle causa vidua vivito 
vel usque dum regnum optinebit luppiter. 
Ma. ne istuc mecastor iam patrem accersam meum 34 

730 atque ei narrabo tua flagitia qua^ facis. 35 

i, r)e'cio, quaere meum patrem, tecum simul ao 

ut veniat ad me : ita rdm natam esse dicito. 37 

the mss. hic om. mss., added by Brix. 721. rejected by E., •wbo 
says 'baud dubie confictus e v. 719. 730. 733.' 722. tun E. after 

m i 

Botbe, tu mss. 723. annos ita est hoc B, emended by Bothe. 
726. tuos mss., Utos K. most arbitrarily. 729—742. The ms. order 
of these lines is indicated by the numbers placed in the right margin. 
The present arrangement is due to Ladewig and Fleckeisen. 731. 
ei B (retained by Brix), i Camerarius, R. 732. natdm om. mss., 

721. It is quite conformable ent on the verb with the nega- 
to the habit of excited speakers tion, which is in its general 
to repeat an assertion they have sense equivalent to nemo me im- 
just made in nearly the same pedire poterit quin (potius) vi- 
terms. vam etc. — tuos mores pcrferam, 

722. quid id ad me, sc. atti- ' put up auy longer with your 
n^f, 'whafs that tome?' Comp. behaviour'. 

Poen. v 2, 61 r/uid istuc ad 727. mea causa, ' as far as I 

me ? Pers. iv 3, 27 hoc quid ad am concemed ', comp. below, v. 

me f 1029. 

724. fahulae, ' gofisvp'. 728. vel usque dum, 'even 

726. quam should be con- as long as '. * Vel eo usque dum 

ceived dependent on a potius regnabit luppiter, hoc est ae- 

which is to be supplied in the temum '. Lamb. 

preceding words. This ellipsis 729. istuc — propter istuc, 

is uot unexampled in Plautus : quod tu dicis. 

see Pareus, Lex. Pl. p. 515 (s.v. 731. quaere means ' find' or 

potius), though some of the in- ' look up my father ', the sen- 

stances quoted by him admit of teuce with ut being dependent 

a different Bxplanation. — Tlie on thenotionof 'asking ' which 

words non patiar quin mean 'I is merely implied and not dis- 

fihall not bear it any longer so tinctly expressed. Brix com- 

as not to', (luin being depend- pares an analogous passage iu 



88 MENAECHMEI. [V". 1. 88—44. 

iam ego aperiam istaec tiia flagitia. Me. sanan es ? 38 
(|uac niea fiagitia ? Ma. pallas atque aumm meum 39 

735 domo siippilas td tuae uxori et tuae 40 

(leo-eris amicae. satin haec recte fabulor? 41 

Me. hcu, Jiercle, mulier, multum et audax et mala 's. 31 
tun tibi surruptam dicere audes, quam mihi 32 

dedit alia mulier, ut concinnandam darem ? 33 

740 Ma. haud mihi negabas dudum surrupuisse te : 29 
nunc candem ante oculos attines ? non te pudet ? 30 . 
Me. (piaeso hercle, mulier, si scis, monstra quod 
bibam, 42 

tuam qui possim perpeti petulantiam, 
quem tu 7ned hominem esse arbitrere, ndscio : 

aclded liy E. 734. pallavi mss., emended by Vahlen Eli. Mus. xvi 
G3i3 (comp. V. 803). ])allam atque aurum quom meum E. 735. tu 
om. mss., added by Miiller Pros. p. 532. clam had been added by 
E. 738. dicere hanc E. after Bothe, bnt hanc is not in the mss. 
740. haud (or haut) E., at mss. 744. med om. mss., added by E. 
esse om. mss., added by Camerarius, but placed here by E. — 

the Mercator iv 4, 47 where sense as (Z('/e?Te in other places, 

Dorippa sends for her father: — recte = vere. 

Syra, i, rogato meum jiatrem 737. midtum should be un- 

verbis 7neis, ut veniat ad me iam derstood as an adverb. Me- 

simul tecum huc. naechmus thinks that all the 

732. res ita nata est = ovToj woman says to him is merely a 

wifpvKc rb-Kpayixa. Pareus (Lex. pretence by which she hopes to 

Pl. p. 287) quotes Bacch. n 2, get the robe from him. 

40 ut rem natam esse intellego 740. dudum, 'not longsince'. 

and Cas. 11 5, 35, where the She alludes to v. 657 sq. 

same phrase occurs as here. 741. ante oculos attines, 'you 

Hcnce also the phrase e re nata, hold it up before my very eyes'. 

' according to the state of things ' 742. ' Monstra seu doce quod 

Ter. Ad. 295. medicamentumbibam,quotuam 

734. Menaechmus' wife ex- maledicentiam perferre possim. 

aggerates her liusband's ill- tralatio seu potius allegoria a 

deeds inusingthe phxral^Ja^Zas. medicis et pharmacopolis qui 

This httle artifice is very true dantmedicamentaquaedamqui- 

to nature. bus quis epotis aut venenum 

736. For the accentuation of impune sumere potest aut iam 

dcgeris comp. note on v. 717. sumptum tolerare atque adeo 

The verb is used in the same superare ', Lamb. 



V. 1. 45—2. 1.] 



MENAECHMEf. 



89 



745 ego t^ simitu novi cum Porthaone. 

Ma. si me derides, jit pol ilhnn non potes, 
patreni nieuni, qui huc advenit. quin respicis ? 
novistin tu ilhim ? Me. n6vi cum Calcha simul 
eoddm die illum vldi, quo te ante hunc diem. 

750 Ma. negas novisse me ? negas patrdm meuni ? 
Me. idem hdrcle dicam, si avom vis adducere. 
J\Ia. ecdstor pariter hoc atque aUas res soles. 



Senex. Matrona. Menaechmvs II. 
Se. ut a^tas meast atque ut hoc usus factost, V 2. 

arhitrere Lucbs Hermes vi 266, arhitrare mss. 745. si me tic 
B, simitu Camerarius. — Parthaone E. after Ca.meis,Tin3, porthaone 
mss. 7-i8. Calcha rriscian vi p. 702, calcliantes Ba. 754. pro- 

see Biieheler, Lat. Decl. p. 6. 

749. eodem sbould be pro- 
nounced in two syilables, by 
way of syuizesis. 

750. Tbis line is divided 
into two balves by tbe caesura 
falling after the tbird foot. 
This is bigbly effective in rend- 
ering the excited and angry 
speech of the infuriated woman. 

751. lu si avom the hiatus 
is legitimate. — vis is somewbat 
strauge instead of velis or vv- 
lueris. 

752. hoe, sc. facis : 'you be- 
bave in tbis affair just as you 
are in tbe habit of doing in 
other matters ', i. e. ahvays im- 
pudcntly. 

Act V., Sc. II. Tbe old 
nian first recites a sbort can- 
ticum higbly cbaracteristic of 
bis miud and manuers. Tbe 
metre is so well adapted to tbe 
situation tbat we almost fancy 
that we see the feeble old man 
tottering along as ho pro- 
nounces each line. 

753. ut aetas meast 'as well 
as my age sball permit me'. — 



745. simitu is a Plautine 
word instead of simul : see our 
note on Trin. 223. similu cum 
Forthaone 7iovi means ' I know 
you as well as Portbaon ', i. e. I 
know neither one nor tbe otber. 
Tbe reading of the mss. Por- 
thaon bas been defended by 
Bergk, who supplies a reference 
to Polyaenus vi 1, 6, wbere it 
is stated of Meriones : Mj;- 
piivTjs 5^, (Treioq tis rjyyfiXev av- 
T(j3 ireirop6r]cBai ttjv OLKlav, 
Se^dfifvos t6 olihvLCixa (ivoiia IdeTO 
T<jj iraidio} (a son who had just 
been born to him) Uopdaova. 
Portbaon was tbe legendary fa- 
tber of Oeneus, king of AetoHa. 

746. at is very empbatic at 
the bead of tbe apodosis. lu 
prose we migbt also use tamen 
or attamen. 

747. advenit is tbe present, 
not the perfect. — quin respicis, 
' won't you look rouud ' to see 
the old man. 

748. Menaecbmus retums an 
answer in tbe same style as v. 
745. Calcha is a beteroclitic 
ablative instead of Calchante, 



90 



MENAECHMET. 



[V. 2. 2— a. 



oradum proferam, progrediri proper£bo. 
755 scd id quam mihi facilc sit, haud sum falsus. 

nam p^rnicitas deserit: consitus sura 

senectute: onixstum ger6 corpus: vlres 5 

rcliquero. \it aetas mala m^rs est mala t^rgo ! 

nam rds phirumas pessumas, quom adrenit, fert, 
760 quas si hic autumem omnis, nimis longus s^rmost. 

sed hadc res mihi in pectore et corde curaest, 

predi mss., emended by Bothe. 755. viihi facile siet Bothe, facile 
sit inihi mss. , mihi non sit facile E. 758. mala est mer...mala 
ergost Ba, mala estmers mala est ergo Nonius, malamerx mala est 
tergo Turnebus, Gruter, maldst merces tergo R. We have foUowed 
Brix. 759. fert Ba, E., affert Bb and the other mss., and so 
Brix. 760. si iam E., nunc si Fleckeisen, si hic the present 



Thc constmction of usus est is 
tha same as opus cst ; compare 
Ter. Hec. 327 with our note. 
So also Cist. I 2, 10 tacere 
nequeo misera qiiod tacito usits 
est. Amph. i 3, 7 citius quod 
non factost xisus fit quam quod 
factost opv.s. Eud. ii 3, 67 iain 
istoc 7nagis wsus factost From 
these passages it appears that 
hoc may here l>e cousidered 
both as an ablative aud as a 
nominative. 

754. For progrediri comp. 
congrediri Aul. 246, See also 
Kiiliner, Ausf. Gr. i ip. 559. 

755. quam 'how little'. — 
hand sum falsus = 7ion me fallit. 

756. The expressiou consitus 
sum senectute seems to occiir 
only here: Tumebus aptly 
conipares Ter. Eun. ii 2, 5 
pannis annisque obsitus. Verg. 
Aen. vin 307 ibat rex obsitus 
aevo. 

757. Compare the analogous 
passage in the Mercator iv 1, 5 
sq. where an old woman who is 
told to walk faster (quin is 
ocius) repUes : nequeo mecastor: 



tantum hoc onerist qvod fero. 
Dorippa then asks her: quid 
oneris ? Syra : annos octoginta 
et quattuor. 

758. mers is a Plautine form 
of tlie nom. iustead of merx : 
see Eitschrs instructive disqui- 
sition in his Opusc. ii 652 sqq. 
777. The expression merx mala 
('a bad piece of work') was 
also used of worthless persons 
(Cist. IV 2, 32. Pers. ii 2, 56. 
Pseud. IV 1, 44. Truc. n 4, 55) : 
see Pareus, Lex. Pl. p. 271. 

759. Observe the omission 
of the copula atque, which may 
be due to the fact that mala res 
expresses only the oue notion 
of 'misery'. lu Greek we 
should certaiuly have to say 
TToXXa Kai KaKo, irpdyfiaTa. 

760. autumare often means 
'to recount'. — We should ex- 
pect sermo sit. But sermost = 
sermo est. 

761. in pectore et corde, 
Kara (ppeva Kal Kara 6vn6v. 
Nearly the same phrase occurs 
Merc. III 4, 3 [in pectore atque 
in corde). 



V. 2. 10—22.] MENAECHMEI. 91 

quidnam hoc sit negoti, quod filia sic lo 

ropente expetit mod, ut ad sese irem. 

n^c quid id sit mihi certias facit, 

quod velit, quod med acoersat. 

verum propeniodum iam scio, quid siet rei : 
7Go credo cum viro litigiiim iiatum esse aliquod, u 

ita istaec solent, quae viros subservire 

sibi postulant, dote fretae, feroces. 

et illi quoque haud abstinent saepe ciilpa. 

verumst modus tamen, quoad pati uxorem oportet, 
770 nec pol fiHa umquam patrem accersit ad se, 20 

nisi aut quid commisit vir aut iurgi est causa. 

scd id quicquid est, iam sciam. atque eccam eampse 

Editor, Tlie mss. kave only si. 762 sq. are given according to 
tlie metrical arrangement of the mss. R. reads as follows : — 
quidnam hoc sit negoti, quod fflia repente expetlt me, 

ad se ut Irem, 
uec quld sit, mihf certids prius facft, qnod vellt quodve 
accersat. 
762. med Brix, me mss. 763. quod R., quid mss. (twice). — mc 

s 
mss., mcd Brix. 771. commisi B, commissumst E., vir added by 
Brix. (nisi aut quid vir commisit aut iurgist causa Seyffert Phil. 
XXIX p. 395). 772. quicquid id est mss. , transposed by Bothe. 

762. The metrical arrange- velim certum, qui viihi faciat, 
ment of this passage is, of Ballio leno uhi hic habitat. 
course, anything but certain. There is also in Plautus the 
As the text stands, •we should phrase certum facere aliquem, 
consider the nom. -a in Jilia to e. g. Pseud. iv 6, 35 epistula 
be long. For this prosody atque imago me certum facit. 
comp. our Introd. to Aul. p. 12. quod—proj)ter quod. 

— sic repente ' so quite of a 766. istaec = istaece (istae), 

sudden '. just as haec = hae. — ita sc. fa- 

763. tned is an instance of cere. 

prolepsis or anticipation of the 767. postulant, a^iovaiv, ae- 

subject of the dependent sen- quum arbitrantur. Lamb. 

tence. 768. illi, mariti. 

763 ''. In prose we should have 769. In viodus the final s 

to s&j neque certiorem me facit shouldbedropped.thusreducing 

quid id sit. For the expression the word to a pyrrhich. — quoad 

used in the text (which appears should be treated as s mono- 

to have been coUoqnial) we may syllable = quod. 

compare Pseud. ii 2, 4 nimis 770. Jilia 'my i&nghieT'. 



92 



MEXAECHMEl. [V. 2. 23—29. 



salvaen advenio ? salvan 



25 

accersi 



ante a^dis et eius virum video tnstem, 
id ^st, quod suspicabar. 
775 appellabo hanc. Ma. ibo acZvorsum. salve multum, 

ml pater. 
Se. salva sis 

iubes ? 
quid tu tristis ^s ? quid ille autem abs te iratus 

destitit ? 
ndscio quid vos velitati estis inter vos duo. 
kkjuere. uter mcruistis culjaam, paucis : non longos 

logos. 

773. tristem i-inum-ideo nisa., tristem video Bothef^R., video tris- 
tem Brix. 775. ndvorsum P^-lades, vorsum mss. 776. salven B, 
emended by Gronovius. salvan Gronovius, salven mss. 778. 
veliati B. Tiie riglit readiug has been preserved by Festus and 



776. The old man asks ten- 
derly salvaene advenio 'do I 
fiud you in good health?' The 
expressiou is, however, rather 
strange, as advenire is not else- 
where construed with the da- 
tive, and Plautus woiild uo 
doubt hav3 preferred ad te sal- 
vc.m advenio, as he is fond of 
repeatiug the prepositiou after 
a compound verb. It is. tliere- 
fore, possible that Plautus wTote 
salvaen' amabo ' is all in order, 
please?' for which phrase com- 
pare Stich. 8 aud om* uote on 
Triu. 1177. 

777. autem 'on the other 
hand'. Menaechmus stands 
aside, away from his wife, in 
consequence, as tbe old man 
thinlis, of some quarrel (iratus). 
— desistere is here and below 
V. 810 employed iu its origiual 
sense, ' to stand aloof. This 
is extremely rare, if not con- 
fined to tliese two passages. 
(Lambiuus reads distitit 'a 
verbo disto: non destitita verho 
desisto, quod hic locum habere 



non potest'.) 

778. nescio quid should be 
taken as one word ' something 
or other'. — velitor (uot a Cice- 
rouiau word) is used in a meta- 
phorical sense easily under- 
stood. ' Siguificat senex filiam 
suam et Menaechmum leviter 
inter se propter aliquam sibi 
iucoguitam causam verbis cou- 
tendisse'. Lamb. Comp. Rud. 
II 6, 41 sq. equidem me ud veli- 
tationem exerceo : nam omnia 
corusca prae tremore fabulor. 
Festus says velitatio dicta est 
ultro citroque probrorum obiec- 
tio, ah exemplo velitaris pugnae. 

779. Li prose : uter vostrum 
meruerit. The avyxvffii of the 
coustructiou \vill be readily 
understood. Compare below 
v. 1119. — logi {\6yoi) is used by 
Plautus, Terence, and even 
Cicero, chiefly of foolish talk. 
Nouius says lor/i sunt sermones 
vel dicta ridicula et contem- 
nenda. (Lambinus justly draws 
attention to the irap-qxv<'^^ ^ 
longos logos.) 



\. 2. 30—37.] MENAECHMEI. 93 

780 Ma. niisquam equidem quicquam deliqui : hoc 

primum te absolvo, pater : 3o 

verum vivere hic non possum n^que durare ullo 

modo : 
proln tu me hinc abducas. Se. quid istuc ali- 

temst? Ma. ludibrio, pater, 
habeor. Se. unde ? Ma. ab illo, quoi me man- 
davisti, meo viro. 
■ Se. ^cce autem litigium. quotiens tandem ego 
edixl tibi, 
785 ut caveres, neuter ad me iretis cum querimonia ? 35 
Ma. qul istuc, mi patdr, cavere possum ? Se. men 

interrogas ? 

******* 

nlsi non vis. quoti^ns monstravi tibi, viro ut morem 
geras ? 

Nonius. — duo Nonius, duos mss. 781. hic vivere B. (not the other 
rass.) 78-t. ego om. mss., added by E. 787. 'excidisse talem 
fere versiculum puto : 

pol si sapias, sdtis tupro te, quid opus sitfacto, scias ' E. 

780. niis^Mam 'in no affair'. -was conceived to pass e vianu 
— absolvere is repeatedly usedin patris in manum viri. 

the sense of ' despatching' or 784. ecce aittem expresses 

'satisfying' some one. lu- surprise and indignation : ' well. 

stances are given hy Pareus, there we have a pretty quarrel ! ' 

Lex. Ph p. 5. The sense is Comp. Most. iii 1, 131 ecce 

therefore 'with tliis answer I autem perii. — The old man's 

will satisfy you from the very indignation is also exjjressed 

beginning'. bj' tandem. 

781. durare, KapTepeiv, ' to 785. neuter iretis may be 
abide'. In the same way compared with iitcr meruistis 
Alcmena says Amph. iii 2, v. 779. Comp. Epid. 11 "2, 73 
1 durare nequeo in aedibus. dederim vobis consilium catum, 
(Lamb.) quod laudetis uterque. 

782. js <Hc 'your complaint'. 788. nisi 'but' — a sense it 

783. unde=a quo. — The frequently has in Plautus, — 
usual words of committing a vwmtravi is used as a synonym 
wife to a husband's care are ol mandavi or praecepi, whence 
committere and collocare : but also the construction with ut. 
maiulare ( = imnanum darc) ap- Lambinus justly paraphrases 
pears to be a very appropriate ' quoties praecepi tibi, ut te 
expression, as a married woman viro morigeram praebeas'. 



94 MENAECHMEI. [V. 2. 38— 45. 

quoJ ille faciat, n6 id observes, qu(5 eat, quid rerum 

gerat. 
790 Ma. dt enim ille liinc amat meretricem cx proxumo. 

Se. sand sapit : 
atque ob istanc industriam etiam faxo amabit 

dmplius. 40 

Ma. dtque ibi potat. Se. tua quidem ille catisa 

potabit minus, 
si iUic, sive alibi lubebit ? quae baec malum in- 

pudentiast ? 
una opera prohibere, ad cenam ne promittat, pos- 

tules, 
79-> ueve quemquam accipiat alienum apud se. servirin 

tibi 
p6stulas viros ? dare" una te opera pensum pos- 

tuleS, 45 

789. quicl mss. E., qitod present Editor. 792. tuan Pylades, 
K., tua mss. 793. si Botbe, sive mss. 795. se Acidalius, te 
mss. 796. te om. mss., added by tbe preseut Editor. illi 

789. Tbe expressions are Trin. 183. — malum is tbe popu- 
bere nearly tbe same as v. 115, lar interjection, wbicb we bad 
wbere tbe lady's 'obser^ang' already above, v. 390. 
propensities are lirst mentioued 79-1. postules dftoi tjs o»', 'you 
by lier busband. — lu quo eat might as -well pretend'. niui 
tbe biatus is legitimate. opera = i\ie later adverb una. 

790. at eitim ' but to be 795. ^Ve sbould drop tbe d 
sure'; comp. n. on Trin. 705. in ajyud. — accipere = cena or 
— hinc sbould be joined witb epuUs accipere, 'to ontertain 
ex proxmno, comp. Aul. 287 someoneatdinner'.— seryin'7i = 
according to our secoud edition. servirene. A short e was gene- 
So also Asin. i 1, 37 sq. fiUus rally cbauged iuto i in tbe com- 
quod amet vteus istanc mere- pouuds, comp. unde — undique, 
tricem e proxumo Phileniuin. inde — indidem. So also tute- 

791. For ob istaiic indus- ne ~ tutiii iu Plautus. See 
triam, comp. v. 123 above. Kitschl, Opusc. ii 556 sqq. 
Lamb. exphiins ' quia istam in- 796. After postulare we find 
dustriam et diligeutiam adbibes sometimes the accus. witb tlie 
in observando'. — faxo etc. 'I infinitive, even in those cases 
pive you my word on it, he when the subject of the infini- 
will love ber all the more'. tive seutence agrees with tbat 

793. Plautus does not em- of the main sentence. See, 
ploy sn'e...sn'c, but ouly si... bowever, also our critical note. 
sive [><eu): comp my note ou 



V. 2. 40—52.] 



MENAECHMEI. 



95 



inter ancillds sedere iubeas, lanam carere. 

Ma. non equidem mihi te advocatum, ptlter, adduxi, 

st^d viro : 
hlnc stas, iUim causam dicis. Se. sI ille quid de- 

liquerit, 
800 multo taiito iUum accusaho, quam te accusavi, 

amplius. 
quando te auratam et vestitam beue habet, ancillas, 

penum 50 

rdcte praehibet, m^liust sanam, mulier, mentem 

sumere. 
Ma. dt ille suppilat mihi aurum et pallas ex arcls 

domo : 

una E., nnad Brix. 797. carpere mss., carere "Varro de I. 1. 
VII .54 p. 32'J Sp. 800. tayita BCD. 801. qudndo curatam 
et vestitam bene habet te K. against the mss.- See Vahleu Eh. 

magis) without tanto. The 
same expression occurs Rud. ii 
6, 37 ego vmlto tanto miserior. 
lu this coustructiou we shouhl 
consider tantum as a kiud of 
substautive and viultum as the 
adjective. A hteral trauslation 
would be ' I am more miserable 
by far'. — accusare often means 
' to blame'. 

801. Compare the expres- 
sious used aliove, v. 120 sq. 

802. praeldhct —prachct. So 
also dehere = dehihcre. — mcUus 
eat Uke the Greek aixeLvdv iaTiv, 
often without au exact refer- 
ence to a comjmrison. Here 
we may casily supply qiuim 
vunc Jiabca retincrc. Compare 
Livy III 48, 3 jjroinde quicsse 
erii melius (sc. quam tm'basse). 

803. Foipallas comp. v. 734. 
arca is often used in the sense 
of a chest, in which clothes are 
kept, arca vestiaria Cato R. R. 
11, 3. — do?no 'out of the 
house': conip. v. 645, 735. 



797. For curere { = Kelpeiv) 
see the dict. b.^v. aud also car- 
minare. Vanicek, Etym. Wor- 
terb. p. 183. The expressions 
used iu this liue su^gest au 
allusion to the tale of Hercules 
and Omphale. 

798. This line furnishes a 
capital iustance of the un- 
soundness of the theory whicli 
assumes in the metres of 
Plautus a coiucideuce betweeu 
the metrical aud the rhetorical 
accent. In the present liue, 
mihi is evideutly emphasized 
and yet stands iu a thesis. 

799. hitw stas = a mea parte 
stas 'you stand on my side'. 
Compare the Freuch phrase 
' vous vous placez de mon 
cot6'. — iUim = illinc (Poen. ii 7; 
V 2, 27. 98. Most. ii 2, 36). 
The sufBx isfamiliar to everyono 
in utrimque = ex ntraque parte. 
See Ritsclil, Opusc. ii 452 sqq. 

800. In prose wo should 
simply say vntlto amplius (or 



96 MENAECHMEI. [V. 2. 53 — 62 

rrje despoliat, mda ornamenta clam ad meretrices 

d^gerit. 
8C5 Se. maie facit, si istuc facit : si non facit, tu male 

facis, 
quae insontem insimules. Ma. quin etiam nunc 

habet pallam, pater, 55 

^t spinter, quod ad hauc detuierat : nunc, quia re- 

scivi, refert. 
Se. iain ego ex hoc, ut factumst, scibo : adibo ad 

hominem atque ddloquax. 
dic mi istuc, Menaechme, quid vos discertatis, ut 

sciam. 
810 quid tu tristis 6s ? quid illa autem abs te irata 

d^stitit ? 
Me. quisquis es, quicquid tibi nomen est, senex : 

summum lovem 60 

deosque do testis Se. qua de re aut quoiiis rei 

rerum 6mnium ? 
Me. me neque isti male fecisse mulieri, quae me 

arguit 

Mus. XVI G37. 803. domo AciJalius, moclo mss. 804. clam Acida- 
lius, iam B. 808. sibo mss. , emended by Camerarius. adibo om. 
mss., added by E. in this place, but pi-eviously by Pylades after 
huminem. adquemloqiiar B, emended by Pylades. 809. quid 11. 
iu his note (see Becker, Studemund's Stud. i p. 146), quod mss. 
— discertatis I)aF {B..), dissertatis BCDh, disceptatis Colvius. 810. 
comp. V. 777. Is this hne an interpolation, or is it intentionally 
repeated ? ttttrix es B, with the correction tristis in the margin. 
destituis or similar coiTuptions are read in the mss. 812. detestes 

805. iatuc, cuius tu eum 811. For quicquid nomen 

iusimulas. compare the phrase quid tibi 

809. discertare (omitted in est nomen. 

Smith's Dict.) seems to be an 812. d^-osgfje is disyllabic by 

dir. eip. The sense is of course vray of synizesis. — The old man 

the same as diniiVare ' to fight' is greatly astonished at the 

on opposite sides. (A fre- solemn commencement of Me- 

quentative like dissertatis does naechmus' speech. Lamb. just- 

not agree with the general ly paraphrases 'qua de re aut 

sense of this line.) ad quamrem ex rebus omnibus 

810. See our crit. note. ita lovem testaris?' 



V. 2. ()3 — 70.] MEXAECHMEF. 97 

81o hduc domo ab se surrupuisse et abstulisse : deierat. 
si ego intra aedis huius utnquam, ubi habitat, 

penetravi pedem, 
omnium hominum exopto ut fiam miserorum mi- 

serrumus. 6.> 

Se. sanun es, qui istiic exoptes, aiit neges te um- 

qu^m pedem 
in eas aedis intulisse, ubi liabita.s, insanissume ? 
820 Me. tlin, senex, ais habitare mdd in illisce addibus ? 
Se. tii negas ? Me. nego hdrcle vero. Se. immo 

h^rcle ridicule negas : 
nisi quo nocte hac exmigrasti. concede huc sis, 

filia. To 

mss., do testes Gruter. 815. et om. mss., addecl by the prescnt 
Editor. R. considers this line as the combined fragments of two 
which he snpplies as follows : hanc domo ab se siirrupuisse [pAl- 
lam, neque eam umquam antidhac Fulsse illius quam me sibimet] 
iibstulisse dcierat. dclurat B, emended by Camerarius. 816. 
pedem ora. mss., added by Pylades. 818. twc e ximquam Ba, cor- 
rected in FZ. 819. intulis Ba, iiitulisse FZ. 820. me in B, metdin 
C, emended by Gruter. 821. tun R. after Bothe. iinmo hercle 
Vahlen Kh. Mus. xvi G38, inmo hcce B, nimio hoc R. ridicule 
Studemund, ludere B, ludicre R. after Parcus. 822. hac Camera- 
rius, ac mss. emif/rasti the Italian critics, migrasti mss., exm. R. 
hac mss., huc Camerarius. sis om. mss., added by Acidalius. 

815. See crit. note. Menaech- live yourself '. In the following 

mus' brief assertion deierat, line we have med in a very 

placed as it is at the end of emphatic position. 

the hne, produces a verj' stron^ 821. vero is used by Me- 

efifect. , Compare v. 86 above, naechmus in its usual sense, 

where we have the emphatic 'indeed'; but the okl man re- 

statement nugae sunt eae. joins as if it were the same as 

81G. Thc expression is very serio. 'No ', hesays, 'yourather 

full, as ubi hahitat is, properly deny this merely by way of 

speaking, quitesuperfiuousafter joke — unless you have removed 

the genitive huius. — For the lastnight'. 

phrase penetrare pedem comp. 822. nocte hac = dum som- 

uote on V. 400 above. nias. The gencral sense is ' un- 

817. exopto ' I wish from tho less you have removed in your 

bottom of my heart', i.e. quite dreams': 'proinde quasi dicat, 

sincerely. usque ad hodiernum diem sem- 

819. We might almost cx- per in his aedibus habitasti'. 

pect ubi Tu habitas 'whereyou (Lamb.) The old man con- 

W. M. 7 



98 MENAECHMEI. [V. 2. 71 — 77. 

quld tu ais? num hinc dxmigrastis ? I^Ia. quem 

in locum aut quam ob rem, 6bsecro ? 
Se. nou edepol scio. Ma. profecto ludit te hic : 

non tu tenes ? 
825 iam vero, Menadchme, satis iocatus : nunc hanc 

rem gere. 
Me. quaeso, quid mihi te'cumst ? unde aut quis 

tu homo's ? sandn tibi 
mens est aut adeo isti, quae moldstast mihi quoquo 

modo ? 75 

Ma. viden tu illic oculos livere ? ut viridis exoritur 

colos 
ex temporibus atque fronte : ut oculi scintillant, 

vide. 

82.^, exmigrasti B , e;«i(7ra.siis Acidalius. ^i/aTn added by Beroal- 
dus. 824. tute mss., te E., tu Miiller, Nachtr. p. 129, Brix. 

825. iocatus es E. after Camerarius, but es is not in the mss. 
gere Studemund and A. Spengel ; agere mss., age Camerarius, E. 

826. sanan om. mss., added by Weise, E. 827. vmis est om. mss., 
added by Weise, E. viihi molesta est mss., emended by E. 828. 
illic E., iUi mss. uirere or similar corruptions are read in the 
mss., emended by E. 830. 'lacuuam signavi : ubi enim aiunt 

tinues to speak in a jesting sed tace nunc atque hanc rem 

and jocular manner. Hence gere. 

also his question to his daughter 828. illic = illice. — For the 

whom heinducesto comenearer whole situation we tnay com- 

and approaeh her husband. — pare Capt. m 4, 63 sqq. — For 

Plautus often keeps the x in the viridis colos of the eyes of 

compounds of ex, where later au angry person Bris compares 

LatLnity employs a simple e. Curc. ii 1, 15 quis liic est homo 

823. 'What do you say? cnm conlativo ventre atque ocuUs 
You have not removed from herbeis ? ' Ben Jonson seems 
here, after all?' plaiuly to have imitated this 

824. ludit te = ludibrio te passage. " Lord, how idly he 
habct (v. 782 sq.). — non tu tenes ? talks, and how his eycs sparkle ! 
'don't you perceive so much as he looks green about the tem- 
that?' ples! do yoiL see, what blue 

825. We should drop the spots he has ? " The Silent 
final s iji satis. — hanc rem gcre Woman rv 4'. E. Wabseb. 

' give your miud to the present 829. Compare Capt. iii 4, 62 

business ' (' attende animum ad ardent ocuU.—Fot thegapmark- 

id negotiiuu quod agimus ' ed after this line see our crit. 

Lamb.): comp. Pseud. i 2, 01 note. 



V. 2. 78—87.] MEXAECHMEI. 99 

830* * * * * * 

Me. hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, liltro quom ipsi 

insaniuut. 90 

Ma. 6t pandiculans oscitatur. quid nunc faciam, 

mi pater ? so 

Se. concedc huc, mea gnata, ab istoc quam potest 

longissume. • si 

Me. quid mihi meliust quam ut, quando illi me 

insanire praedicant, 's 

83-5 4^omet me adsimulem insanire, ut illos a me aps- 

tdrream ? 79 

euoe Bacche : heu, Bromie, quo me in silvam ve- 

natum vocas ? 82 

audio, sed non abire possum ab his regionibus : 
ita illa me ab laeva rabiosa femina adservat canis : 
p6ste autem ilhc hircus calvos, qui saepe aetate in 

SUa 85 

840 p^rdidit civem innocentem falso testimonio. 

iSE. va.6 capiti tuo. Me. dcce Apollo ex oraclo mi 
imperat, 

eum insanire ?' E. 8.31 — 5 arranged in this order by Acidalius. 
834. ut om. mss., added by E., N. Pl. Exc. i p. 42 (not in his 
edition). 835. ego mss., egomet Miiller Pros. 730. ego me ut E. 
839. 'post te mss., poste E. illi circo salus mss., illic hircus alius 
Beroaldus, E. ; calvos is Miillers conjecture, Pros. p. 730 note. 
841. mihi ex ora£{u)lo mss., corrected by E., who subsequently 

833. quam potest longissume a quarrelsome, ill-tempered wo- 
• as far away as it is possible '. man designated as canis. — ad- 

834. A seutence with ut is servare — observare or the simple 
read after melius est in several servare. Comp. below v. 851, 
passages, e. g. Aul. 7'i sq. Brix 954. 

quotes also Pseud. iv 7, 19. Eud. 839. poste is the archaic form 

I 4, 1. (II 2, 22 ?) IV 4, 145. of thepreposition^ms^by which 

836. Bromius (Bp6/iios, from a complete aualogy is establish- 

/3/)^/iw) is one of the many names ed in the formation of poste 

of Bacchus. and ante. See Corssen i 183, 

838. /t'?nma canis 'a bitch ' : who shows that tlie e is an 

compare Truc. 11 2, 29 mmca ablatival suffix. — aetate in sua 

femina 'a female fly '. In the 'in hislife'. 

Casina 11 5, 12 we hkewise liud 841. The hiatus iu the cae- 

7—2 



100 



MENAECHMEI. 



[V. 2. 88—05. 



ut ego illic oculos exuram lampadibus arddntibus. 
Ma. p^rii, mi pater: minatur mihi oculos exurere. so 
Se. iilia, beus. Ma. quid dst ? quid agimus ? Se, 

quid, si ego huc servos cito? 91 

Sij ibo, adihicam qui hiiuc hinc tollant et domi de- 

vinciaut, 
prius quam turbarum quid faciat amplius. Me. hem, 

iam reor, 
ni occupo ahquod mihi consilium, hi domum me 

ad se atiferent. 
pugnis me votas in huius ore quicquam parcere, 95 



preferred mi ex oraclod N. Pl. Exc. i p. 64, foUowed by Brix. Pos- 
sibly Plautus wrote nunc mi ex draclo imperat. 842. illic K., illi 
mss. lampadis Fleckeisen. 846. hem, iam reor K., enim erco mss. 
847. aliquid mss., corrected by au Italian critic. 848. men E. 



sura of this line may perliaps 
be consiJered dubious, as tbere 
is no strong pause after Apollo. 
See the crit. note. 

842. iHic = illice (dative). — 
Though the present reading 
himpadibiis ardentibits may be 
maintained as an instance of 
the original long quantity of 
the dative and ablative suiiix 
-bus, it is higbly probable tbat 
Plautus himself ^vrote lavipadis, 
as he generally adopts latinized 
forms of Greek words. Comp. 
5^5, dq.da = taeda. Priscian vii 
53 (p. 330 H.) quotes ihe accu- 
sative lampadcm from Plautus 
(Cas. IV 4, 16), but tbere also 
vre should prot)ably •write lam- 
padam. See Biicheler, Lat. 
Decb p. 6, and Kiihner, Ausf. 
Gr. I p. 320. 

844. qtiidsi. .. cito? 'y!ha.t Ao 
you think, if I were to call the 
servants here?' 

845. It is rather strange that 



the old man does not af terwards 
carry out his intention, but re- 
mains wbere he is. We sbould 
suppose that Meuaechmus an- 
ticipates the old man's plan and 
by placing himself between the 
house and him, finally con- 
trives to leave the stage before 
servants can be caUed out to 
biud him. 

846. In dmplius we have an 
instance of tlie original long 
quantity of tbe suffix of the 
comparative. It is not necessary 
to assume tbat the long quan- 
tity is due to the pause caused 
by the cbange of speakers. 

847. Observe the hiatus in 
caesura. 

848. votas = vetas. Menaech- 
mus feigns to address Apol- 
lo. huiiis = mtilieris . — qtiicqtiam 
parcere in thenegative sentence 
is said just as we might say 
nihil parcere 'to refrain not 
a whit'. 



V. 2. 9G— 101.] MENAECHMEI. 101 

ui iam ex meis oculls abscedat mdxumara in malam 

crucem ? 
850 faciam quod iub^s, ApoUo. Se. f{ige domum 

quautum potest, 
ne hic te obtundat. Ma. fugio. araabo, adserva 

istunc, mi pater, 
n^ quo hinc abeat. sumne ego mulier misera, quae 

illaec atidio ? 
Me. haud male illanc d me amovi. niinc hunc in- 

purlssumum, loo 

barbatum, tremulum Tithonum, Cucino prognatum 

patre, 

against tbe mss. 849. ex om. mss., aclded by Camerarius. in 
vialum magnam crucem mss., emeuded by E. 850. potest B, potes 
the other mss. 853. a rne om. mss. , added by Bothe. 854, 
titanum mss., emeuded by Meursius. cygno B and the other mss. 
of Plantus, cvc.no. the Bamberg ms. of Priscian, -whence E. 
elicited Cucino. prognatum mss. of Plautus, qui cluet Priscian ; 
but there is no reason to prefer this to the reading of our mss., 
which are generally superior to Priscian's citations, nor is it 
necessary to assume tbat jirognatum arose from the parallel pas- 
Bage V. 408. qui cluet Cucino patre Brix foUowing K.'s 'second 

849. The expression in ma- as we might say 'a filthy 
Inm magnam crucem (here given wretch'. — We should observe 
by the mss.) is nowhere else the auacoluthia in this line and 
read in Plautus, who often uses v. 855. Here Menaechnms com- 
ireinmalamcrucemor inmalaiii mcuces his seutence as if he 
rem, and invariably in maxumam were going to coutiuue iubes 
malam crucem. comminui artuntim. 

850. quantum potest ' as 854. Tithonus (Tt5wv6s) is 
quick as possible'. well Ivuowu as the shrivelled- 

851. In the present instance up husband of Aurora. Hence 
tho hiatus migbt be easily re- Meuatchmus compares the old 
movedby addiug te after amaho. mau to a 'bearded and tottering 
It is, however, quite uuueces- old Tithon'. Tithou was not, 
sary to do so. however, the sou of Cygmis {Ku- 

852. ' An unhappy wife am Kvoi), but of Laomedou, kiug of 
I to liearall this'. K. Warneu. Troy. 'Plautusmakes the misv 

853. luiud vuile is a litotes take desiguedly, as the speaker 
equivaleut to optume, pcrbene is feigniug himself mad' (War- 
'rather cleverly'. — impurus is nek). Lambinus opines ' Cycno 
an epitliet often applied to pan- proguatum patre dicit, prop- 
ders (ZeMo/itA-) ; it always conveys terea qmnl cauo cajjite esset'. 
a sense of moral baseness, just Cucinus is the origiual Plautine 



102 MENAECHMEI. [V. 2. 102—109. 

855 ita mihi imperas, ut ego huius mdmbra atque ossa 

atque artua 
comminuam illo scipione, quem ipse habet. Se. 

dabitur malum, 
me quidem si attigeris aut si propius ad me ac- 

cdsseris. 
Me. faciara quod iubes : securim capiam ancipitem 

atque hunc senem i05 

6sse fini dedolabo assulatim ei viscera. 
860 Se. (^nim "vero illud praecavendumst atque adcu- 

randiim mihi. 
sane ego illum metuo, ut minatur, n^ quid male 

faxit mihi. 
Me. multa mihi imperas, Apollo. nunc equos 

iuuctos iubes 

thoughts', Bh. Mus. x 447. 855. artus B (not the other mss.). 
859. osse tenus dolabo et concidam assulatim viscera E. (comp. his 
Opusc. II 252), but the ms. reading has been justly clefended by 
Teuffel Jahrb. 1869 p. 485 and maintained by Brix. ei om. mss., 
added by Brix. 800. adcura dum si A, emended by the Itahan 

form, compare techina = T4xf''h hipennis seciiris. 

drachuma = dpax/J-v, Alcumena 858 sq. Wehavehereanana- 

= 'AXk/iijj/t;, Alcumaeus = 'A\- cohithia, aswe should naturally 

K/jLaluv, mina = /j.vS.. A com- expect huic seni. This devia- 

plete hst of these formations is tion from the ordinary con- 

given by Kiihner, Ausf. Gr. i struction appeared so intole- 

p. 87. See also our crit. note. rable to Eitsehl as to induce 

855. The plural artua ap- him to make a rather violent 
pears to occur only here (else- change in the foUowing line. 
where artus) : there are, how- See crit. note. 

ever, sufficient analogies {pecua 859. Jini is used as a prepo- 

tonitnta etc.) for which see sition iu the present passage 

Klihner, Ausf. Gr. i p. 242. aud in Cato E. E. 28, 2 operito 

856. The old man lifts up terra radicibus fni. Compare 
his stick and threatens to strike the Italian preposition /no. 
Menaechmus, if he attempts to 861. illum metuo ut minatur 
attapk him. ^ • I begin to be afraid of him 

858. ancipitem 'a/n^iy/crj, afi- from the vray in which he 

<pl0i)KTov, d/KplaToiiov, utrimque threatens me'. We should 

secautem ' Lamb. As Brix ob- therefore explain ut minatur a3 

serves, Yarro ap. Non. 79 de- equivalent to ex minis eius. 
signated a two-edged axe as 862. equos iunctos 'dixit ut 



V. 2. 110 — 118.] MENAECHMEI. 



m 



c^pere me iQdomitos, ferocis, atque in currum in- 

scdndere, iio 

lit ego hunc proteram leonem v^tulum, olentem, 

ed(intulum. 
865 iam ddstiti in cun-um : iam lora t^neo, iam sti- 

mulum In raanu. 
agite equi, facitote sonitus ungularum appareat : 
cursu celeri facite inflexa slt pedum pernlcitas. 
Se. mihin equis iunctls minare ? Me. ecce, Apollo, 

denuo ii5 

md iubes facere inpetum in eum, qui Jdc stat, 

atque occidere. 
870 sed quis hic est, qui me capillo hlnc de curru de- 

ripit ? 
imperium tuom demutat atque edictum Apollinis. 

critics. 8G2. mi E. 8CA. etulum mss., emended by Gulielmius. 
edentius mss. , emended by Pius. 865. stimulus iam in vianust R. 
against tbe mss. mamist mss., manu Brix. 867. inflexu mss., 
emended by Dousa. 869. hic om. mss., added by Botbe. 872. 



secemat ab ephippiatis qui sin- 
gulares curruut aut gradiuntur 
et singuli a singulis sessoribus 
regrmtur neque currumtrahunt : 
quos K^Xrp-as Graeci vocant. sic 
iunctos leoues Vergilius dixit 
lib. III Aeneidos [113] et iunctl 
currum dominae subiere leones, 
et iunctos equos lib. xii [735] 
cum primum in proelia iunctos 
Conscendehat equos\ Lamb. 

864. ole ntem '^ stinkmg\ 

865. Brixappropriately com- 
pares Merc. v 2, 90 iam in cur- 
rum escendi, iam lora in manus 
cepi meas. Tbe pbrase in manu 
tenere occurs also Trin. 914. 
See tbe crit. note. 

866. Tbis and tbe following 
line are evidently imitations of 
some tragic scene or rather re- 
productions of tragic pbraseo- 
logy. In the present Hne, tbe 
expression sonitus ungularum 



apparet is certainly unusua! 
instead of exauditur. lu v. 867 
we may notice the twofold al- 
literation in Cursu Celeri, 
and in Pedum Pernicitas. It 
is, moreover, foreign to the 
easy and plain style of comedy 
to say pedum pernicitas infiexa 
est instead of pedes pernices in- 
fiexi sunt. 

868. In tbe present instance 
it would be easy to remove the 
biatus in the caesura by writing 
minaris instead of minare. It 
is, however, certain that Plautus 
himself did not choose to avoid 
this hiatus. Compare also v. 
870. 

871. The genitive ApolUnis 
is equal to tuoni, and tlierefore 
unnecessary at the end of the 
sentence. It is, however, pos- 
sible tbat Apollinis is added 
with a certain amount of em- 



104 MENAECHMEI. [V. 2. 119— V. 3. 5. 

Se. heu, lidrcle morbum acutum. di, vostrara 
fidem : 

****** 

vel liic, qui insanit, quam valuit paulo prius : i2C 
ei d(irepento tantus morbus incidit. 
875 ibo ^tque accersam m^dicum iam quantum po- 

test. 
Me. iamne Isti abierunt quadso ex conspectti 

meo, V 3. 

qui vl me cogunt, ut validus insaniam ? 
quid c6sso abire ad navem, dum salvo licet ? 
****** 

8S0 vosque omnis quaeso, si senex revenerit, 

ne me Indicetis, qua platea hinc aufugerim. 5 

arrem ac durum mss., aciitim A. Spengel, viorhum liercle acrem ac 
dtintm E. 873. The gap was first pointed out by B. 877. vdlidus 
vt vesaniam Bothe. I should rather expect sanus ut vesaniam. 
879. ' intercidit tahs fere versiculus : 

facesso hercle ex his tCirbis iam quantilm potest ' B. 
881. ne ei iam indicetis E., nime ind. mss. Comp. Yahlen, Bh. 
Mus. XYi 638. 

phasis : 'mutat edictum ApoUi- lidus is not in keeping •with the 

vis, cuins tamen edicta miuime general habit of Plautus. See 

mutari fas est'. — We should our crit. note. 

probably assume that after these 878. salvo, sc. ahire, 'vfhile 

words Menaechmus throws him- I can get off uninjured ', 

self on the ground in simulated 880 sq. are addressed to the 

frenzy. spectators. Though it may be 

872 sq. After this line ■we said that this destroys the ilhi- 

should assume a gap in ■which sion of the performance, it can- 

an observation was made of a not be denied that it produces 

general bearing, e. g. homilncu- also a very ludicrous effect. 

lormn vires quavi j^ereunt cito ! Similar instances are not \m- 

This is then exemplified by the common in Plautus and Aris- 

present instance of Menaech- tophanes. 

mus. For vel in the following 881. me is a case of antici- 

line compare below v. 1042. pation of the subject of the 

877. The prouunciation va- depeudeut sentence. 



V. 3. G— 11.] 



MEXAECHMEI. 



105 



ACTVS V. 



Seni:x. 



Lumbi sedendo, 6culi spectando dolent, 
man(?ndo medicum, diim se ex opere rt^cipiat. 
odiosus tandem vix ab aegrotis venit. 
SS5 ait se 6b]igasse crus fractum Aesculapio, 

Apollini autem bracchium. nunc cogito, lo 

utrum me dicam ducere medicum an fabrum. 

882, sedendod E., N. Pl. Exc. i 72; iu bis edition he in- 
serted mi. 886. brachiiim R., Brix. 887. medicum ducere R. 



AcT V. Sc. III. The okl man 
had waited a long tirne for the 
physician'sconiiughome. Wlien 
that happened, he had talked 
with him aud told him in 
general of Menaechmus' dis- 
order. He had tlien quitted 
him and was now waitiug for 
him again, whUe somc busiuess 
within doors detaiued bim. All 
this requires a long interval of 
time, as long at least as poets 
ever ougbt to suppose between 
two successive acts. E.Warner, 
who was tbe first to introduce 
tbe present distribution into 
acts, in 1772 — a considerable 
time before Bothe, to wbom 
Ritschl ascribes it. 

882. spectando 'withlooking 
out'. He bad been straining 
his ej'es to see if tbe pbysiciau 
was coming. 

883. manendo medicum is 
justly explained by Brix as 
equivaleut to dum muneo. Comp. 
Ter. Andr. 938 ajiimus commu- 



tui^t metu, ope, gaudio, mirando 
hoc tanto tam repentino hono, 
wbere Donatus says that mi- 
raudo = dum miror. — dum se ex 
opere recipiat 'wbile tbis same 
doctor from bis patieuts comes '. 
(Warner.) 

884. Tlie pbysician renders 
bimself odiosus by bis boastiug. 
A few instances of bis vain- 
glorious assertious are given iu 
tbe followiug liues. He pre- 
tends to be a physiciau 'fit for 
tbe gods'. 

887. Tbe plain sense is nunc 
dubius haereo, ntrum medicum 
ducam an fabrum. Tbe intro- 
ductiou of dicere into sucb a 
sentence as tbis bas tbe effect 
of lengthening it; it is, bow- 
ever, veiy common in Latin. — 
Tbere is no reason to cbange 
tbe order of words sucb as it is 
given by the mss. We may, if 
we choose, consider the final e 
inducere to ajipear iu its origiual 
long quantity — thougb it is nof; 



106 MENAECHMEI. [V. 3. 12—4. 6. 

atque eccum incedit. move formicinum gradum. 



Medicvs. Senex. 



Me. quid illi esse morbi dixeras ? narra, senex. V4, 
890 num laruatust aut cerritus ? fac sciam. 

num eum veternus aut aqua interciis tenet ? 
Se. quin ea te causa duco, ut id dicas milii 
atque illum ut sanuni facias. Me. perfacile id 
quidemst. 5 

saniim futurum, mea ego id promitto fide. 

aRainst the mss. 889. esset ilU mss., emended by E. 890. larua- 
tus mss., lancatust E. 894, 5, 6 are given in the order of the 



absolutely necessary to do so. — 
If the physician set a broken 
leg of Aesculapius himself, he 
may be styled mrdicus; if he 
merely mended a broken statue 
of Aesculapius, he vrould be 
more justly called a. faber. 

888. incedere deuotes a slow 
and stately kind of walking; see 
note on Aul. 47. Ibid. 49 'we 
find the expression testudineus 
gradus, wliich may be well com- 
pared witn the phrase read in 
our test. Lamb. says ' incedit 
formicarjm in morem, qua- 
rum gradus est minutissimus 
ac spississimus', and Muretus 
makes the pointed observation 
'formicae multum quidem mo- 
vent, sed parum promovent'. — 
For the prosody of move see In- 
trod. Aul. p. 25 sq. 

AcT V. Sc. IV. 889. The 
physician vrants to be free from 
the trouble of making a diag- 
nosis himself. 

890. lu Plautus larua is 
al\Nays trisyllabic; comp. Aul. 
634. Nonius p. 44 gives the 
following explanation : — cer- 



riti et laruati, male sani et 
aut Cereris ira aut laruarum 
incursatione animovexati. Plau- 
tus Amphitryone ; Idruatust 
edepol hnminem 7nlserum 
medicum quacritat. [See 
Ussing's Plautus, i. p. 67.] 
idem qui supra in Amphitryone 
quasi advenienti morbo me- 
dicati iuvem [this passage 
is corrupt ; Ussing reads quaese 
advenienti morbo medicamen ta- 
men\: tu certe aut laruatus 
aut cerritus es [see Ussing, 
p. 65]. We may also compare 
Amph. II 2, 144 sq. quaeso 
quin tu istanc iubes Prd cerrita 
circumferri? A. edepol qui fac- 
tost opus : Kam haec quidem 
edepol laruarum plenast. So 
also Horace, Sat. ii 3, 278 
cerritus fuit, an commotae cri- 
mine mentis Absolves hominem? 

891. The reternus (a symp- 
tom of brain-disease) and the 
aqua intercus are repeatedly 
mentioned by other writers, e.g. 
Horace aud Cicero. 

892. ea is monosyllabic. 
894, meajide 'on my word'. 



V. 4. 7 — 5. 5.] MENAECHMEI. 107 

895 Se. majjnd cum cura efjo illum curari volo. 
Me. quin sospitabo plus sescentos in dies. 
ita illiim cum cura magna curabo tibi. 
Se. atque t^ccum ipsum horainem. Me. 6pserve- 
mus, quam rem agat. lo 



Mexaechmvs I. Senex. Medicvs. 

Me. ^depol ne hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus 
mi optigit : V 5. 

900 qua^ me clam ratiis sum facere, ea omnia hic fecit 
palam 
pdrasitus, qui m4 conplevit flagiti et formidinis, 
m4us Vlixes, suo qui regi tantum concivit mali 
quem 4go hodie hominem, si quidem vivo, vi vita 
evolvam sua. 5 

mss., but E. places them as follows : 896, 895, 894. 894. me aevo .», 
id B, emended in DFZ. 89G. soqntabo E. (or Scaliger), sunpirabo ^^ 
mss. sescenta mss. , emended by Camerarius. die E. agaiust the 
mss. 897. ego illum mss., ego om. E. 900. qiiem eclam B, 
emended by E. (who, however, adds quom at the beginning of the 
liue). ea omnia mss., omnia ea E. after Bothe. hic om. mss. (E.), 
added by Miiller Pros. p. 15 sq. 903. hodie om. mss., added by 
Miiller Pros. 709, hcrcle E., homonem (without auy addition) Brix. 

895. The old man says 'you house, tbere to cure him. 
should not treat this as such an 899. pervorsus is nearly the 
easy matter, as I wish you to same as malus; the word is in- 
be very careful in your treat- tentionally selected on account 
ment of him'. of the jingle with advorsus. 

896. 'I'll make him a sound 901. For the construction of 
man for ever so long'. sescenti complerc with a genitive (by no 
often means 'ever so many': means rare in archaic and silver 
see our note on Trin. 791. latinity), see note on Aul. 451. 

AcT V. Sc. V. Menaechmus 902. meur-i Vlixes ' qui mihi 

of Epidamnus retiirns now and erat Vlyssis instar, quo utebar 

is supposed to be the madman consiliario et administro in 

the old man and the physician meis rebus difficUibus, ut Aga- 

are in quest of ; this supposition memnon Vlysse in suis rebus 

is confirmed by some ridiculous dubiis ac formidolosis tempori- 

questions and answers which bus'. Lamb. rex is the desig- 

pass between them. They re- nation repeatedly bestowed by 

Bolve to carry off Menaechmus parasites on their rich patrons. 

by force to the physician's 903. For si vivo (which 



108 MENAIiClLMEI. [V. 5. 6 — 15. 

t,M ego stultus sum, qui illius ^sse dico, qua^ meast: 

905 meo cibo et sumptu educatust: anima privabo viruni. 

condiffne autem haec meretrix fecit, ut mos est 

meretricius: 
qula rogo pallam, ut referatur rursum ad uxorem 

mearn, 
mihi se ait dedisse. heu, edepol nd ego homo vivo 

miser. lo 

Se. audin quae loquitur ? Med. se miserum pra^- 

dicat. Se. adejis velim. 
910 Med. salvos sis, Menaechme. quaeso, ciir apertas 

bracchium ? 
non tu scis, quantum isti morbo nunc tuo facias 

mali ? 
Me, quin tu te suspendis ? Se. ecquid sentis ? Med. 

quid ni sentiam ? ^ 

non potest haec res ellebori unguine optin^rier. is "^ 

vi om. mss., added by Bergk Beitr. i 70, vita iam E., vitad evol- 
vam Biicheler aud B. Neue Pl. Exc. i 64. 904. mea est Camera- 
rius, viea sit mss. 913. uno unguine Miiller (in order to avoid 
the hiatus) Pros. p. 578. unguine is a splendid emendation of 

does the serTice of an assevera- even to notice his approach. — 

tion) see our note on Aul. 565. We should assume that Me- 

vita evolvere is a somewhat naechmus had buried his head 

forced expression iustead of iu his hands, and in so doing 

vita privare. Observe the fre- had uncovered his arm, as his 

quent alliterations in this liue. paZ?/)(?« would theu naturally 

905. educatust ' fed up ' ; fall back. 

comp. note on v. 98. 912. Menaechmus is in a 

906. For the seuse of con- very bad temper, owing to his 
digne comp. our uote on Aul. adveutures during the after- 
462. uoon, and therefore retm-ns a 

908. vivo=sum; comp. note somewhat rough answer to the 

on Aul. 416. inquiries of the officious quack. 

910. It is anything but ne- 913. ' Tbis case cannot be 

cessary to assume that a line eured with an ointment of 

bas dropped out before this, as hellebore'. The obsei-vation is 

\ra3 done by Ladewig. The of course addressed to the old 

physician comes ui)on Menaech- man, and not to Menaechmus. 

mus with his salutation and his Hellebore was used as a sove- 

questions, without leaving him reign remedy against insanity. 

time to answer the first or See Hor. Sat. ii 3, 82 sq. Ep. 



V. 5. IG — 22.] -MENAECHMEI. 



109 



sevl (juid ais, Menaechme ? JVFe. quitl vis ? Med. dic 

luilii hoc quod te rogo: 
;)15 lilbum an atrum vinum potas ? Me. quid tibi quae- 

sitost opus ? 
Med. * * * * Me. quin tu is 

in malam crucem ? 
Se. iam hercle occeptat insanire priinuhim. Me. 

quin tii rogas, 
piirpureum panem au puniceum soleam ego esse an 

liiteum ? 
soleamne esse avis squamossas, piscis pennat6s? Se. 

pa^Dae, 20 

920 audin tu, ut deliramenta loquitur? quid cessas dare 
potionis aliquid, prius quam p^rcipit insania ? 



Lacbmann's, iungere mss. 916. R. supplies mrigni refert qid colos 
917. tti rogas Bothe, tu ine interrogas mss. 919. squamosas 



sit 



II 2, 137. Lucian, vit. auct. 23 
01) 6^1X1% yeveffdai <Tort>6v, tjv /trj 
rpls ^ipf^ijs Tov tWf^opov Trijji. 
The proper spelling is witliout 
the h, tliough the dictionaries 
still prefer to register the word 
nnder H. 

916. See our crit. note. Me- 
naechmus is indiguant at these 
prying questious, as he is not 
acquainted with the motive 
whieh prompts them. The 
physician would then inform 
him that the colour of the wiue 
was of great importance for the 
health of a patient. 

917. The diminutive pri- 
mulum recurs below v. 1116. 
See also Ter. Ad. 289. 

919. The spelhng squamos- 
sas is here given by the ms. 
li, and has therefore been re- 
tained in our edition, though 
there is no doubt that Plautus 
himself did not write so, as the 



douhhng of consonants was not 
practised in his time. But the 
ss in the suffix ossn- is memor- 
able as a trace of an n originally 
contained in it, as the archaic 
form was onso- or rather ontio-, 
coiTespouding to the Greek oets, 
i.e. oivr. — See our note on 
Trin. 37. 

920. deliramrnta ' stufl and 
nonsense', X^pons «ai (p\vapLas. 
The phrase deUramenta loqui 
occurs also Amph. 11 2, 64. 
Capt. III 4, 66. 

921. The suffix of the third 
person sing. it appoars long iu 
perciplt; see Introd. to Aul, p. 
10. It shoiild, however, be 
observed that we should expect 
percipiat, were we to go by the 
rules of Cicerouiau syntax. — 
For the expression itself, Lam- 
binus aptly compares Amph. v 
1, 66 nam mihi horror membra 
misero percipit dictis tuis. 



110 MENAECHMEI. [V. 5. 23— 29. 

Med. rndne modo: etiam p^rcontabor alia. Se. occi- 

dis fabulans. 
Med. dic mihi hoc: solent tibi umquam oculi duri 

fferi ? 
Me. quid ? tu me luciistam censes esse, homo igna- 

vlssume ? 25 

92d Med. dic mihi, en umquam intestina tibi crepant, 

quod sentias? 
Me. libi satur sum, nulla crepitant: quando esurio, 

tum crepant. 
Med. hoc quidem edepol hau jJvo insano vdrbum 

respondit mihi. 
perdormiscin tu usque ad lucem ? facilin tu o6dor- 

mis cubans? 

is the emendation of Italian critics, quam ossas B. 922. fabidans 
Acidalius, fabulam mss. 924. tun K. after Bothe, against the 
mss. 925. me hic tiumquam mss., emended by the ItaUan critics 
and Gulielmius. 928. tu in the first place om. mss., added by E. 
dormis curans mss., emended by Scioppius and Acidalius. 929. K. 

922. For occidis see our note ' as f ar as you can perceive '• 
on Aul. 148. The old man is 926. nullus frequently stands 
losing patience with the physi- for an emphatic non in the 
cian's prolonged interrogatory. comic poets aud in the affected 

923. ' Do your eyes ever feel stj'le of their imitators in the 
hard?' i.e. oppressed with a second ceutury of the Christian 
certain feeling of heaviness. era. — Comp. Cas. iv 3, 6 mihi 
This is likewise a sign of affec- inanitate iam dudum intestina 
tions of the head and of the vmrmurant. 

brain. 927. hau pro insano, ov KaTa 

924. lucusta is a well-attested ixaivoixevov, ' not as a madmau 
form instead of locusta. The would speak'. /iflu is very com- 
word is, however, related to the mon in Plautus, but only be- 
root ^o^M- ('sound, speak') and fore consonants. 

properly denotes the ' sounding 928. The physician's ques- 

animal'. Yanicek, EtjTn. "Wort. tions are exactly the same any 

p. 133.— Lambinus aptly quotes practitioner would put now-a- 

Pliny, N. H. xi 37, 55 locustis days under similar circum- 

squiUisque magna ex parte sub stances. — facilin — facilene, ac- 

eodem munimento praeduri emi- cording to the observations 

nent (oculi). made on v. 795. — cubans 'wheu 

925. For en lunquam comp. you go to bed'. 
notc on v. 143. — quod sentias 



V. 5. 30 — 38.] MENAECHMEI. 1 1 1 

Me. penlormisco [si * * * * *: so 
930 iibdorniisco] si resolvi drgentum, quoi dt^beo. 

Mfd ******* 
****** * * 

Me. qui te luppiter dique omues, percoutator, per- 

duiut. 
Med. uuuc homo insanire occeptat. de illis verbis 

cave tibi. 
935 Se. immo melior nunc quidemst de v^rbis, praeut 

dudum fuit : 
nam dudum uxorem suam esse aiebat rabiosani 

canem. 
Me. quid ego dixi ? Se. insanisit, inquam, Me. 

egone? Se. tu istic, qui mihi 35 

^tiam me iunctis quadrigis minitatu's prostdrnere. 

■^Tg ******* 

940 Se. dgomet haec te vidi facere: ^gomet haec tcd 
drguo. 
Me. at ego te sacram coronam surrupuisse lovi 

scio : 

supplies as foUows :— 

p^rdormisco [si me flore satis complevi Liberi, 
obdormisco] si resolvi argentum quol ego debeo. 
931 sq. 'desunt duo nisi fallor versus, quorum prior simili sen- 
tentia fuerit oportet atque v. 927, altero aenuo Menaecbmum per- 
contabatur medicus' E. 933. perdunt mss., emended by Pius. 
935. neUor B , noster R., melior Brix. 937. insaniisti E., insajuis 
mss. 939. ' Menaechmi responsum hic intercidorit necesse est ' R. 
940. te mss., ted Guyet, haece te arrjuo E. , who subsequently pre- 
ferred ted (N. Pl. Exc. 1 37). 941. lovis mss., lovis scio E., lovi 

930. ' I soon fall asleep, man, whom the physician bids 

when no cares as to the pay- beware of Menaechmus as soou 

ment of debts weigh upon me '. as lie begins to speak in this 

933. For qui in curses and wild and excited manner. — For 
exclamations see note on v. 308. the prosody of cdvii see Introd. 
Trin. 923. — percontator 'inqui- to Aul. p. 24 sq. 

sitive fellow '. Hor. Ep. i 18, 935. de verbis ' to infer from 

69 percontatoremfugito. his expressions'. — ^For praeut 

934. de 'with respect to'. see note on v. 376. 

The words de illis verbis cave 941. Menaechmus considers 

tibi are addressed to the old the old man's accusatiou as 



112 MENAECHMEI. [V. 5. 39—45. 

cH ob cam rem in cdrcerem ted esse conpacttim 

scio: 
(^t postquam es emissus, caesura vlrgis sub furca 

scio : 40 

tum patrem occidisse et matrcm vendidisse etiam 

scio. 
945 siitin haec pro sano male dicta male dictis re- 

sp6ndeo ? 
Se. obsecro hercle, medicc, propere, quidquid fac- 

turu's, face. 
non vides hominem insanire ? Med. scin quid facias 

optumumst ? 
ad me face uti deferatur. Se. itane censes ? Med. 

quippini ? 45 

scio Camerarius. 942. te deesse B, emended by Camerai-ius. 943. 
siiff^urca Ba. 946. medice the Italian critics, mnledice mss. fac- 
turus the editions before K. si quid factiiru ^s face Luchs Hermes 
VIII 118 sq. 947. optumum E. against the mss. 948. ut id refera- 



quite extraragaut and therefore 
saj-s that he might with equal 
probability and justice bring 
similar exaggerated charges 
against his father-iu-law. Vov 
the sacrilegious theft mentioned 
in this hne \ve may refer to our 
note on Trin. 84. 

942. Lamb. comparesAmph. 
1 1, 3 quid faciam nunc, si tres 
viri me in carcerem compege- 
rint ? 

943. ' Sic caedebantur servi 
qui ahquidadmiserant'. Lamb. 
— es ' thou art ' is always long 
iu the comic poets, as has beeu 
previously observed. 

944. Menaeclimus brings the 
pravest and most extravagant 
charges against his father-in- 
law. Lambinus cites the exam- 
ple of Aristogiton, ' quem De- 



mosthenes testibus probat pa- 
trem in carcere deseruisse ac 
Ijrodidisse, mortuum non sepe- 
livisse, iis qui sepehssent pre- 
tium sepulturae non ijersolvisse, 
matrem verberasse, sororem 
vendidisse'. — Observe the ve- 
hemeuce of Meuaechmus' tone 
which appears also in the repe- 
tition of scio at the end of each 
line. 

947. The construction is 
scin quid optumumst facias ( = 
facere in Ciceroniau syntax). 
We often find the subj. after 
optumumst : e.g. Aul. 559 sq. 
tum tu idem optumumst Loces 
ecferendum. 

948. quippini (instead of 
quippeni, see note on v. 795) 
means ' why not? ' i.e. of course 
I mean it. 



V. 5. 46—52.] 



MEXAECHMEI. 



113 



ibi mco arbitrjltu potcro curarc hominem. Se. agc, 

ut lubet. 
050 Med. elleborum potabis faxo hos aliquos viginti 

dies. 
Me. dt ego te penddntem fodiam stimulis triginta 

dies. 
Med. i, arcesse homines, qui ilhmc ad me deferant. 

Se. quot sunt satis ? 
Med. proinde ut insanire video, quattuor, nihilo 

minus. so 

Se. iara hic eruut. adsdrva tu istunc, m^dice. Med. 

immo ego ah'\h6 domum, 
1)55 tit parentur, quibus paratis opus est. tu servos 

iube 



tur CD, ut deferatur B, emended by Acidalius. 950, 51. ' Iioc 
ordine Camerarius, inverso libri, sed ut in BC 2 et 1 numeri prae- 
positi sint m. rec' B. 950. hos om. mss., added by Miiller and 
Brix. 952. larcesne mss., emended by Pareus. illum mss., 
emended by Camerarius. 954. iinmo ibo domum K., ibo mss., 
abibo Scliwabe, Brix. 955. tu Schwabe, tuos B, R. 957. vunc 



949. meo arbitratu, ' just as 
I plt-ase', without any inter- 
ference. 

950. hos aliquos viginti dles 
' the next three weeks or so'. 
The addition of aliquis renders 
the number somewhat vague ; 
comp. Pseud. i 3, 49 aliquos hos 
dies manta modo. ib. 87 ut 
opperlare hoa aliquos sex dies 
modo. Truc. iv 4, 19 aviabo ut 
hos dics aliquos sinas eum essc 
apud me. 

951. Menaechmus threatens 
to flog the physician like a 
slave. It was usual to hang up 
filaves, put heavy weights to 
their feet, and flog them in this 
manner. See our note on Trin. 
247. stimuli denotea a whip 
with pricks in it. Comp. Curc. 

W. M. 



I 3, 40 etiam niihi quoque sti- 
miilo fodere liibet te. In Bacch. 
V 2, 39 the same phrase is used 
metaphorically : cor stiinulo 
foditur. 

953. As mad people are 
generally exceedingly strong 
wheu excited to thcir highest 
pitch, the physician thinks that 
four men are wanted to over- 
power Meuaechmus. 

954. The physician is by no 
means wilhng to remain alone 
with an excited madman. He 
therefore says immo ' no, 1 think 
I will rather go home'. 

955. For the construction 
quibus paratis opus est ('things 
which it is necessary to have 
ready') see n. ou v. 753. 



lU 



MENAECHMEI, 



[V. 5. 53—58. 



hl^inc ad me ferant. Se. iam cgo illic faxo erit 

Med. abeo. Se. vale. 
Me. dbiit socerus, £biit medicus : solus sum. pro 

Itippiter, /v.. ,\r- 

quid illuc est, quod nunc me hisce homines insanire 

praedicant ? 55 

nam equidem, postquam gnatus sum, numquani 

adgrotavi unum diern. 
9G0 ndque ego insanio neque pugnas ^go nec litis coepio. 
salvos salvos alios video : pr6he novi homines, ad- 



oquor. 



soliut sum mss., emended by Weise, E. solus nunc sum . pro lovis 
Biicheler Rh. Mus. xv 445. 958. nune here om. mss., -which give 
it in the precediug hue, here added by Miiller Nachtr. 86. hice me 
R., me hic mss., me hisce Brix. 960. ego nec E., neque ego mss. 
961. probe om. mss., added by the present Editor. novi ego E. 



956. In prose ■we should say 
hunc ad me ferrc. lustead of 
the regular construction with 
the infinitive, the subj. is used 
liere as if the iujuuction were 
given iu a direct form. Brix 
aptly compares Most. iii 3, 26 
curriculo iube in urbem veniat. 
Rud. III 4, 3. Persa iv 4, 55. 
Stich. II 2, 71. Ter. Eun. iv 4, 
24. We find also that itthere 
takes the same construction as 
imperare ; comp. Amph. i 1, 50 
Telebois iubet sentcntiam ut 
dicant suavt. See also Holtze, 
Synt. I p. 254. 

957. Plautus uses the fuU 
form of the nominative socerus 
here and Cas. iv 2, 18, but below 
V. 1046 he has socer. Comp. 
Kiihner, Ausf. Gr. i p. 278 sq. 

958. hisce is the rcgular form 
of the nom. pUiral iu Plautus, 
not hice. Compare our uote on 
Trin. 877. 

959. The original form of the 
participle gnatus is generally 
used by Plautus as a noun, and 



natus would seem to be more 
usual as the actual participle. 

960. ego ' I myself ' — uidess 
others be the first to begin, I 
do not easily get iuto a quarrel. 
— coepio is of comse inadmissi- 
ble in later Latin, but coepere 
occurs Pers. i 3, 41. coepiat 
Truc. II 1, 21. coeperet Ter. 
Ad. III 3, 43. coepiam also 
Caec. ap. Nou. p. 89. Cato ap. 
Paul. Festi p. 59. See Neue, 
Formenl. 11 p. 616. The verb 
is derived from the root ap (in 
ap-isc-i) and coepio therefore = 
co-ip-i-o. 

961. The first salvos is the 
nomiuative (with a short o),the 
second the accusative of the 
Ijhiral (with a loug 0). — In 
2)robe the suffis of the adverb is 
often used short by Plautus, as 
it commouly is in bene and 
male. — We have added probe in 
the text against the authority 
of the mss., as we do not deem 
it probable that Plautus em- 
ployed the form homones. 



V. 5. 59 — G. 5.] MENAECHMEI. 



115 



an illi, perperam Insanirc qni aiunt nie, ipsi in- 

s^niunt ? 
quiJ ego nunc faciam ? domum ire cupio : at uxor 

n6n sinit ; eo 

huc autem nemo Intro mittit. nlmis proventumst 

u^quiter. 
*J65 hlc ero usque : ad noctem saltem, credo, intro mittar 

domum. 



970 



Messenio. (Mexaechmvs I.) 
spectamen bon6 servo id est, qui rem erllem 

procurat, viddt, collocat, cogitatque, [V G. 
ut absente er6 rem sui erl diligdnter 

tutetur, quam si Ipse adsit, aut rectius. 
tergum quam gulam, crura quam ventrem opor- 
tet 5 

homones Brix. 902. qui om. mss., added by R. 963. at om. mss., 
added by Camerarius. 965. ero Bothe, ergo mss. 968. er . re . . 

964. Imc, ' in aedes Erotii'. 
— iiimis proventumst nequiter 
' I liave had awful bad luck ' — 
to translate a conversational 
phrase in a conversational mau- 
ner. Comp. Eud. iii 5, 57 
edepol proveni neqniter multis 
modis. Stich. \i 2,73 provenisti 
futtile (' nihil aliud significat 
quara nihil effecisti, frustra es ' 
Boxhorn). Truc. ii 4, 33 quom 
benc provenisti, gaudeo. ii 6, 
35 quom, tu recte provenisti, 
gratulor. (Pareus, Lex. Pl. p. 
376. Weise, Lex. Pl. p. 112.) 

AcT V. Sc. VI. Messenio, the 
sers'antof MenaechmusSosicles, 
appears in search of his master. 
He mistakes Menaechmus of 
Epidamnus (whom the slaves 
ftttempt to carry off by force to 
the physician'8 house) for his 
master and rescues him out of 
their hands. For this service 



he demands his liberty — which 
Menaechmus of Epidamnus 
tells him he shall have, as iar 
as it is in his power to bestow 
it, tbough Messenio is quite 
unknown to him. Menaechmus 
then enters Erotium's house 
(v. 1048) to try once more, if 
she will not let him have the 
robe back to return it to his 
wife." — Messcnio first recites a 
monologue, the like of which is 
found iu more than one place of 
the comedies of Plautus, e.g. 
at the commencement of the 
fourth act of the Aulularia. 

966. spectamen, ' the means 
of trying ', a proof. The nature 
of the proof itself is detailed iu 
V. 968 in the epexegetical sen- 
tence beginning with ut. 

969. quam si = quasi or tam- 
quam. — aut rectius 'or even 
better '. 

8—2 



116 MEXAECHMEI. [V. 6. 6 — 13. 

poti6ra esse, quof cor mod^ste situmst. 
recordetur id, 
qui nihili sunt, quid Is preti 

detiir ab suis eris, 
igndvis, improbls viris. 
v^rbera, compedes, molae 
975 magna lassitudo, lo 

fam^s, frigus durum: 
liaec pretia sunt ignaviae. id ego malum male 
metuo. 

[proptdrea bonum esse certumst potius quara 
malum.] 

ri Ba. emencled by E. 972. qui nihili sunt mss. I follow Brix. 
K. reads in one line : 

recordetur qul swnf nihili, U quid preti dettir db suis erls. 
973. ' haec interpretis esse certum est' K. who has these words 
in brackets. As it did not appear ' certum' to me, I have removed 
the brackets. 974 sq. B gives in one line — 

Yerbera compedes Mole magna lassitudo fames frigus durum, 
Trhich I have divided into three lines, in accordance vrith Spengel, 
de vers. cret. usu Pl. p. 13. E. reads 

verbura, compedds, 
mola^, lassitudo, fames, frigus diirum, 
and Briy also omits magna. 976. 77ia/e malum B. 977. ' vlx 
riautiuus, vel hoc certe loco non Plautinus ' K. who transposeB 

971. potiora, Kpeirro}. 'He dh 6i>res, 'worthless fellows'. 
whose heart is right, Will think ^Ye often read liomo nihili. 
his back of greater consequence Compare also v. 973, where it 
Than is his gullet : ay, and to has eveu been conjectured that 
his belly Prefer his legs '. Wab- the words igiiavis improbis viris 
XER.— The words cor modeste axe merely a foreigu interpre- 
situmst, though not imintel- tation of this line. 

ligible of themselves, are still 974, We often find thejp/s- 

very strange when considered as trinum ('the poimding-mill ') 

Latin ; at least, we do not else- mentioned amoug the places of 

where find an expression exact- puuishmeut for refractory or 

ly parallel to the one iu our careless slaves. In the present 

text. Bergk proposes therefore liue, Persa i 1, 22 (/«(' praefer- 

cor viodeste viodestumst — which ratus apud molas tribumis va- 

would be a reading quite in pularis) and Pseud. iv 6, 38 

harmony with the general style (ut dct nomen ad molas coloniavi) 

of Plautus. this is desiguated by molae. 

972. qui nihili sunt = ol /xr]- 976. malum, 'punishment'. 



V. 6. 14—21.] MENAECIIMEI. 



117 



magis multo patior facilius ego verba, verbera 

6di: 
nimi6que edo lubentius molitiim quam molitum 

praeliibco. i5 

980 propt^rea eri imperium dxsequor, bene 4t sedate 

s^rvo id : 
e6que exemplo sdrvio, tergo in rem ut arbitro 

^sse. 
atque Id mihi prodest. alii, ut esse in suam rem 

ducunt, ita sint : 
ego ita ero, ut me esse op6rtet. id si adhlbeam, 

culpam abstlneam, 
ero meo ut omnibus In locis sim prae'sto, metuam 

haud multum. 20 

985 prop6st, quando haec viea meus erus ob facta 

pretium exsolvet. 

propUrea bonum certumst potius quam mahim 4sse. 978. nam 
maijis ms3. ego om. B. 979. quam praehibeo a me R against 
the mss. 981. ' huc transposui quem libri exhibent post 
V. 985 ' E. eoque R. ego mss. 982. esse ita ut in rem esse ducunt 
sint B, emended by R. 983. inetum id viihi adhibeam culpa absti- 
neam B. I follow R. 984. mco om. mss., added by G. Hermann. 
985. mea meus added by R. The ms. B reads . quando cerusu 

Gr. I p. 595. We may add the 



978. For comparatives em- 
phasized by an additional mafjis 
Bee our note on Aul. 419. — The 
play on the words verba and 
verbera is quite in keeping with 
the character of comic language. 
See Ter. Haut. 356. 

979. ' I rather Uke to eat 
that which has been ground by 
others, than grind myself what 
othera are to eat'. R. Wabxer. 

981. eo exemplo is merely an 
ampHfication of a simple ita. — 
servio 'conduct myself as a 
slave'. — in rem est is a common 
phrase ' it advantages, it is pro- 
fitable'. — arbitro is repeatedly 
met with in archaic Latin, in- 
stead of arbitror. See the pas- 
sages quoted by Kiihner, Ausf. 



general observation that many 
deponent verbs occur in archaic 
Latin in au active form. 

988. id si adhibeam 'if I 
maintain this principle'. — cul- 
pam abstinere Ut. ' to keep blame 
away'. abstinere is often used 
in Plautus as a transitive verb, 
though we also find the con- 
struction with the ablative. 
(Brix gives in his note numerous 
instauces of the different con- 
structions of tbis verb.) See 
also our note ou Aul. 342. 

984. ero wt sim praesto 'as 
long as I am ready' for my 
master's orders. 

985. This hne is to prepare 
U3 for Messemo'B subsequent 



118 MEXAECHMEI. [V. G. 22— 7. 4. 

postquam in tcabernam vasa et servos conlocavi, ut 

iusserat, 
ita venio advorsum. nunc foris pultabo, adesse ut 

md sciat, 
^tque cum ex hoc saltu damni salvom ut educam 

foras. 25 

sed metuo ne s4ro veniam dc^pugnato prodlio. 



Senex. Menaechmvs T. Lorarii. Messenio. 

000 Se. p^r ego vobis deos atque homines dlco, ut 

imperium meum V 7. 

sapienter habeatis curae, quae imperavi atque im- 

pero. 
facite ilHc homo iam in medicinam ablatus sub- 

hmis siet : 
niiji quidem vos vostra crura aut latera nihili pen- 

ditis. 



request to be manumitted. It 
appears that lie has long since 
conceived liopes of obtaining 
his freedcm. 

987. We shoiild understand 
ita, tit iiisserat, venio advorsum 
('I come to fetch him aud con- 
duct him home '; comp. note on 
V. 437). 

988. Messenio calls Ero- 
tium's house a saltiis daimn, 
'a mountain-pass of loss'. In 
a saltits — i. e. a ■woody moun- 
tain-pass — it is easy to lay an 
ambush f or an unwary trareller. 
Compare also the following line, 
in which the expression depug- 
nato proelio refers to the skir- 
mish, in which the attacked 
traveller is supposed to have 
engaged ■with the robbers who 
had laiu in ambush for him. 

AcT V. Sc. VII. 990. For the 
coUection of the words per ego 



vohis deos atque homincs dico 
comp. Ter. Andr. 834 per ego te 
deos oro and our note on ib. v. 538. 

991. sapienter is not exactly 
equivalent in this place to dili- 
genter. The old man means 
that there is a certain cunning 
and cleverness {sapientia) re- 
quii'ed for catching and over- 
powering a madman like Me- 
naechmus. 

992. medicina 'surgery'. — 
sublimis denotes that the slaves 
are to lift up Menaechmus and 
thus carry him to the phy- , 
6ician's house. 

993. ' Unless you think little 
of the punishment I shall in- 
fiict upon you in case you .do 
not carry out my commands'. 
Lamb. justly explains 'nisi qui- 
dem vos vestra crura compe- 
dibus vinciri aut latera virgis 
ac loris variari ■\jaltis '. 



V. 7. 5 — 14.] MENAECnMEI. 110 

ciive quisquam, quod illic minitetur, vostrum flocci 

fecerit. 5 

995 quid statis ? quid dubitatis ? iam sublimem raptum 

oportuit. 
ego ibo ad medicum : praesto ero illi, quom venietis. 

Me. occidi. 
quid hoc est negoti ? quid illisce homines ad me cur- 

runt, opsecro ? 
quid voltis vos ? quid quadritatis ? quid me circum- 

sistitis ? 
quo rdpitis me ? quo fertis me ? perii. opsecro vos- 

tram fidem, lo 

1000 Epidamnienses subvenite cives. quin me mittitis ? 
Mes. pro di immortales, opsecro, quid ego oculis 

aspicio meis ? 
erum meum indignissume nescio qui sublimdm 

ferunt. 
Me. ecquis suppetias mi audet ferre ? Mes. ego, ere, 

addeo audacissume. 

fatiam prctium exsoluet. 989. neque utrum mss., atque enim Brix, 
meumque crum II. 992. sublimen mss. , E., sublimis ' codd. Py- 
ladis'. dd'S. nihil B,nihili Z. 995. sublimenB,B,.,sublimem DZ. 
997. ilUc mss., illisce Brix, see Lorenz Jahresber. m 617. 1002. 
sublimen B, E. , sublimem DbZ. 1003. ego, ere, atque nudacissume 
E. audeo was added by Schwabe, Miiller Nachtr. p. lOi, and Brix. 

994. We shoiild rather ex- 997. iUisce is the phiral, like 
pect cavete. Brix compares hisce v. 958. 

Poen. prol. 117 cave dirum- 998. They have now come 

patis, and the analogous use of near enough for him to address 

age instead of agite, Mil. gl. iii them. 

. 3, 54 age iqitur intro abite. 999. opsecro vostram fidem 

995. 'You ought already to ' I implore your protectiou'. 
Ikive snatched him up and car- 1000. quin me mittitis *won't 
ried him away on j-our shoul- you let go hold of me ? ' 

ders'. 1002. nescio qui ' some un- 

996. iUi is the adverb of known fellows '. 

place, = j7/jc. Menaechmus calls 1003. suppetiae is not a 

out occidi on seeing tlie slaves Ciceronian word ; seedict. {'sup- 

approach in a menaciug man- petiae poridtia ' Charisius i p. 

uer. - 33 K.). Comp. also below v. 



120 



MENAECHMEI. [V. 7. 15 — 22. 



o fd-cinus indignum et malum, i5 

1005 Epidamnii cives, erum meum hic in pacato oppido 
luci derupier in via, qui liber ad vos venerit. 
mittite istunc. Me. opsecro te, qulsquis, operam mi 

iit duis, 
neu sinas in me Insignite fieri tantam iniuriam. 
Mes. Immo operam dabo 4t defendam et subvenibo 

S^lulo. 20 

1010 numquam te patiar perire : m^ perirest adquius. 
eripe oculum istlc, ab umero qul tenet te, ere, 
(5psecro. 

1007. mittit . is tunc B, mittitis tunc C, emended by Gruter. qjiis- 
quis the editions before K. jnihi tit des B, mihi uides CD, emended 
bj' E. 1009. et operam mss., et om. Guyet. 1010 me dcrideres te 
cuius B, emended by Camerarius. 1011. isti te Bothe, E., isti mss., 
istic Fleckeisen. tenet, ere, te ohsecro B. ; our reading is due to 



lOIO.—audet apparently = ro/^, 
though in the present case some 
daring is also required for the 
emergency. — audeo was first 
added by Schwabe, in harmony 
with the style of Plautus who 
is fond of joining verbs and 
adverbs derived from the same 
root. 

1005. ' in pacato oppido fHi^Lii 
ampHficatiouis causa [for the 
sake of increased emphasis], ut 
et illa quae secuntur, luci, in 
via, qui liher venerit. nam si 
quis-in oppido hostLli et quod 
bello ardeat subhmis feratur, 
minus mirum minusque indig- 
num sit'. Lamb. 

1006. For the ablative luci 
which is always used adver- 
bially, compare our note on 
Aul. 741. — denqrier = deripier, 
deripi, see our note on Aul. 39. 

1007. In pronoimciug the 
three lines 1004, 5, and 6, 
Messenio traverses the whole 
length of the stage, from Ero- 
tium'B house towards which he 



had previously bent his steps, 
to the place where Menaechmus 
had been attacked by the slaves ; 
he has now reached them and 
begins to attack the slaves, when 
Ba,jhigmittite. — quisqui's=^quis- 
quis es ' whoever youmay be'. — 
operam mi ut duis 'to lend me 
your assistance'.- — duis is a 
Plautine form instead of des, as 
has been previously observed. 

1008. insignite = insigni ex- 
emplo 'in such an atrocious 
manner'. — The same phrase as 
here occurs Eud. iii 2, 29. Cas. 
V 4, 31. Poen. iii 6, 14. Mil. 
gl. II 6, 77. insiqnite inique 
Eud. IV 4, 53. This adverb 
occm's also in Cicero. (Pareus, 
Lex. Pl. p. 224. Lex. Crit. p. 
617.) 

1009. sedulo = diligenter, 'to 
the best of my power'. 

1010. numquam is a strong 
negation instead of a simple 
7ion, just as we use never in 
order to emphasize a negation. 

1011. istic is the dative=is» 



V. 7. 23 — 29.] MENAECIOIEI. 



121 



hlsce ego iam semdntem in ore faciam pugnosque 

6bseram. 
milxumo malo hercle vostro hodie Istunc fertis. 

mittite. 
Me. teneo ego huic oculum. Mes. face ut oculi locus 

in capite appareat. 25 

1015 vos scelestos, v6s rapacis, v6s praedones. Lo. pe- 

riimus. 
6psecro hercle. Mes. mittite ergo. Me. quid me 

vobis tactiost ? 
pecte pugnis. Mes. agite abite : fugite hinc in ma- 

him crucem. 
em tibi etiam : quia postremus cedis, hoc praemi 

feres. 

Fleckeisen. qiii tenete rete BCDa. 1013. liodie malo hercle mss. 
I foUow Brix. mdxumo hercle hodi6 vialo vostro littunc fertis E. 
1015. scclesti vos mas., corrected by K. 1018. eiii, Bibbeck, eii 



tice. 'Take him a sound blow 
on his eyc, knock his eye out'. — 
umerm is the legitimate spell- 
ing, without an initial /(, comp. 
i3/xoj = 8/;te(7oj. — te is dependent 
on tenet, not on ohsecro.- 

1012. 'His servis sementem 
pugnorum in ore faciam ; pug- 
nos his in ore seram'. Lamb. 
Comp. Ilud. m 4, 58 iam tihi 
hercle in ore messis fiet mergis 
pugneis. 

101 .S. ' It shall be to your 
greatest misfortune that you 
carry him away ', i. e. you shall 
smart for carryiug him away, 
It appears from this translation 
that maxumo malo vostro should 
be considered as a dative, not 
an ablative. Instances of this 
phrase are given by Pareus Lex. 
Pl. p. 259, who observes ' est 
formula comminandi cum sig- 
nificamus impune non habitu- 
rum quod quis facit improbe '. 



1014. Messenio means that 
Menaechmus is to tear the fel- 
low's eye out, so that only the 
place in the socket remains in 
which it once was. 

1015. Fancy that Messenio 
strikes a weigbty blow in pro- 
nouncing each one of the three 
exclamations contained in this 
line. 

1016. opsecro hercle 'mercy, 
mcrcy!' — For the construction 
of the words quid me vohis tac- 
tiost (in which the verbal noun 
tactio governs the accusative, 
just as the verb itself does) see 
our note on Aul. 420, where the 
very same phrase is used as 
here. 

1017. pectere pugnis is a 
pretty frequent expression in 
Plautus ; comp. Pareus Lex. Pl. 
p. 332. 

1018. em tibi etiam 'there 
is stiU one (blow) for you '. cc- 



122 MENAECHMEI. [V. 7. 30 — 37 

nimis bene ora commetavi atque ^x mea sen- 

tdntia. 30 

1020 edepol, ere, ne tibi suppetias te'mperi adveni modo. 
Me. at tibi di semper, adulescens, quisquis es, fa- 

ciant bcne : 
nam absque te esset, liodie numquam ad solem oc- 

casum viverem. 
Mes. drgo edepol, si rccte facias, e're, mecZ emittas 

manu. 
Me. liberem ego te ? Mes. verum, quando equidem, 

^rc, te servavi. Me. quid est ? 3.i 

1025 adulescens, ernas. Mes. quid erro ? Me. per lovem 

adiuro patrem, 
med erum tuom non esse. Mes. non taces ? Me. non 

mdntior: 

BCD, E. 1019. aitt hene mss., aut om. E. commetaui BaC, com- 
vientaui BhDFZ and most old editions, commutaui Pius, 1020. 
tempore mss., emended by R. 1022. namque B (not the other 
mss.). ted esset, numquam liodie E. against the mss. 1023. me 

dere = <7ec^rfer(?; 'quiapostremus ficisci and ire. — temperi 'just 

discedis, hoc praemii referes'. in time': see note on Aul. 

Lamb. 471. 

1019. nimis '\eij'. — comme- 1021. Menaechmus employs 
tare is air. Xey. We should the same words as above v. 
understand it as a compouud 1007, to express his ignorance 
of metare or metari 'to mete of the uame of his liberator. 
out, to measure'. Messenio 1022. ahsque te essct^si tn 
says that he has well measured non esses. This is very fre- 
over their faces with his iists. quent in Plautus. See note on 
See, however, crit. note. — ex Trin. 832. — ^For the expression 
mea sententia 'to my hearfs ad solem occasum see above v. 
conteut'. 437. 

1020. suppetias advenio 'I 1023. recte 'justly' — if you 
come to j'our assistance ' ; the •wish to do whafs right. Comp. 
accusative should be explained v. 985. 

on the same principle as in the 1024. Each siugle -word of 

phrases infitias ire, vcnum ire. Menaechmus' question should 

In the Avork on the Bellum be pronounced emphatically 

Africauum, which is written iu and with a kind of pause after 

quaiut and rather autiquated it. He is greatly surprised at 

phraseology, we meet with the the request and says, 'what, I 

phrases suppetias venire, pro- am to bestow on you your free- 



V. 7. 38 — 45.] MENAECUMEI. 



123 



nec meiis scrvos umquam tale fecit quale tu mihi. 
Mes. sine igitur, si tuom negas med ^sse, abire 

liberum. 
Me. mfii quidem liercle causa liber ^sto atque ito 

C[u6 voles. 40 

1030 Mes. n^mpe iubes ? Me. iubeo h(^rcle, si quid Im- 

perist iu te mihi. 
Mes. salve, mi patrone. quom tu liberas me sdrio, 
galideo. Me. credo hdrcle vero. Mes. s6d, patrone, 

te 6bsecro, 
ue minus nimc imperesmihi, qudm quom tuos servos 

fui. 
dpud tod habitabo 6t, quando ibis, lina tecum ib6 

dornum. 45 

mss.. T/i^-d Botbe. 1026. 7«« mss. , m? d Bothe. 1028. sic sine mss. , 
gic om. Brix. sic sine ifiitur, si esxe tuum negds me, abire llberum 
R. 1031. me serio Balbach, viessenio mss. 10.32. vero Balbach, 
vobis mss. 1033. nu7ic om. mss., added by R. 1034. ted Guyet, 



dom?' — verum 'yes' or ' in- 
deed'; comp. Ter. Haut. 1013. 
Ad. 543. Audr. 769. Eun. 347. 
It is, properly speakinfi, a seu- 
tence by itself, like ridiculum, 
mulum and otlier neuter ad- 
jectives of the same kind. 

1026. Messenio thinks that 
his master is trying to ehide his 
request by some joke aud there- 
fore says «071 taces 1 (appropri- 
ately translated by Warner ' can 
you say eo?'). 

1027. meus servos ' a servant 
of mijie '. 

1029. mea quidem, causa 
'quantum quidem ad me atti- 
net, (/MoO IvfKa '. L.^mb. 

1030. iuhere is a very expres- 
Bive word, often used in a legal 
and political sensc (populus iu- 
bet). Messenio says 'Is this 
then your express desire?' — in 
te 'over you'. Comp. Mil. gl. 
m 1, 17 facile est imperium in 



honos. 

1031. After the manumis- 
sion Menaechmus is no longer 
Messemo's erus, but his pa- 
tronus. 

1032. gaudeo 'I am much 
obhged'. A dependent sentence 
is after this verb generally in- 
troduced in Phiutus by quom, 
not bj' quod. Comp. Truc. 11 
4, 33 quom beneprovenisti, gau- 
deo, ib. II 6, 35 quom tu recte 
provenisti quomque es aucta H- 
beris, Gratulor, quom mihi ti- 
bique magnum fecisti dccus. 

Meuaechmus' reply credo her- 
cle vero is somewhat ironieal, 
as he cannot but consider a 
manumission of a strangcr by 
himsclf to be utterly void of 
authority. 

1084. quando ihis, viz. do- 
mum 'when you travel homc 
agaiu', to Syracuse. 



124 MENAECHMEI. [V. 7. 46 — 53. 

1035 mine ine : nunc Ibo fn tabernam, vasa atque argen- 

tum tibi 
rdferam. rectest 6bsignatum in vidulo marsuppium 
cum viatico : id tibi iam huc adferam. Me. adfer 

str^nue. 
Mes. salvom tibi item, ut mihi dedisti, reddibo : tu 

hic m4 mane. 
Me. niraia mira mihi quidem hodie exorta sunt 

miris modis, 5o 

1040 [alii me negant eum esse qui sum atque excludtint 

foras, 
aUi me esse aiunt qui non sum, ac sdrvos se esse 

me6s volunt] 
\4l ille servom se meum esse aibat, quem ^go modo 

emisi manu. 

, te mss. 1035. inane me Acidalius, viinime mss. 1036. ' sequitur 
in BCDFZ versus 1044, suo loco iteratus : delevit Pj'lades ' E. 
1037. id ego tibi iam huc E. 1038. reddebo mss., reddibo Nonius. 
tu om. mss., added by K. 1039. nimiinn K. against the mss. 
1040 sq. rejected by P. Langen Philol. xxx 434 sqq. 1042. v4l ille 
qui ne petere argentum ait, quem ego viodn emisi vianu E. (vel ille 
qui se petere modo argentum modo qui seruum se vieum Esse aiebat 

1035. For the prosody of the same future from Cas. i41, 
vidne comp. Introd. to Aul. p. It occurs also in a fragment of 
25 sq. — If we had to deal with the Vidularia preserved by 
a prose writer or even -with a Priscian vi 32, p. 224, H. See 
more artistic poet, we should, Kiihner, Ausf. Gr. i. p. 480, 
perhaps, be inclined to insert 1039. nimia viira ' very 
v.t after argentum. But the strange things'. Inthisphrase 
conversational language of the mirum is treated as a substan- 
Plautine eomedies is fond of tive. Comp. Amph. ii 1, 69. 
placing short coordinated sen- v 1, 53. tanta mira occurs 
tences in close continuity, Cas. iii 5, 5. Amph. v 1, 5. 

1036. obsignatum ' signo seu 1040, 41 should be rejected 
anulo cerae impresso clausum, as an interpolation or rather as 
obsignabanlur hoc modo uon a dittographia of v. 1042 and 
modo tabellae, sed etiam la- 1046. 

goenae, cistellae, viduli, cellae 1042. vel serves to intro- 

et similia'. Lamb, duce an illustration of the 

1038. reddibo = reddam is preceding observation. Comp, 

attested in the present passage above, v. 873. 
by Nonius p. 476, who quotes 



V. 7. 54;— 8. 2.] MENAECHMEI. 125 

is ait se mihi allaturum cum argento marsuppiura. 
id si attulerit, dicam ut a med abeat liber quo volet, 
lO-io u^ tum, quando sdnus factus sit, a me argenttim 

petat. 55 

s6cer et medicus me insanire aiebant. quid sit, mira 

sunt. 
hadc nihilo esse mihi videntur sdtius quam somnia, 
niinc ibo intro ad hanc meretricem, quamquam sus- 

cens^t mihi : 
si possum cxorare, ut pallam reddat, quam referam 

domum. 



Menaechmvs II. Messenio. 

] 050 Me. men hodie usquam convenisse te, audax, audes 

dicere, V 8. 

postquam advorsum mi imperavi ut huc venires? 
Mes. quin modo 

quem ego modo emisi mariu B). 1043. is quod ait se mi allaturum 

E. , but quod is not in the mss. 1044. me kabeat BC, emendedby 
Bothe. 1045. ne tum Lambinus, necdum B. 1046. aiebant Came- 
rarins, dicebant mss. 1047. sectius E. (comp. Gellius xviii 9, and 

1043. ■ marsuppium cxim ar- form of the preposition sub, 

gento ' a pouch containiug just as there is ab aud abs, e, 

money'. We should join the ec and ecs = ex. suscensere is 

words in the same manner v. therefore instead of subscen- 

1036 sq. sere.) 

1045. sit appears here in its 1049. quam = ut eam. 
original long quautity ; see In- Act V. Sc. \^ii. Menaech- 
trod. to Aul. p. 17. — petat = re- mus of Syracuse meets Mes- 
petat. senio ou the road and nowcomes 

1046. mira sunt * it is a back with him. He is angry 
cause of wonder '. For the ex- with Messenio f or not coming 
pression comp. our note on to him; Messenio expresses 
Tiin. 861. great surprise, supposiug him 

1047. setiiM seems to' be the to be the person he had just 
genuine spelling, not secius. rescued aud from wliom he had 
Menaeehmus says ' all this received his freedom. 

seems to me to be nothing less 1050. audes ' you have the 

thanadream'. impudence'. 

1048. suscensere is the ge- 1051. usquam postqiiam, 
nuine form of this verb, not 'ever since the time when — '. 
sxiccensere. (Subs was an old 



12G MENAECHMEI. [V. 8. 3 — 9. 1, 

eripui, liomines quom ferebaut te sublimem quattuor, 
apud hasce aedis. td clamabas deum fidem atque 

hominum omnium, 
quom ego accurro teque eripio vi pugnando, ingra- 

tiis. , . . . ^ 

1055 6b eam rem, quia te' servavi, me amisisti libenmi. ^ 
quom argentum dixi me petere et vasa, tu quanttim 

potest 
praecucurristi obviam, ut quae fecisti, infitias eas. 
Me. liberum ego te iussi abire ? Mes. certo. Me. 

quin certissumumst, 
mepte potius fieri servom, quam te umquam emit- 

tam manii. lo 



MENAEcnMVS I. Messenio. Menaechmvs II. 

lOGO Me. I. sultis per ocuios iurare, nihilo bercle ea causa 
magis V 9. 

onr crit. uote on Trin. 130), .tec tis B, setiun C. 1052. qiioniB., 
quiu mss. sublimen B, K., suplimem C. 1054. vi Camerarius, 
vel in mss. 1058. cui mss., quin Saracenus. 1060. sultis E., si 

1053. clamabas=magnavoce we shonld, perhaps, rather ex- 
implorabas. pect quae dixeras. Bnt the ex- 

1054. The historical present pression iu the text has the 
is frequently found in Plautus same sense as facta tua. 

after quom, mstead of the per- 1059. The accusative mepte 

fect. — iniiratiis (the Plautine seems to appear ouly here. For 

forni— he never uses iniiratix) the other fonnations of this 

'significat hoc loco, invitis iis kiud see Kiihuer, Ausf. G. i p. 

qui te sublimem ferebant'. 383. 

Lamb. Act V. Sc. IX. Menaechmus 

1055. (7Hu"^<('r<' is repeatedly of Epidamuus comesoutof Ero- 
used by Plautus in the seuse of tium's house. Messenio sees 
dimittere. Comp. iussi abirc him, and gi-eatly surprised at 
V. 1058. the suddeu appearance of the 

1056. The present infinitive two Menaechmi, he succeeds at 
me petcre is used in the sense length iu establishing that these 
of the future — a usage not at two men are twiu brothers, and 
all uucommon in the easy and that the loug-lost brother has 
somewhat neghgent style of been found by his master. The 
Latin comedy. twin brothers mutually recog- 

1057. Insteadof (;i(ae/i'Cis(t nise each other, and Messenio, 



V. 9. 2 — 11.] MENAECHMEI. 127 

fdcietis ut ego bodie abstulerim pallam et spinter, 

p^ssumae. 
Mes. di imraortales, quiJ ego video ? Me. II. quid 

vides ? Mes. specuium tuom. 
Me. II. quid negotist ? Mes. tuast imago : tam con- 

similist quam potest. 
Me. II. poi profecto haud ^st dissimilis, meam quom 

formam noscito. 5 

1065 Me. I. 6 aduiescens, salve qui me sdrvavisti, quis- 

quis es. 
Mes. ddulescens, quaeso h^rcle, eloquere tuom mihi 

nomen, nisi piget. 
Me. I. non edepol ita promeruisti de me, ut pigeat 

quae velis 
eloqui. mihist Menaechmo ncjmen. Me. II. immo 

edepol mihi. 
Me. I. Siculus sum Suracusanus. Me. II. eadem 

uris et patriast mihi. lo 

1070 Me. I. quid ego ex te audio? Me. II. hoc quod res 

est. Mes. novi equidem hunc : erus ^st meus. 

voUis mss. 1062. pro di mss., pro om. E. 1064. qitom Acidalius, 
quam mss. 1066. loquere mss., emeuded by Fleckeisen. 1067. 
me depolita Bb, edepolitaBa, C<amerarii;s. 1068. eloqui om. mss., 
added by Fleckeisen, E. 1069. ea domus et putria cst mss., 

in recompence for being instru- 1067 sq. ' You bave so well 

mental in tbe discovery, re- deserved of me, tliat I must 

ceives bis freedom from liis needs at once comiilywitb your 

real master. request'. 

1060. mltis = si voltis, just 106'j. xirhs refers to Syra- 

as sis = si vis. 'per oculos iu- cuse, patria to Sicily. (See 

i-are dixit, quia nibil fere e.st crit. note.) 
ocuUs carius...alloquitur Ero- . 1070. Iwc quod res est 'no- 

tium et eius ancillam Menaecb- tbing but tbe simple tnith '. — 

mus surreptus : cui assevera- lu tbe followiug speecb of Mes- 

bant atque adeo iurabant illae senio's, tbe demonstrative pro- 

se pallam et spinter dedisse, ut nouns are always explained by 

ea curaret reconcinnanda '. an accompanyiug gesture. Mes- 

Lamb. senio, however, mistakes Me- 

1065. Comp. T. 1007 and naecbmus of Epidamnus for 

1021. bis master. 



128 MENAECHMEI. [V. 9. 12 — 22. 

4go quklem huius sdrvos sum, sed med esse huius 

credidi. 
hunc censebam t4 esse : huic etiam ^xhibui nego- 

tium. 
(|ua^so ignoscas, si quid stulte dixi atque inprudens 

tibi. 
Mk II. ddlirare mihi videre. non commeministi semul 
1075 te hodie mecum exire ex navi? Mes. enim vero 

aequom postulas. i6 

tii erus es : tu servom quaere. tu salveto : tu vale. 
Imnc ego esse aio Menaechmum. Me. I, at ego me. 

Me. II. quae haec fabulast ? 
tu's Menaechmus ? Me. I. me esse dico, Moscho 

prognatum patre. 
Me. II. tun meo patre's prognatus ? Me. I. immo 

equidem, adulescens, meo. 20 

] 080 tuom tibi neque occupare neque praerijaere postulo. 
Mes. di immortales, spem insperatam date mihi, 

quam suspicor. 

emended by Biicbeler. eadem jiol patriatit mihi E. 1071. me mss., 
med Pareus. sed huius me esse E. 1072. ego htmc mss., ego om. 
E. We sbould perbaps iusert hic after etiam. 1079. tun ameo B, 
emended by Pylades. 1080. tuum tibi ego E. against tbe mss. 
1081. quam insperatam spem datis mi, ut susjxicorB,. against the 

1072. exhibuinegotitim,irpdy- of Syracuse, and tbose vrhich 
nara irapicrxov, by asking hini follow to Menaecbmus of Epi- 
for my freedom. damuus. Messenio means ' if 

1073. stulte atquc imprudens you -wisb to bave a servant, you 
=per stultitiam atque impru- must try to find one — as I am 
dentiam. In a more polisbed no servant of yours'. 

style ■we sbould eitber bave to 1077. fabula ' talk'. 

say stultus atque impnidens, or 1081. date 'grant', a sense 

stulte atque imprudenter. it often bears in prayers and 

1074. We sbould join sevml invocations. — spes sbould be 
«iccHHi 'togetber witb me'. understood very empbatically 

1075. aequom postulas 'you so as to mean 'the fulfilment 
raise a just demand' in saying of the hope'. — qiiajn s^tspicor= 
tbat I ougbt to remember our qualem hanc esse suspicor 'such 
joint arrival in tbis town. as I tbink tbis -svill prove'. Brix 

1076. Tbe words tu erus es compares Eud. iv 4, 47 si qui- 
aro addressed to Menaechmus dem hic lenoriis eiust vidulus, 



V. 9. 23—32.] MENAECHMET. 12f) 

nam nisi me animus fallit, hi sunt gemini germani 

duo : 
nam dt patriam et patr(^m commemoiant pariter qui 

fueriut sibi. 
sevocabo erum. Menaeclime. Me. Ambo. quid vis ? 

Me.S. non ambos volo, 25 

1085 s^d erum : uter vostnimst advectus mecum navi ( 

Me. I. non ego. 
Me. II. at ego. Mes. te volo igitur, huc concede. 

Me. II. concessl. quid est? 
Mes. Illic homo aut est sucophanta aut g^minus est 

frati^r tuos. 
nam hominem hominis slmiliorem numquam vidi ego 

alterum, 
neque aqua aquae neque lactest lactis, mihi crede, 

u.squam slmilius, 30 

1090 qwam hic tuist tuque huius autem ; poste eandem 

patriam ac patrem 
memorat. meliust nos adire atque hunc percon- 

tarier. 

mss. 1083. patrem et matrem mss., emended by Lipsius. 1085- 
sed uter vostmrumat E.. but i'ostrnm est the mss., emended by 
Bergk in the Halle program 1858 — 59 p. vin. 1087. est om. mss., 
added by E. 1088. nam ef/o homhicm and vidi alter^im mss., cor- 
rected by Bothe. homini mss., emended by Wesenberg. 1089. 
lacti mss., emended by R. crede mihi mss., transposed by Linge. 
«jmiZuwt R. against the mss. 1090. postea mss., emeuded by R. 

qiiem suspicor, and Ter. Haut. gl. 11 2, 85, and Bacch. v 2, It'. 

IV 1, 1 nisi me animus faUit, hic He never uses lac. — The ex- 

prnfeetost anulus quem ego sus- pression was proverbial, as ap- 

picor. pears from the passages just 

1084. non ambos ' not both quoted. 
at once'. 1090. autem ' on the other 

1088. similis and its com- hand'; comp. above v. 777. — 
ponnds always govern the geni- For poste see on v. 839. It iu- 
tive in archaic Latin. See the troduces a second argument, 
excellent discussion of tbis like fnftTa in Greek. — eandem 
point by Ritschl, Opusc. 11 570 is disyllabic, by way of syni- 
sqq. zesis. 

1089. Plautus uses the nora. 1091. meliust, i/ieiviv ian, 
lacte in the present place, Mil. 'it is advisable'. 

W. M. 9 



1:30 MENAECHMEI. [V. 9. 33—42. 

Me. II. hercle qui tu me admonuisti re'cte et habeo 

grdtiara. 
pdrge operam dare, 6psecro hercle. liber esto, si 

invenis 
hunc meum fratrem dsse. Mes. spero. Me. II. et 

ego idem spero fore. 35 

1095 Mes. quid ais tu ? Menaechmum opinor te vocari 

dixeras. 
Me. I. ita vero. Mes. huic item Menaechmo nomen 

est. in Sicilia 
t^ Suracusis natum esse dixisti : hic natust ibi. 
M6schum tibi jDatrem fuisse dixisti : huic itidem fuit. 
nunc operam jDotestis arabo mihi dare et vobis 

simul. 40 

1100 Me. I. pi-6meruisti ut ne quid ores, qu6d velis quin 

impetres. 
tam quasi me emeris argento, liber servibo tibi. 

1092. quin E. against tbe mss. 1095. agis B, ais D. 1098. dixit 
BaC, dixsti Bb, di.rititi Guyet. 1101. tamquasi BCDa, tamquam 
si DbFZ, K. emeris me Pylades, me emeris mss. 1102. inveiUuros 

1092. In hercle qui we no- promeruisti (' you have so well 

tice tlie same employment of the deserved of me'j ne quid ores 

ablative of the indefinite pro- quin impetres (id) qmd velis 

noun in an asseverative sense (' tbat 5'ou can never ask me 

as in edepol qui. See also our for anytbing witbout baving 

notes on Aul. 346 and Trin. your wisb granted by me'). 

464. 1101. We observe tbe same 

1095. In saying quid ais tu, construction as bere in a line of 
Messenio turns to Menaecbmus Terence, Ad. 534, tam placidiim 
of Epidamnus and begins bis quasi ovem reddo, -wbere see 
cross-examination. our note. It is evident tbat 

1096. ita vero (dixeram) tbe derivation of quasi from 
'yes, indeed'. Comp. v. 1108. quam si may still be traced in 

1099. operam dare alicui tbese passages. — liber 'tbough 
means both ' to listen ntten- f ree ' I will consider myself your 
tively to some one' and ' to be slave. servibo is one of the 
active in tbe interest of some arcbaic futures of tbe fourth 
person'. Botb senses are com- conjugatiou, so common in 
bined in tbe present passage. Plautus. 

1100. Tbe construction is 



V. 9. 43 — 55.] MEXAECHMEI. 131 

Mes. spes mihist, vos Inventurum fratres german6s 

duos 
geminos, una ra^tre natos 4t patre uno uuo clie. 
Me. I. mira nieraoras. utinam efficere, quod pol- 

licitu's, possies. 45 

1 105 Mes. possura. sed nunc agite, uterque id, quod 

rogabo, dicite. 
Me. I. ubi lubet, roga: respondebo, nil reticebo quod 

sciam. 
Mes. est tibi nomen I\Ienaechmo ? Me. I. fateor. 

Mes. est itidem tibi ? 
Me. II. est. Mes. patrem fuisse Moschum tibi ais ? 

Me. I. ita vero. Me. II. et mihi. 
Mes. ^sne tu Suracusanus ? Me. I. certo. Mes. 

quid tu ? Me. II. quippini ? 50 

1 110 Mes. optume usque adhtic conveniunt signa. porro 

operam date. 
quid lougissume meministi, dic mihi, in patria tua ? 
Me. I. cum patre ut abii Tarentum ad mercatum, 

p6stea 
fnter homines m^ deerrare a patre atque inde avehi. 
Me. II. luppiter supreme, serva me. Mes. quid 

clamas ? quin taces ? 55 

mss., emended by Lambinus. 1104. possis mss., corrected by 
Camerarius. 1107. estne R. twice against the mss. 1112. hali- 
tarem . tum B, apiit arentum C, abii tarentum D. 1113. med 

1102. In prose : me vos in- back as possible'. 
venturum esse. 1112. postea is, properly 

1105. For the syntax of speaking, unnecessary, but 
uterque dicite we may refer to Plautus ofteu commeuces an 
our note on v. 779. apodosis with it. We may com- 

1106. For Torid comp. our pare frreiTa in Greek after a 
Introd. to Aul. p. 24. — sc iain is participle (here e.g. iropevdfli 
the future, not the subj. e^j TdpavTa fi(Ta. tou TraTpbs 

1109. certo ' undoubtedly '. ^Tretr' oZ5' on a.iTeir\aviieriv i.v 

quippini 'how should I not'= aiiTov Kal dir-qxdnv evTeudev iirl 

sciiicet ('of course') which is vew^). 

ascribed as a gloss in the llli. quin taces ' won't you 

ms. B. be silent?' — rather a commaud 

1111. longissume ' as far than an interrogation. 



132 MENAECHMEI. [V. 9. 5G — 67. 

1115 qvi6t eras annos gnatus quom olim t6 pater a patria 

^vebit ? 
3Ik. I. sdptuennis : nam tum dentes mihi cadebant 

primulum, 
neque patrem postillac umquam vidi. Mes. quid ? 

vos tum patri 
filii quot eratis ? Me. I. ut nunc maxume memini, 

duo. 
Mes. uter eratis, tun an ille, maior ? Me. I. aeque 

ambo pares. 6o 

1120 Mes. qui id potest ? Me. I. gemini ambo eramus. 

Me. II. di me servatum volunt. 
Mes. si interpellas, ego tacebo. Me. II. potius taceo. 

Mes. dic milii : 
tino nomine ambo eratis ? Me. I. minume : nam mihi 

hoc erat, 
quod nunc est, Menaechmo, illum autem tum voca- 

bant Sosiciem. 
Me. II. signa adgaovi : contineri quin complectar 

non queo. 65 

1125 mi germane g^mine frater, salveio; ego sura Sosicles. 

Me. I. quo modo igitur post Menaechmo nomen est 

factum tibi ? 

a&errarf Biicheler (comp. prol. 31). 1115. tum quom pater a patria 
tc avehit Fleckeisen aud R. ; iustead of trausposing te, 1 have 
added olim. In his N. Pl. Exc. i p. 64, R. preferred quom te pater 
a patriaA dvehit, and so Brix. 1117. postillac umquam E., the 
mss. in inverse order. 1118. ut erratis Ba. 1123. autem om. 
mss., added by Miiller Nachtr. p. 130, at illum Fleckeisen, illun- 
cc E. 1125. salve mss. , E. emended by Fleckeiseu. 1127. 8. 

1116. Compare V. 24 in the 1118. ut nunc maxime memi- 
prologue. — Lambinus quotes iii ' to the best of my present 
Pliny, Maerobius, and Censori- recollection'. 

niis in support of the fact that 1119. For uter eratis comp. 

eliildren change their teeth v. 779 above. — pares, sc. natit, 

wlien about seven years of age ! both of the same age. 

1117. qnid? continues the 1120. qui id potest 'howis 
investigation. that possible?' 



V. 9. G8— 78.] MENAECHMEI. I.'i3 

Me. II. p6stquam ad nos reniintiatumst te * * 

* * * * * ^t patrem es.se mdrtuom, 
^vos no.ster mutavit : quod tibi nonien est, fecit mihi. 

1130 Me. I. credo ita esse factum ut dicis. sdd mi hoc 

respond^. Me. II. roga. 70 

Me. I. quid erat nomen uostrae matri ? Me. II. 

Teuximarchae. Me. I. convenit. 
6 salve, iusperate, multis annis post quem c6nspicor, 
frdter. ^Ie. II. et tu, qu6m ego multis miseriis, 

laboribus 
usque adhuc quaesivi quemque ego (isse inventum 

gaudeo. 
1 135 Mes. h6c erat, quod haec te meretrix huius vocabat 

n6mine : 75 

htine censebat t6 esse, credo, qu6m vocat te ad 

prandium. 
Me, I. namque edepol mi hic hodie iussi prandium 

adpararier 
cMm meam uxorem: quoi quam pallam siirrupui 

dudum domo, 

• dnorum ut puto versuum reliquiae in unum hunc coaluerunt in 
libris' K. 1133. viiseris mss., emended byBothe; et miserisB,. 
1137. hic mihi mss., corrected by Bothe. 1138. quam om. mss., 

1127. The original contents 1135. ' This then was the 

of the p;ap may he guessed rcason, 'why' etc. quod=prop- 

from the proloj;;ue. We may ter quod, as iu uumerous other 

Bupply te esse surruptum et post- instances. — h^iius should bepro- 

quam simul compcrimus. nounced a« a monosyllable 

1131. Corap. V. 498 above. {huis). 

1132. vuiltis annis post quem 1136. roccft is the historical 
conspicor ' whora I now behold preseut a^ftcr quom. 

for the first time for many 1137. Menaechmus of Epi- 

years'. Acidalius compares a damuus confirnis Messenio's 

fragment of Pacuvius from his coujecture. Heiico he begins 

Teucer, v. 319 liibbeck : quam his speech with namque. — In- 

te post multis tueor tempestati- stead of iussi, we should rather 

bus. expect iusseram; but we have 

1133. The copula et is fre- already seen that Plautus is not 
quently omitted between two very careful in ol)serving these 
nouns in arehaic Latin ; see differeuces of tense. 

our note on Trin. 287. 



134* MBNAECHMEI. [V. 9. 79—87. 

eam dedi huic. Me. II. hanc dicis, frater, pallara, 

quam ego habeo in manu ? 
1140 Me. I. quo modo haec ad te' pervenit? Me. II. 

meretrix, qiiae huc ad prandium 80 

me abduxit, me sibi dedisse aiebat. prandi p^rbene, 

potavi atque accubui scortum : pallam et aurum hoc 

mihi dedit. 
****** 

Me. I. gaudeo edepol, sl quid propter me tibi evenit 

boni : 
1145 nam illa quom te ad se vocabat, me esse credo 

crddidit. 
Mes. numquid me morurc, quiu ego liber, ut iusti, 

siem ? 85 

Me. I. optumum atque aequissumum orat, frater : 

fac causa mea. 
Me. 11. liber esto. Me. I. quom tu's liber, gaudeo, 

Messeuio. 



added by E. 1139. hancine tu E. against the mss. habeo in manu 
Brix, haheo mss., fero K. 1140. quae om. mss., added by K. 
1142. vuhi dedit om. mss., added by Camerarius. 1143. 'apparet 
integrum versum intercidisse buius modi : 

quae meo sumptu iuberem sibi reconcinnarier ' E. 
1145. credo om. mss., added by Miiller Naclitr. p. 116. memet 



1142. Comp. above, v. 476. been made in tbis scene of 

— For the gap aiter this line, Messenio's name, and that it is 

see crit. uote. therefore rather strange that 

1145. credo is said by way Menaechmus of Epidamnus 
of parenthesis, according to the should all of a eudden address 
general habit of Latin writers. him by his name. This is 

1146. Messenio addresses either due to a certam negli- 
these words to Menaeclmius of gence on the part of the poet, 
Epidamnus, who had once be- or vre should assume that the 
fore presented him with his scribes have skipped some line 
freedom. ' I hope you have no in which the uame was pre- 
objection to my mauumission'. viously mentioned. — The words 
— imtl — iussisti; com-p.y.lQiO. quom tu liber es, gaudeo ioim 

1148. It has been pointed the usual congratulation when a 

out that as yet no mention had slave obtaius his freedom. 



V. 9. SS— 94.] MENAEcnMEi. 135 

Mes. sdd meliorest opus auspicio, ut liber perpetuo 

.sieni. 
1150* * * * * 

Me. II. qu6niam liaec even(^nint nobis, frater, ex 

sententia, 
in patriam redeamus ambo. Me. I. frater, faciam 

ut tu voles. 90 

auctionem hicfaciam et vendam quidquid est. nunc 

interini 
eamus intro, frater. Me. II. fiat. Mes. scitin quid 

ego vos rogo ? 
1155 Me. I. quid ? Mes. praeconium mi ut detis. Me. I. 

dabitur. Mes. ergo niinciam 
vis conclamari auctionem fore ? Me. I. equidem die 

sdptimi. 

esse credidit E. 11.50. 'aliquid responsum esse Xlessenioni 
prorsus credibile est ' R. 11.51. frater nostra ex mss., frater nobis 
ex Camerarius, nohis, frater, ex K. 1152. (it om. B (not the 
other mss.). 1155. praeconium mihi ct detis A, CDP, mihi 
praecoviian videtis Ba (ut detis Bb), praeconium ut mihi detis Z, 
Brix. 1155. equidem Bergk, quidem mss., quo die Lambiuus, K. 

1119. 'AUegoria est per auction. — mmciam (always tri- 

quam significat praeter liber- syllabic in Plautus ; see our note 

tatem opuH esse praeterea cibo. on Trin. 3) 'directly, at once'. 

proinde ac si dicat : Ubertas est 1156. equidem sc. volo : 'I 

illa quidem res magnopere ex- for my part wish it to take place 

petenda et magni aestimanda, on the seventh day from uow'. 

sed nisi tu dorainus mihi servo — For the phrase die septimi 

cum libertate aliquid prae manu (in which septimi is an ablative, 

dederis, hoc nuspicium parum liko gia = 7«o) we may compare 

laetum est, denuo redauspican- Gellius x 24 who says ' die 

dum est'. Lamb., who quotes quarto' et 'die quiuto' quod 

analogous instances from Plau- Graeci ds TeTa.pTrji' Kal els ir^/j.ir- 

tus' Epidicus v 2, 62, and ttjj' dicunt, ab eruditis nunc quo- 

Terence's Adelphoe v 9, 22 sqq. que dici audio, et qui aliter 

1154. eamus should be pro- dicit, pro rudi atque indocto 
nounced in two syllables by despicitur. Sed Marci Tullii 
way of synizesis. aetas ac supra eam non, opinor, 

1155. Messenio suggests that ita dixerunt: ^ dieqniute' cnini 
there is at once 'a job' for et 'diequinti' pro adverbio co- 
him ; they are to make him pulate dictum est, secunda in eo 
their 'praeco' for the projected sijllabacorrepta. Hethenstates 



136 



MENAECHMEI. 



[V. 9. 95—99. 



Mes. atictio fiet Menaechmi mane sane s^ptimi. 95 
vtinibunt servi, supellex, funcli et aedes. omnia 
venibunt, quiqul licebunt, praesenti pecunia. 
IIGO venibit uxor quoque etiam, si quis emj^tor venerit. 
[vlx credo auctione tota capiet quinquag^nsies.] 

1158. fundi aedes mss., aedes, fundi E. after Lmge, aedes fundis 
Biicheier Lat. Decl. p. 18, E. Opusc. 11 650 n.; fundi et aedes 
Miiller Pros. p. 682 aud Bergk Beitr. i p. 102, and so Brix. 1160. 
vxor quoque etiam vaenibit E. after Guyet. 1161. rejected by 



that the emperor Augustus em- 
ployed these expressious iu his 
corresiioudence, aud quotes 
other instauces from Pom- 
ponius, the historiau Caelius, 
and Cato the Elder. He adds 
alia idem multa hoc genus varie 
dixerunt : ' die pristini ' quoque 
eodem rnodo dicehatur...quod 
vulgo pridie dicitur, converso 
covipositionis ordine qiiasi 'pris- 
tino die'. atque item simili 
fgura 'die crastini' dicebatur, 
id erat 'crastiuo die.' sacer- 
dotcs quoque popfJi Romani 
cum condicunt in dicm tertium 
' diem perendini' dicunt. sed 
utplerique ' die pristiui', ita M. 
Cato in oratione contra Furium 
'die iJroximi' dixit. We may 
add that the same formatiou of 
the ablative has left its traces 
in the adverbs quotldie = quoto 
die and postridie =i]ostero die. 
In Plautus we fiud also die sep- 
timi Pers. 11 3, 8, die crastini 
Most. IV 1, 25. In their first 
origin these formations are, no 
doubt, locatives, aud may there- 
fore be classed with ruri domi 
humi etc, but for all practical 
pui-poses they may be treated 
as ablatives of time, like mane 
in the following line. See 
Kiihner, Ausf. Gr. i p. 178 sq., 
and our note on Aul. 741. 



1157. Messenio winds np the 
comedy by iuviting the specta- 
tors to the auctiou of Menaech- 
mus' goods aud chattels. 

1159. quiqui licebunt ' for 
whateyer price they shall sell, 
but ouly for ready mouey'. 

1160. For the prosody of 
veniblt see lutrod. to Aul. p. 
16. — For quoqtie etiam see our 
note ou Trin. 1048. Brix main- 
taius that this is uot exactly a 
tautology or pleouasm, as quo- 
que involves comparison (' as 
well as the other goods ') and 
etiam adds emphasis. But we 
may well ask — would not ' also 
even ' be felt as a pleonasm in 
Enghsh ? — si quis emptor vene- 
rit ' in case any purchaser 
should be forthcomiug' — which 
is extremely improbable. 

1161. In the present line, 
quinquagensiens is au isolated 
form iustead of quinquagiens 
(i.e. here quinquagiens centena 
milia sestertium). From the 
adverb vix it migbt be inferred 
that the sum realized in the 
auction was a very small one, 
but for the time of Plautus this 
would hardly be true. It is, 
moreover, diificult to see why 
Messeuio should meution the 
sum total to be reahzed at the 
sale. For these reasons, we have 



V. 9. 100.] MENAECHAfEl. 137 

nuQC, spectator^s valete et n6bis clare applaudite. loo 

Schwabe, Jahrb. 1872 p. 418 sqq. 11G2. clare dare plaudite B. 

followed Schwabe in rejecting words at the end of all Plautine 

this line as spurious. plays, but is sometimes pro- 

11G2. The pubhc are re- nounced by the 'cantor' and 

quested by Messenio to applaud sometimes by the actor who 

the play. The same request speaks last. See my note on 

occurs in very nearly the same Ter. Andr. 980. 



W. M. 10 



METRA HVIVS FABTLAE HAEC SVNT. 



V. 1 ad 109 iambici senarii 

— llOversus e tribus choriambis et cretico compositus 

— 111 trocbaicus septenarius 

— 112 et 113 cretici tetrametri acatalecti 

— 114 A et B dactylici trimetri hypercatalecti 
• — 115 ad 118 cretici tetrametri acatalecti 

— 119 troehaicus octonarius 

— 120 ad 122 iambici dimetri 

— 123 ad 127 trochaici septenarii 

— 128 ad 134 iambici octonarii 

— 135 ad 225 trochaici septenarii 

— 226 ad 350 iambici seuarii 

— 351 anapaesticus dimeter acatalectus 
— ■ 352 iambicus dimeter acatalectus 

— 353 et 354 anapaestici dimetri acatalecti 

— 355 paroemiacus 

— 356 iambicus senarius 

— 357 anapaesticus tetrameter catalecticus 

— 358 anajiaesticus dimeter acatalectus 

— 359 iambicus octonarius 

— 360 pai'oemiacus 

— 361. 2. 3 anapaestici dimetri acatalecti 

— 364 anapaesticus monometer acatalectus 

— 365 anapaesticus dimeter acatalectus 

— 366 paroemiacus 

— 367 anapaesticus dimeter acatalectus 

— 368 paroemiacus 

— 369 ad 465 trochaici septenarii 

— 466 ad 570 iambici senarii 

— 571 ad 577 bacchiaci tetrametri 

— 578 creticus tetrameter acatalectus 

— 579 et 580 bacchiaci trimetri catalectici 

— 581 trochaicus dimeter acatalectus 

— 582 bacchiacus dimeter acatalectus 

— 583 iambicus dimeter acatalectus 

— 584 bacchiacus tetrameter 

— 585 iambicus octonarius 

— 586 versus interpolatus 



.MENAECHMKI. 139 

587 bacchiacus tetrametcr acatalectus 

588 ad 591 trocbaici octoDarii 
592. 3 trochaici septcnarii 
59i trochaicus octouarius 

595 trochaicus septenarius 

596 ad 601 iambici octonai"ii 
602. 3 anapaestici septenarii 
604 ad 700 trochaici septenarii 
701 ad 752 iambici senarii 

■ 753 ad 761 bacchiaci tetrametri acatalecti 

762. 3 bacchiacus dimcter cum iambica tripodia catalectiea 

764 creticus dimeter cum trochaica dipodia catalectica 

765 trochaicus tlimeter 

766 ad 773 bacchiaci tetrametri acatalecti 

774 iambicus dimeter catalectieus 

775 ad 871 trochaici septenarii 
872 ad 898 iambici senarii 
899 ad 965 trochaici septenarii 

966. 7. 8 bacchiaci tetrametri acatalecti 

■ 969 bacchiacus tetramcter catalecticus 

• 970 bacchiacus tetrameter acatalectus 

- 971 bacchiacus tetrameter catalecticus 

• 972 A bacchiacus dimeter catalecticus 

• 972 B iambicus dimeter 

• 973 A bacchiacus dimeter catalecticus 

■ 973 B iambicus dimeter 

• 974 trochaicus dimeter catalecticus 

• 975 A trochaica tripodia 

■ 975 B bacchiacus dimeter acatalectus 

• 976 iambicus septenarius 

- 977 iambicus senarius, hoc loco interpolatus 

- 978 iambicus septenarius 

■ 979 iambicus octonarius 

- 980 ad 985 iambici septenarii 

- 986. 7 iambici octonarii 

- 988 ad 994 trochaici septenarii 

- 995 ad 1003 iambici octonarii 

- 1004 iambicus dimeter 

- 1005. 6 iambici octonarii 

- 1007 ad 1116 trochaici septenarii. 



TIIE EXD. 



CamfariligE : 

PRINTED BY C. J. CLAT, M.A. & SONS, 
AT THE rNIVERSITT PRESS. 



February 1891. 

A. CLASSIFIED LIST 

OF 

EDUCATIONAL WORKS 

PCm.ISHED BT 

GEORGE BELL & SONS. 



Cfnnhri<If/e Cnlendar. VuhWahed Annna,\ly {August}. 6s. 6d. 
St^idenfs Giiide to the University o/ Canibridge. 
The Hchool Calendar. Published Annually (December). 1». 



BIBLIOTHECA CLASSICA. 

A Seriet of Oreek and Latin Authors, with English Notet, edited by 

eminent Scholars. Svo. 
*,* The Works with anasteriak (*) prefixed can ouly he had in the Sets o/2o Volt. 

AeBchylua. By F. A, Paley, M.A., LL.D. 8«. 

Cloero'3 Orations. By G. Long, M.A. 4 vols. 32.'?. 

DemostheneB. By E. Whiston, M.A. 2 vols. 10«. 

Eurlpldea. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 3 vols. 21». (*Vol.L) 

Homer. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. The Iliad, 2 vols. 14«. 

Herodotua. By Rev. J. W. Blakesley, B.D. 2 vols. 12«. 

Healod. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 5.,-. 

Horace. By Rev. A. J. Macleane, M.A. Ss. 

Juvenal and PersiuB. By Eev. A. J. Macleane, M.A. 6«. 

Plato. Ey W. H. Thompson, D.D. 2 vols. 5». each. 

Vol. I. Phaediuff. 

•Vol. II. Gorgias. 

Sophoolea. Vol. I. By Rev. F. H. Blaydes, M.A. 8t. 

Vol. IL F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. Gs-. 

•Tacltus: The Annals. By the Rev. P. Frost. 8«. 

•Terenoe. By E. St. J. Parry, M.A. 8». 

VirgU. By J, Conington, M. A. Revised by Professor H. Nettleship. 
3 vols. lO.s. 6(1. eaoh. 

An AUas of Classical Geography; 2J Maps with colouied Out- 

Uuos. Imp. 8vo. 6s. 



George Bell and Som* 



GRAMMAR-SCHOOL CLASSICS. 

A Seiies of GreeJc and Latin Autlwrs, with English Notes, 
Fcap. Svo. 
Oaaaar : De Bello Gallleo. By George Long, M.A. 4». 

Books I.-III. For Junior Classes. By G. Long, M.A. 1«. 6d. 

Books IV. and V. 1«. 6d. Books VI. and VII., Is. 6d. 

Oatullua, Tibullus, and Propertiua. Selected Poems. With Life. 
By Rev. A. H. Wratislaw. 2s. 6cL 

Cioero: De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epistlea. By 

George Lon^, M.A. 3s. 
Comelius Nepos. By Rev. J. F. Macmichael. 2«. 

Homer: Iliad. Books I.-XII. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 

4s. 6d. Also in 2 parts, 23. 6(i. each. 

Horaoe : With Life. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. 3s. 6d. In 
2 parts, 2s. each. 

Juvenal: Sixteen Satires. By H. Prior, M.A. 3s. 6i. 

Martial : Select Epigrams. With Life. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 

4s. 6cl. 

Ovld: theFasti. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 3«. 6d. Books L 
and II., Is. 6d. Books III. and IV., Is. 6(i. 

Sallust : Catilina and Jugurtha. With Life. By G. Long, M.A. 

and J. G. Frazer. 3s. 6d., or separately, 2s. eaoh. 

Tacitus : Germania and Agricola. By Eev. P. Frost. 2s. 6d. 

Vlrgll: BDColics, Georgics, and .S3neid, Books I.-IV. Abridged 
from Professor Conin^on's Edition. 4s. 6d. — .ffineid, Books V.-XII., 4s. 6d. 
Also in 9 separate Volumes, as follows, Is. 6d. each :— Bucolics — Georgics, 
I. and II. — GeorjricB, III. and IV. — iEueid, I. and II. — .Slneid, Ill.and 
IV.— ^neid, V. and VI.— -Slneid, VII. and VIII.— JEneid, IX. and X.— 
.aineid, XT. and XII. 

Xenophon: The Anabasts. With Life. By Bev. J. F. Macmichael. 
3s. 6d. Also in 4 separate Tolumes, Is. 6rf. each: — Book I. (with Life, 
Introduction, Itinerary, and Three Maps) — Books II. and III. — IV. and V. 
—VI. and VII. 

The Cyropfedia. By Q. M. Gorham, M.A. 3s. 6d. Books 



I. and II., Is. 6d.— Books V. and VI., Is. 6A. 
Memorabilia. By Percival Frost, M.A. 3s. 



A Grammar-School Atlas of Classical Geography, coutaining 
Ten selected Mapa. Imperial 8vo. 3s. 

Vniform with the Seriet. 
The New Testanient, in Greek. With English Notes, «fro. By 

Hev. J. F. Macmichael. 4s. 6d. In Sparts, TheEour Gospelaandtho Acts. 
Sewed, 6d. each. 



Educational Worki. 



CAMBRIDGE GREEK AND LATIN TEXTS. 

AeaohyluB. By F, A. Paley, MA., LL.D. 2». 

CBBsar : De Bello Gallico. By G. Long, M.A. 1«. M. 

Ciosro : De Seneotute et De Amioitia et Epistolse Seleotsa. 

By G. Long, M.A. Is. M. 

Oioeronis Orationes. In Verrem. By G. Long, M.A. 2«.6<{. 

Euripidea. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 3 vols. 2». each. 

Herodotua. By J. G. Blakesley, B.D. 2 vols. 5». 

Homeri lUaa. I.-XH. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 1«. 6d. 

Horativifl. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. Is. 6d. 

Juvenal et Fersius. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. 1<. 6d. 

Lucretiua. By H. A. J. Munro, M.A. 2s. 

Sallusti Crispi Catiliaa et Jugurtha. By G. Long, M.A. 1«. 6d. 

Sophoclea. By F. A, Paley, M.A., LL.D. 2s. 6d. 

Terenti ComoBdije. By W, Wagner, Ph.D, 2». 

Thuoydidea. By J. G. Donaldson, D.D. 2 vols. 4j. 

Virgilius. By J. Conington, M.A, 2«, 

Xenophontis Expeditio Oyri. By J. F. Macmichael, B.A. 1». 6d. 

Novum Testamentum Graeoe. By F. H. Scrivener, M.A., D.G.L. 
is. 6d. An edition ■with wide margin for notes, half bouud, 12«. Editio 
M^OR, with additional Beadings and Referencea. 7«. 6cl. (See page 14.) 



CAMBRIDGE TEXTS WITH NOTES. 

( Selection o/fJie mo.et usually r«od o/ the Greek and Latin Authora, Annotatedfor 
SchooU. Edited by icell-fcnoicn Classical Scholars. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. each, 
with eaceptioiis. 

' Dr. Paley's vast learningr and keen appreciation of the difficnlties of 
beginners make his school editions as valnable as they are popular. In 
many respects he sets a brilliant example to younger scholars.' — AtheruBum. 

' We hold in high value these handy Cambridge texts with Notes.'— 
Saturday Revieu!. 

Aeachyliis. Prometheus VinctuH. — Septem contra Thebaa. — Aga- 

meiuiion. — Persae. — Enmenides. — Choephoroe. By F. A. Paley, M. A., LL.D. 
Eurlpidea. Alcestia. — Medea. — Hippolj1;us. — Hecuba. — Bacohae,, 

— lon. 2s. — Orestes.— Phoenissae. — Troades. — Hercules Furens. — Andro- 

mache. — Iphigenia in Tauris. — Supplices. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 
Homer. Hiad. Book L By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 1«. 
Sophocles. Oedipna Tyrannna, — Oedipus Coloneua, — Antigone. 

— Electra— Ajax. By F. A. Paley, M.A„ LL.D. 
Xenophon. Anabasis. In 6 vols. By J. E. Melhuish, M.A., 

Assifitant Cla.sBical Master at St. Paul'8 School. 

Hellenics, Book I. By L. D. Dowdall. M.A., B.D. 2?. 

Hellenics, Book IL By L. D. Dowdall, M.A., B.D. 2.*. 

Oloero. De Senectute, De Amicitia and Epistolaa Selectse. fiy 

G. Long, M.A. 
Ovid. Fasti. By F. A, Paley, M.A. LL.D. In 3 vols., 2 bookfl 
in each. 2s. each toI. 



O«orge Bell and Som* 



Ovld. Selections. Amores, Tristia, Heroides, Metamorphoses. 

By A. J. Macleane, M.A. 

Terence. Andria. — Hauton Timorumenos. — Phormio. — Adelphoe 

By Professor WagTier, Ph.D. 
Virgil. Professor Conington'8 edition, abridged in 12 vols. 

* The handiest as well as the sonndest of modem editions.* 

Saturday Seuie^r. 

PUBLIC SCHOOL SERIES. 

A Series ofClassical Tezts, annotated by well-known Scholars, Cr. 8vo. 
Arlstophanes. The Peace. By F. A. Paley, M.A.,LL.D. 4s.6d. 

The Achamians. By P. A. Paley, M.A„ LL.D. 4«. 6d. 

The Frogs. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 4a. 6d. 

Oloero. The Letters to Atticus. Bk. I. By A. Pretor, M.A. 4«. 6d. 
DemostheneB de Falsa Legatlone. By B. Shilleto, M.A. 6«. 

The Law of Leptines. By B. W. Beatson, M.A. 3s. 6d. 

Livy. Book XXI. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Maps, 

by the Rev. L. D. Dowdall, M.A., B.D. 3s. 6d. 
■ Book XXII. Edited, &c., by Eev. L. D. Dowdall, M.A.. 

B.D. 3*. 6d. 
Plato. The Apology of Socrates and Crito. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 

llth Edition. 3s. 6d. Che.-ip Edition, limp cloth, 2s. 6d, 

The Phsedo. 9th Edition. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 5s. 6d. 

The Protagoras. 7th Edition. By W. Wayte, M.A. 4». 6d. 

The Euthyphro. 3rd Edition. By G. H. Wells, M.A. 3s. 

The Euthydemus. By G. H. Wells, M.A. 4s. 

The Kepublic. Books I. & U. By G. H. Wells, M.A. 3rd 

Edition. 5s. 6d. 

Plautus. The Aulularia. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. SrdEdition. 4«.6i. 

The Trinummus. ByW.Wagner,Ph.D. 3rdEdition. 4».6d. 

The Menaechmei. By W. Wagner,Ph.D. 2nd Edit. 4«.6d. 

• The Mostellaria. By Prof. E. A. Sonnenschein. 5s. 

SophocleB. The Trachiniae. By A. Pretor, M.A. 4s. &d. 
Sophocles. The Oedipus Tyrannus. By B. H. Kennedy, D.D. 5s. 
Terenoe. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 2nd Edition. 7s. 6d. 
TheoorituB. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 2nd Edition. 4s. 6<i. 
Thuoydides. Book VI. By T. W. Dougan, M.A., Fellow of St. 

John's College, Cambridge. 3s. 6d. 



CRITICAL AND ANNOTATED EDITIONS. 

Aristophanis Comoediae. By H. A, Holden, LL.D. 8vo. 2 vols. 

Notes, Iilustr.atiou.<!, and Maps. 23s. 6d. Plays sold separately. 
C:Bsar'3 Seventh Campaign in Gaul, B.C. 52. By Eev. W. C. 

Comptou, M.A., Assistant Master, Uppingham School. Crown Svo. 4s. 
Calpumius Sioulus. By C. H. Keene, M.A. Crown 8vo. 6s. . 
Catullus. A New Text, with Critifal Notes and Introduction 

by Dr. J. P. Postgate. Foolsca)) 8vo. 3s. 



Educatioml Works. 



Corpus Poetarom Latlnomm. EditedbyWalker. Ivol.Svo. 18«. 
Livy. The first five Books. By J. Prendeville. 12mo. roan, 6«. 

Or Books I.-III., 3s. 6(i. IV. and V., 3s. 6d. Or the 3ve Books in separate 

vols. Is. 6d. each. 
Lucan. Tbe PharsaUa. By C. E. Haskins, M.A., and W. E. 

neitland, M.A. Demy 8vo. 14s. 
Lucretius. With Commentary by H. A. J. Munro. 4th Edition. 

VoIr. I. and II. Introduction, Text, and Notes. ISs. Vol. III. Trans- 

lation. 6s. 

Ovld. P. Ovidii Nasonis Heroides XIV. By A. Palmer, M. A. 8vo. 6». 

P. Ovidii Nasonis Ars Amatoria et Amores. By the Rev. 

H. WUliams, M.A. 3s. 6d. 

Metamorphoses. Book XHI. By Chas. Haines Keene, M.A. 

2.'!. 6d. 

Epistolarum ex Ponto Liber Primns. ByC.H.Keene.M.A. 3«. 



PropertiuB. Sex Aurelii Propertii Carmina. By F. A. Paley, M.A., 

LJi.D. 8vo. Cloth, 5s. 
Sex Propertii Elegiarum. Libri IV. Eecensuit A. Palmer, 

Collegii SacrosanctSB et ludividuse Trinitatia jurta Dublinum Sociua. 

Fcap. 8vo. 3s. 6d. 

Sophocles. The Oedipus Tyrarmus. By B. H. Kennedy, D.D. 

Crown 8vo. 8s. 
Thnoydides. The History of the Peloponnesian War. By Biohard 

SMIleto, M.A. Book I. 8vo. 6«. 6d. Book II. 8ro. 5s. 6d. 



LOWER FORM S E R I E S. 

With Notes and Vocahularies. 

Eologea Latlnee ; or, First Latin Beading-Book, with Euglish Notes 
and a Dictionary. By the late Rev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. Fcap. 
8to. 1«. 6d. 

Latin Vocabulariea for Hepetitlon. By A.M. M. Stedman, M.A. 

2nd Edition, rovieed. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. 

Easy Latin Passagea for XJnseen Translatlon. By A. M. M. 

.Stedman, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. 
Virgirs -Eneid. Book I. Abridged from Conmgton's Edition. 

With Voca'..nlary by W. F. R. Shilloto. Is. 6d. 
Csesar de Bello Gallico. Books I., II., and IH. With Notes by 

Otorge Lmi?, M.A., and Vocabulary bvW. F. R. Shilleto. Is. 6d. cach. 
Koiace. Book I. Macleane'3 Editiou, with Vocabulary by 

A. U. Ddi.i is. Is. 6d. 

Tales for Latin Prose Compositlon, With Notes and Vocabu- 

lary.. By G. H. WeUs, M.A. 2». 

A Latm Verae-Book. An Intioductory Work on Hexameters and 

Peutaraetorg. By the lato Rev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 

2». Key (for Tutors only), 5s. 
Analeota Grseoa Minora, with Introductory Sentences, English 

Notes, and a Dictionary. By the late Rev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. 

Fcap. 8vo. 2». 
Oreek Testament Selections. 2nd Edition, enlarged, with Notea 

aud Vocabulary. By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 64. 



Qeorge Bell and 8ons* 



LATIN AND QREEK CLASS-BOOKS. 

{See also Lower Form Series.) 

Paciliora. An Elementary Latin Book on a new principle. By 

tbe Rev. J. L. Seager, M.A. 2s. 6d. 
Firat Latin Lessons. By A. M. M. Stedman. Second Edition, 

enlargerl. Is. 
First Latin Reader. By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. Is. 6d. 
Easy Latin Exercises. By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. Crown 8vo. 

2s. M. 
Notanda Qusedam. Miscellaneous Latin Exercises. By A. M. 

M. Stediuan, M.A. Fcap. Svo. Is. 6d. 
A Latin Primer. By Kev. A. C. Clapin, M.A. 1». 
Auzilia Latina. A Series of Frogiessive Latin Exercisea. By 

M. J. B. Baddeley, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. Part I., Accidence. 5tli Edition. 2s. 

Part II. 5th Edition. 2s. Key to Part II., 2s. 6d. 
Scala Latina. Elementary Latin Exercises. By Kev. J. W. 

Bavis, M.A. New Edition, with Vocabnlary. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 

Passages for Translation into Latin Prose. By Prof . H. Nettle- 

ship, M.A. 3s. Key tforTntorsonIy),4s. 6d. 

' The introdnction ouglit to be studied by every teacher of Latin.' 

Guardian. 

Latin Prose Lessons. By Prof. Church, M.A. 9th Edition. 

Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 

Analytical Latin Exercises. By C. P. Mason, B.A. 4th Edit. 

Part I.. Is. 6d. Part II., 2s. 6d. 
Latin Elegiac Verse, Easy Exercises in. By the Eev. J. Penrose. 

New Edition. 2s. (Key 3s. 6d.) 
A Latin G-rammar. By Albert Harkness. Post 8vo. 6s. 

By T. H. Key, M.A. 6th Thousand. Post 8vo. 8s. 

A Short Latin Grammar for Schools. By T. H. Key, M.A. 

F.R.8. 16th Edition. Post 8vo. 3s. 6d. 

The Theatre of the Greeks. By J. W. Donaldson, D.D. lOth 

Edition. Post 8vo. 5s. 

Keightleys Mythology of Greece and Italy. 4th Edition. 5«, 
A Quide to the Choice of Classical Books. By J. B. Mayor, M.A. 

•Srd Edition, Crown 8vo. 4s. 6d. 

A History of Roman Literature. By Prof. Teoffel. Eevised 
bv Prof. Dr. Schwabe, and translatf.d by Prof. Warr, of King's CoUeg-e. 
- vols. [Iminediafely. 

By T. CoLLiNS, M.A., H. M. of the Latin School, Newport, Salop. 
Latin Exeroises and Grammar Papers. 6th Edit. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
Unseen Papers in Latin Prose and Verse. With Examination 
Questions. 5th Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 

in Greek Prose and Verse. With Examination Questions. 

3rd Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 3s. 

Easy Translations from Nepos. Csesar, Cicero, Livy, &c., for 

Retranslation into Latin. With Notes. 2s. 
By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A., Wadham College, Oxford. 
Latin Examination Papers in Grammar and Idiom. 2nd 

Edition. Crown 8vo. 2s.6d. Key (for Tutors and Private Students only), 6r, 

Greek Examination Papera in Grammar and Idiom. 2s. &d. 

■ Ket. ilii t}ie pvtss. 



Ediicational Works. 



By the late Bxv. F. Fbost, M.A. 
MaterleJs for Latln Prose Composltlon. New edition. Fcap. 

Svc. 2s. Key (for Tutori only), -U. 

Materials for Greek Prose Compositlon. New Edit. Fcap. 8vo. 

2s. CiJ. Key (for Tutors only), 5s. 

Horilegium Poetlcum, Elegiao Extracts from Ovid and TibullnB, 

New Edition. With Notes. Fcap. 8vo. 2«. 

By H. A. HoLDEN, LL.D., formerly Fellow of Trinity CoU., Camb. 
Follorom SUvtila. Part I. Passages for Translation into Latin 

Elegiac and Heroio Verse. llth Edition. Post 8vo. 7s. 6d. 
Part II. Selcct Passages for Translation into Latin Lyrio 

and Comic lambic Verse. 3rd Edition. Post 8vo. 5s. 

Folla Silvulee, sive Eclogffl Poetarum Anglicorum in Latinum et 

Grmcum conversaB. 8vo. Vol. II. 4s. 6d. 
Follorum Oenturise. Sclect Passages for Translation into Latin 

and flreek Prose. lOth Edition. Poat 8vo. 8s. 
Soala Grseca : a Series of Elementary Greek Exercises, By Eev. J. W. 
Davis, M.A., and R. W. Baddeley, M.A. 3rd Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 

Greek Verse Composition. By G. PrestoH, M.A. 5th Edition. 

Crown 8vo. 4s. 6d. 
Qreek Partioles and their Combinations according to Attic Usage. 
A Short Treatise. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 2s. 6d. 

Rudiments of Attic Construction and. Idlom. By the Eev. 

W. C. Compton, M.A., Assistant Ma.<ter at Uppingham School. 3s. 
Anthologla Grceca. A Selection of Choiee Greek Poetry, with Notes. 
By F. St. John Thackeray. ith. and Oieaper Ediition. 16mo. 4s. 6d. 

Anthologia Latina. A Selection of Choice Latin Poetry, from 
NsBviustoBoethius.withNoteB. By Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray. 5th Edition. 
16mo. 4s. 6d. 

CLASSICAL TABLES. 

Latln Aooidence. By the Eev. P. Frost, M.A. 1«. 

Latha Versiflcation. 1«. 

Notabilla Qusedam ; or the Principal Tenses of most of the 

Irreimlar Greek Verbs and Elementary Greek, Latin, and French Con- 

Btruction. Now Edition. Is. 

Rlohmond Rules for the Ovldlan Distlch, &o. By J. Tate, M.A. 1«. 

The Prlnciples of Latin Syntax. Is. 

Greek Verbs. ACatalogue of 7erbs, Irregular and Defective. By 

J. S. Baird, T.C.D. 8th Edition. 2s. 6d. 
Oreek Accents (Notes on). By A. Barry, D.D. NewEdition. 1«. 
Homerlo Dlaleot. Its Leading Forms and Pcculiarities. By J. S. 

B.aird, T.C.D. Now Edition, by W. G. Rutherford, LL.D. Is. 

O-reek Accldence. By the Kev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. 1«. 



TRANSLATIONS, SELECTIONS, &o. 

*,* Many of the following books are well adapted for School Prizea. 
AeaohylUB. Translated into English Prose by F. A. Paley, M.A., 
LL.D. 2nd Edition. 8vo. 7s. 6d. 

Translated into English Verse by Anna Swanwick. 4th 

Edition. Post 8vo. 5s. 
Calpurnlus, Tlie Eclogues of. Latin Text and English Verse 
Translatiou by E. J. L. tjcott, M.A. 3s. 6d. 



8 George Bell and Sons* 

Euripldes. Translated by E. P. Coleridge, B.A. 2 vols., 6«. each. 
doraoe. The Odes and Carmen Sajculare. In English Verse by 
J. Coning-ton, M.A. lOth edition. Fcap. 8vo. 5s. 6d. 

The Satires and Epistles. In Enghsh Verse by J. ConiQg- 

ton, M.A. 7th edition. 6s. 6cl. 

Plato. Gorgias. Translated byE. M. Cope, M.A. 8vo. 2nd Ed. 7«. 

Philebus. Trans. by F. A. Pa]ey,M.A.,LL.D. Sm. 8vo. 4«. 

Theffitetus. Trans. byF. A.Paley,M.A.,LL.D. Sm.Bvo. 4«. 

AnalysisandlnJexof theDialogues. ByDr. Day. PostSvo. 5». 

Prudentius, Selections from. Text, with Verse Tranolation, In- 

troduction, &c., by the Rev. F. S. J. Thackeray. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d, 
Sophocles. Oedipus Tyrannus. By Dr. Kennedy. Is. 

The Dramas of. Bendered into Euglish Verse by Sir 

George Yonng, Bart., M.A. 8vo. 12s. 6d. 

Theocritus. In Engliah Verse, by C. S. Calverley, M.A. New 
Edition, revised. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d. 

Translations into English and Latin. By C. S. Calverley, M.A. 

Post 8vo. 7s. 6d. 
TranslationsintoEnglish,Latin, and Greek. ByE.C. Jebb,Litt.D., 

H. Jackson, Litt.D., aiid W. E. Currey, M.A. Seoond Edition. 8s. 
Extracts for Translation. By R. C. Jebb, Litt. D., H. Jackson, 

Litt.D., and W. E. Currey, M.A. 4s. 6d. 
Between Whiles. Translations by Eev. B. H. Kennedy, D.D. 

2nd Edition, revised. Cro^-n 8vo. 5.'!. 

Sabrinae Corolla in Hortulis Regiae Scholae Salopiensis 
Contexuernnt Tres Viri Floribns Leeendis. Fourth Edition, thoronghly 
Eevised and Rearranged. Large post Svo. lOs. 6d. 



CAMBRIDGE MATHEMATICAL SERIES. 

Arithmetic for Schools. By C. Pendlebury, M.A. 4th Edition, 
stereotyped, with or withont answers. 4.5. 6d. Or in two parts, with or 
•withont answers, 2s. 6d. each. Part 2 contains the Commercial Arithmetic. 

ExAMPLES (nearly SOOO), without answers, in a separate voL 3s. 
In nse at St. Paul's, Wiiichester, WelliDp-ton, Marlborouorh, Charterhouse, 
Merchaut Taylors', Chrisfs llospital, Sherborue, Shrewsbuiy, &c. &c. 

Algebra. Choice and Chance. By W. A. Whitworth, M.A. 4th 

Edition. 6s. 
Euclid. Newly translated from the Greek Text, with Supple- 
mentary Propositions, Chapters on Mnrlern Geometry, and numeroua 
Exercises. By Horace Deighton. M.A., Head Master of Harrison CoUege, 
Barbados. New Edition, Revised, with Symbols and Abbreviations. 
Crown Svo. 4s. 6d. 

Book I Is. I Books I. to III. ... 2s. 6d. 

Books I. and II. ... Is. 6d. | Books III. and IV. Is. 6d. 

Euclid, Exercises on Euclid and in Modern Geometry. By 

J. McDowell, M.A. 3rd Edition. 6s. 
Trigonometry, Elements of. By J. M. Dyer, M.A.,'and Eev. 

R. H. Whitcomlie, M.A., Assistant Masters, Eton College. [_Immediately. 
Trigonometry. Plane. By Eev. T. Vy vyan, M.A. brdEdit. Ss.Gd. 
Geometrical Conic Sections. By H. G. Wilhs, M.A. 5s. 
Conics. The Elementary Geometry of. 6th Edition, revised and 

enlarged. By 0. Taylor.D.D. 4s. 6d. 
Solid Gecmetry. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 4th Edit. revised. 6«. 
aeoaietrical Optics. By W, S. Aldis, M.A. 3rd Editiou. 4«. 



Educati&ml Worka. 9 



Rigld Dynamlcs. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 43. 
Elementary Dynamica. By W.Garnett, M.A.,D.C.L. 5thEd. 6t». 
Dynamics. A Treatise on. By W. H. Besant, D.Sc, F.R.S. Is, 6i. 
Heat. An Elementary Treatise. By W. Garnett, M.A., D.C.L. 5th 

Bdition, revised and enlarged. 4s. 6d. 

Elementary Physic3. Examples in. By W. Gallatly, M.A. 4s. 
Hydromechanics. By W. H. Besant, D.Sc.,F.E.S. 5thEdition. 

Part I. Hydrostatics. 5s. 

Mathematlcal Examples. By J. M. Dyer, M.A., Eton CoUege, 
and R. Prowde Smith, M.A., Cheltenham CoUege. 6s. 

Mechtuiica. Problems in Elementary. By W. Walton, M.A. 6s. 

Notes on Roulettes and Glissettes. By W. H. Besant, D.Sc, 
F.R.S., Fellow of St. John'8 College, Cambridge. 2ud EditioD, enlarged. 
Crown 8vo. Ss. 

CAMBRIDGE SCHOOL AND COLLEGE 
TEXT-BOOKS. 

A aeries of Elementary Treatises for the use of Students. 
Arithmetio. By Rev.C.Elsee, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 14th Edit. 3$.Gd. 

. By A. Wrigley, M.A. 3s. 6d. 

. A Progressive Course of Examples. With Answers. By 

J. Watson, M.A. 7th Edition, revised. By W. P. Goudie, B.A. 2s. 6d. 

Algebra. By the Rev. C. Elsee, M.A. 8th Edit. 4s. 

Progressive Couree of Examples. By Rev. W. F. 

M'Michael,M.A.,and R. Prowde Smith, M.A. 4th Edition. 3s. 6d. With 

Answers. 4s. 6d. 
Plane Astronomy, An Litroduction to. By P. T. Main, M.A. 

6th Edition, revised. 4s. 
Oonic Sections treated Geometrically. By W. H. Besant, ScD, 

8th Edition. 4s. 6d. Solution to the Examples. 4s. 

Enunciations and Figures Separately. Is. 6d. 

StaticB, Elementary. By Rev. H. Goodwin, D.D. 2nd Edit. 3s. 
Hydrostatics, Elementary. By W. H. Besant, D.Sc 14thEdit. 4s. 

Solutions to the Examples. [Nou' readij. 

Mensuration, AnEIementaryTroatise on. ByB.T.Moore.M A. 3.^.6(Z. 

Newton'3 Principia, The First Three Sections of , with an Appen- 
dix ; and the Ninth and Eleventh Sections. By J. H. Evans, M.A. 5th 
Edition, by P. T. Main, M.A. 4s. 

Analytical Qeometry for Schools. By T. G. Vyvyan. 5th Edit. 4s. 6d. 
Greek Testament, Companion to the. By A. C. Barrett, M.A. 

5th Edition, revised. Fcap. 8vo. 5s. 
Book of Common Prayer, An Historical and Explanatory Treatise 

onthe. By W. G. Humphry, B.D. 6th Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
Musio, Text-book of. By Professor H. C. Banister. 14th Edition, 

reviaed. 5s. 
- Concise History of. By Rev. H. G. Bonavia Hunt, 

Mus. Doc. Dublin. llth Edltion, revised. 3s. 6d. 
x2 



10 Qeorge Bell and Sons' 

ARITHMETIC, ( ^^* ^^^ *^ *^° foregoing Series.) 
Elementary Arithmetic. By Chailes Pendlebury, M.A., Senior 
Mathematical Mastcr, St. Paul's Scliool; and W. S. Beard, F.R.G.8., 
Assistant Master, Chrisfs Hospital. With 2500 Examples, Written and 
Oral. Crown 8vo. Is. 6d. With or without Answers. 
Arithmetic, Examination Papera in. Consisting of 140 papers, 
e.ach containinff 7 qnestions. 357 more difficult problems follow. A col- 
lection of recent Public Examinatiou Papers are appended. By C. 
Pendlebnry, M.A. 2.s. 6d. Key, for Masters only, os. 
Graduated Exercisea in Addition (Simple and Compound). By 
W. S. Beard, C. S. Dopartmont Rochester Mathematical Scliool. Is. For 
Candidates for Commercial Certificates and CivH Service Esams. 

BOOK-KEEPING. 

Book-keeping Papers, set at various Public Examinations. 
Colleoted and Written by J. T. Medhurst, Lecturer on Book-keeping in 
the City of London College. 2nd Edition. 3s. 

GEOMETRY AND EUOLID. 

Euclid. Books I.-VI. and part of XI. A New Translation. By 
H. Deighton. (See p. 8.) 

Tbe Definitions of, with Explanations and Exercises, 

and an Appendix of Exercises on the First Book. By R. Webb, M.A. 
Crown 8vo. Is. 6c!. 

Book I. With Notes and Exercises for the use of Pre- 

paratory Schools, &c. By Braithwaite Amett, M.A. Svo. 4s. 6d. 

The First Two Books explained to Beginners. By C. P. 



Mason, B.A. 2nd Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. 

The Enunciations and Figures to Euclids Elements. By Kev. 

J. Brasse, D.D. NewEdition. Fcap. 8vo. Is. Without the Figiires, 6ci. 
Exercises on Euclid. By J. McDowell, M.A. (See p. 8^) 
Mensuration. By B. T. Moore, M.A. 3s. 6d. (See p. 9.) 
Geometrical Conic Sections. By H. G. Willis, M.A (See p. 8.) 
Geometrical Conic Sections. By W. H. Besant, D.Sc. (See p. 9.) 
Elementary Geometry of Conics. By C. Taylor, D.D. (See p. 8.) 
An Introduction to Ancient and Modem Geometry of Conics. 

By C. Taylor, D.D.jMasterof St. John's ColL, Camb. 8vo. 15s. 

An Introduction to Analyticjil Plane Geometry. By W. P, 

TumbuU, M.A. 8vo. 12s. 

Problems on the Principles of Plane Co-ordinate Geometry. 

By W. Walton, M.A. 8vo. 16s. 

Trilinear Co-orduiates, and Modem Analytical Geometry of 

Two Dimensions. By W. A. Whitworth, M.A. 8vo. 16s. 

An Elementary Treatise on Solid Geometry. By W. S. Aldis, 

M.A. 4th Edition revised. Cr. 8vo. 6s. 

Elliptic Functions. Elementary Treatise on. By A. Cayley, D.Sc. 
Professor of Pure Mathematics at Cambridge University. Demy 8vo. 15». 

TRIGONOMETRY. 

Trigonometry. By Eev. T. G. Vyvyan. 3s. Qd. (See p. 8.) 
Trigonometry, Elements of . By J. M. Dyer, M.A, and Eev. E. H. 

Whitcombe, M.A., Asst. Masters, Eton CoUege. [Immcdiately. 

Trigoncmetry, Exa-mination Papers in. By G. H. Wajd, M.A, 

Assistant Master at St. Panlte Schtol. Crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. 



Educational Works. 11 



MECHANICS & NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 

Statdca, Elementary. By H. Goodwin, D.D. Fcap. 8vo. 2nd 

Edition. 3«. 
DynamlcB, A Treatise on Elementary. By W. Gamett, M.A., 

D.C.L. 5tli Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s. 
Dynamica. Eigid. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 4». 
DynamicB. ATreatiseon. By W.H. Besant, D.Sc.F.R.S. 7». 6i. 
Elementary Mechanics, Problems in. By W. Walton, M.A. New 

Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s. 

Theoretical Mechanics, Problems in. By W. Walton, M.A, 3rd 

Edition. Demy 8vo. 16s. 
Structural Mechanics. By R. M. Parkinson, Assoc. M.I.C.E. 

Crown 8vo. 4s. iJrL 

Elementary Mechanics. Stage I. By J. C. Horobin, B.A. Is. 6d. 
HydrostaticB. By W.H.Besant.D.Sc. Fcap. 8vo. 14thEdition. 4». 
Hydromechanica, A Treatise on. By W. H. Besant, D.Sc, F.R.S. 

8to. 5th Edition, revised. Part I. Hydrostatics. .^. 
Hydrodynamics, A Treatise on. Vol. L, lOs. M. ; Vol. H., 12.s. &d. 

A. B. Bas.'et, M.A., F.R.S. 
Hydrodynamics and Sound, An Elementary Treatise on. By 

A. B. Ba.^set, JI.A., F.R.S. 
Eoulettes and Ghssettes. By W. H. Besant, D.Sc, F.E.S. 2nd 

Edition, 5s. 
Optics. Geometrical. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. Crown 8vo. 3rd 

Edition. 4s. 

Double Refraction, A Chapter on Fresners Theory of. By W. S. 

Aldis, M.A. 8vo. 2s. 

Heat. An Elementary Treatise on. By W. Gamett, M.A., D.C.L. 

Crown 8vo. oth Edition. 4s. Gd. 
Elementary Physics, Examples and Examination Papers in. By 

W. GaUatly, M.A. 4s. 
Nevfton s Principia, The Ftrst Three Sections of , with an Appen- 

dis ; and the Ninth and Eleventh Sections. By J. H. Evans, M.A. 5th 

Edition. Edited by P. T. Main, M.A. 4s. 

Astronomy, An Introduction to Plaue. By P. T. Main, M.A. 

Fcap. 8vo. cloth. 6tli Edition. 4s. 
Practical and Spherical. By R. Main, M.A. 8vo. 14*. 

Mathematical Ezamples. Pure and Mixed. By J. M. Dyer, M. A. , 
and R. Prowde .Smith, M.A. 6s. 

Pure Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, A Compendium of 

Fact? and FomiulaB in. By G. R. Smalley. 2nd Edition, revised by 
J. McDowell, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 

Elemeniary Course of Mathematios. By H. Goodwin, D.D. 

6tli Kdition. 8vo. 16s. 

Problems and Examples, adapted to the • Elementary CourBe of 

Mathematics.' 3rd Edition. 8vo. 5s. 

Solutions of Goodwina Collection of Problems and Ezamplea. 

By W. W. Hutt, M.A. 3rd Edition, revised and enlarged. 8vo. 9s. 

A Collection of Examples and Problems in Arithmetic, 

Algebra, Geometry, Logarithms, Trigonometry, Conic Sections, Mechanica, 
&c., with Answers. By Rev. A. Wrigley. 20th Thonsand. 8s. 6<i. 
Key. lOs. 6d. 



12 Oeorge Bell and Som' 



FOREIGN CLASSICS. 

i Series for use in Schools, with English Notes, granimatical and 

explanatory, and renderings of difficult idiomatic expressions. 

Feap. Svo. 

doliUler'8 WallenBtem. By Dr. A. Bnchheim. 5th Edit. 5». 

Or the Lager and Piccolomini, 2s. 6d. ■Wallenstein^s Tod, 2s. 6d. 

Maid of Orleana. By Dr. W. Wagner. 2nd Edit. 1«. Qd. 

Marla Stuart. By V. Kastner. 2nd Edition. 1». 6d. 

Ooethe's Hermann and Dorothea. By E. Bell, M.A., and 

B. Wolfel. Is. 6d. 
C^erman Ballads, from Uhland, Goethe, and Schiller. By C. L. 

Bielefeld. 4th Edition. Is. 6d. 
Oharles XII., par Voltaire. By L, Direy. 7th Edition. Is. M. 
Aventures ie T616maque, par F6n^lon. By C. J. Delille. 4th 

Edltion. 2s. 6d. 
Seleot Pables ol La Fontaine. By P.E. A.Gaso. ISthEdit. ls.6d. 
Plooiola, by X.B. Saintine. ByDr.Dubnc. IGth Thousand. 1». 6d. 
Lamartine'3 Le TaiUeur de Pierres de Saint-Point. By 

J. Boielle, 6th Thousand. Fcap. 8to. Is. 6d. 

Italian Primer. By Eev. A. C. Clapin, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 1«. 



FRENCH CLASS-BOOKS. 

Frenoh Grammar for Public Schools. By Kev. A. C. Clapin, M.A. 

Fcap. 8vo. 12th Edition, revised. 2s. 6d. 
Prench Primer. By Bev. A. C. Clapin, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 8th Ed. 1». 
Prlmer of French PhHology. By Eev. A. C. Clapin. Fcap. Svo. 

4th Edit. Is. 
Le Ncuveau Tr^sor; or, French Studenfs Companion. By 

M. E. S. 19th Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. 

French Papers for the Prelim. Army Exams. CoUected by 
J. F. Davis, D.Lit. [^lmmediatcly. 

French Examination Papers in Miscellaneous Grammar and 
Idioms. Compiled by A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. 4th Edition. CroTvn 
8vo. 2s. 6d. Key. 5s. (For Teachers or Private Students only.) 

Manual of French Prosody. By Arthur Gosset, M.A. Crown 

8vo. 3s. 

Lexicon of Conversational French. By A. Holloway. 3rd 
Edition. CroTm 8vo. 3s. 6d. 

PEOF. A. BAEEEEE'S FEENCH COUESE. 
Junior Graduated French Course. Crown 8vo. Is. &d. 

Elements of French Grammar and First Steps in Idiom. 
Crown 8vo. 2s. 

Precis of Comparative French Grammar. 2nd Edition. Crowa 

8vo. 3s. 6d. 



Educational Work». IS 



F. E. A. GASCS PRENCH COURSB. 

rirBt Frenoh Book. Fcap. 8vo. lOGth Thonsand. 1«. 

Seoond French Book. o'2nd Thousaiid. Fcap. 8vo. 1«. 6d. 

Key to Fu-st and Second French Books. 5th Edit. Fcp. 8vo. 3». 6d. 

French Fables for BeginnerB, in Pror^e, with Indez. 16th Thousand. 
121J10. Is. 0.1. 

Select Fablea of La Fontalne. 18th Thousand. Fcap.8vo. 1». 64. 
Eistoires Amusantes et Inatruotivea. With Notes. 17th Thoa- 

Band. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 

Practlcal Quide to Modem French Conversatlon. 18th Thoo- 

B.ind. Fc.ap. 8vo. Is. tiJ. 

PrenchPoetryforthe Young. With Notes. 5thEd. Fcp. 8vo. 8«.' 

Materiala for French Prose Composltlon ; or, Selections from 
t)ie best EnpliBh ProBO Writers. 19th Thous. Foap. 8vo. 38. Key, 6«. 

Prosateurs Contemporaina. With NotsB. llth Edition, re- 
vised. 12mo. 3s. 6d. 

Le Petlt Compagnon ; a French Talk-Book for Little Children. 

12th Thousand. 16mo. Is 6d. 

▲u Improved Modem Pocket Dictionary ol the French and 

Knglish Languages. 45th Thousand. 16mo. 2s. 6cl. 
Modem French-English and English-French Dlotlonary. 4th 

Kdition, rovised, with new enpplemouts. lOs. 6d. In use at Harrow, 
Rugby, Westminster, Shrewsbury, Radley, &c. 

The A B C Tourisfs French Interpreter of all Immediate 
Wants. By F. E. A. Gasc. Is. 

MODEEN FEENCH AUTHORS. 

Edited, with Introductions and Notes, by James BoiELLE, Senior 
French Master at Dulwich CoIIege. 

Daudet'3 La Belle Nivernaise. 2s. 6d. For Beginners. 
Hugo's Bug Jargal. 3s. For Advanced Students. 
Balzac's Ursule Mirouet. 3s. For Advanced Students. 



GOMBERT'S FRENCH DRAMA. 

Being a Selection of the best Tragedies and Comedies of Moli^re, 
Bacine, Corneille, and Voltaire. With Arguments and Notes by A. 
Gombert. New Edition, revised by F. B. A. Gaso. Fcap. 8vo. 1«. each; 

^"«d- ^^- CONTENTS. 

MOI.IESK :— Le Misanthrope. L'Avare. Le Bourgeois Gtentilhomme. Le 
Tartuffe. Le Malade Imaginaire. Les Femmes Savantes. Les Fourberiea 
de Scapin. Les Pr^cieuses Ridicules. L'Bcole des Femmes. L'E)cole dea 
Haris. Le M^decin malgr^ Lui. 

R/iciNE :— Ph^dre. Ksther. Athalio. Iphig^nie. Los Plaideurs. La 
Th^baide ; ou, Lrb Fr^res Knucmis. Andromaque. Britanuicwi. 

P. CoBNEiLLK: — Le Cid. Uorace. Cinna. Polyeucte. 

YOLTAiBi i— Zaire. 



14 Oeorge Bell and Som* 



GERMAN CLASS-BOOKS. 

Materlals for G^erman Proae CompoBltlon. By Dr. Bnchheim. 

13th Edition. Fcap. is.6d. Key, Partsl. and II.,3s. PartsIII. andIV.,4». 
Goethe's Faust. Text, IIayward'sProseTranslation, and Notes. 

Ediled by Dr. Buelilieim. 5.s. [In the jiiess. 

German. The Candidate'8 Vade Mecum. Five Hundred Easy 

Sentenceg and Idioms. By an Army Tutor. Clotli, Is. For Array Exams. 

Wortfolge, or Rules and Exercises on the Order of Words iu 

German Sentences. By Dr. F. Stock. Is. 6d. 

A German Grammar for Publio Schocls. By the Rev. A. 0. 

Clapin and F. Holl MviUer. 5tli Edition. Fcap. 2s. 6d. 

A German Primer, with Exercises. By Eev. A. C. Clapin. 

2nd Edition. Is. 

Eotzebue'B Der Gefangene. WithNotesby Dr. W. Stromberg. Is. 

German Examination Papers in Grammar and Idiom. By 

R. J. Morich. 2nd Edition. 2s. 6d. Kiy for Tutors oniy, 5s. 

By Fbz. Lange, Ph.D., Professor E.M.A., Woolwich, Examiner 

in German to the Coll. of Preceptors, and also at the 

Yictoria University, Manchester. 

A Concise German Grammar. In Three Parts. Part I., Ele- 
mcntary, 2s. Part II., Intermediate, 2s. Part III., Advanced,3s. 6d. 

Qerman Examination Course. Elementary, 2s. Intermediate, 2s. 
Advanced, Is. 6d. 

German Reader. Elementary, Is. M. Advanced, Ss, 



MODEBN GEEMAN SCHOOL CLASSICS. 
Small Crown 8vo. 

Hey's Fabeln Fitr Kinder. Edited, with Vocabulary, by Prof. 
F. LanfTG, Ph.D. Priiited in Roman charactcrs. Is. 6d. 

The same with Phonetic Transcription of Text, &c. 2s, 

Benedix's Dr. Wespe. Edited by F. Lange, Ph.D. 2s. Gd. 
Hofinnan's Meister Martin, der Kufuer. By Prof . F. Lange, Ph.D. 

Is. 6d. 

HeyBe's Hans Lange. By A, A. Macdonell, M.A,, Ph.D. 2«. 
Auerbach's Auf Wache, and Roquette's Der Gefrorene Kusa. 

By A. A. MacdoneU, M.A. 2s. 

Moser's Der Bibliothekar. By Prof. F. Lange, Ph.D. 3rd Edi 

tion. 2«. 
Ebers' Eine Frage. By F. Storr, B.A. 2«. 

Freytag's Die Joumalisten, By Prof. F. Lange, Ph.D, 2nd Edi- 

tion, rpvised. 2s. 6J. 

Gutzkow'3 Zopf und Schwert. By Prof. F. Lange, Ph.D, 2s. 
German Epic Tales. Edited by Karl Nenhaus, Ph.D. 2^;. 6d. 
ShefFel's Ekkehard. Edited by Dr. H. Hager, 3s. 



Eduvaliotial Works. 16 



DIVINITY, MORAL PHILOSOPHY, &o. 

Bt the Eev. F. H. Sckivener, A.M., LL.D., D.C.L. 

NoTum TeBtamentum O-raoe. Editio major. Being an enlarged 
Eaition, contaniing' the Readini^s of Bi->Iiop Wostaott and Dr. Hort, and 
those adopted by tho Revisers, itc. 7s. Od. (For other Editions see page 3.) 

A Plain Introduotlon to tlie Critidsm of the New Testament. 

With Forty Facsimiles from Ancieiit Mauuscripts. 3rd Edition. 8vo. 18s. 

Slz Leoturea on the Tezt of the New Testament. For Euglish 
Beaders. Crown 8vo. 6s. 

Codex Bez£e Cantabrigiensls. 4to. lOs. 6J. 



The New Testament for English Readera. By thelato H. Alford, 

D.D. Vol. I. Part I. 3rd Edit. 12s. Vol. I. Part II. 2nd Edit. 10s.6d. 
Vol. II. Part I. 2nd Edit. 16s. Vol. II. Part II. 2nd Edit. 16s. 

The Qreek Testament. By the late H. Alford, D.D. Vol. I. 7th 

Edit. II. Ss. Vol. II. Sth E.lit. 11. Is. Vol. III. lOth Edit. 18s. Vol. IV. 
Part I. 5th Edit. 18s. Vol. IV. Part II. lOth Edit. 14s. Vol. IV. 11. 12s. 

Companlon to the Greek Testament. By A. C. Barrett, M.A. 
5th Edltion, revised. Fcap. 8vo. 5s. 

Gulde to the Textual Criticism of the New Testament. By 

Rev. E. MUler, M.A. Cro\vn 8vo. is. 

The Book of Psalms. A New Translation, 'with Introductions, <feo. 
By the Very Rev. J. J. Stewart Perowne, D.D. 8vo. Vol. I. 7th Edition, 
18s. Vol. II. 6th Edit. I63. 

Abridged for Scbools. 7th Edition. Crown 8vo. 10«. 6d. 

HiBtory of the Artloles of ReUgion. By 0. H. Hardwick. 8rd 

Edition. Post 8vo. 5s. 
Hlstory of the Creeds. By Eev. rrofessor Lumby, D.D. 3rd 
Edition. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d. 

Pearson on the Creed. Carefully printed from an early edition. 

With Analysis and Index by E. Walford, M.A. Post 8vo. 5«. 

Liturgies and Ofiaces of the Church, for the Use of English 

Rfa<lors, iii IUustration of tho Book of Common Prayer. By the Rev. 
Edward Burbidge, M.A. Crowu 8vo. 9s. 

An HistoricsJ and Explanatorj Treatise on the Book of 

Common Prayer. By Rev. W. G. Humphry, B.D. 6th Bdition, enlar^ed. 
Bmall Post 8vo. 2s. 6d. ; Cheap Edition, Is. 

A Oommentary on the Qospels, Epistlea, and Acts of the 
Apostles. By Rev. W. Denton, A.M. New Edition. 7 vols. 8vo. 93. each. 

Notea on the Catechlsm. By Rt. Rev. Bishop Barry. 9th Edit. 

Fcap. 2s. 

The Wlnton Ohuroh Catechist. Questions and Answers on tbe 
Teaching of the Church Catechisra. By the late Rev. J. S. B. Monaell, 
LL.D. 4th Edition. Cloth, 3s. ; or in Four Parts, sewed. 

The Churoh Teaoher'a Manual of Chrlatian Listruotlon. Bj 

Uev. M. F. Sadler, 4;3rd Thousand. 2s. 64. 



16 Oeorge Bell and Sons* 

TECHNOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 

Edited by Sm H. Tbueman Wood, Secretary of the Society of Arts. 
Dyeing and Tissue Printiug. By W. Crookes, F.R.S. 5s. 

Glass Manufacture. By Henry Chance, M.A.; H. J. Powell, B.A.; 

and H. G. Hariis. 3s. 6il. 
Cotton Spinning. By Kichard Marsden, of Mancheeter. 3rd 

Kdition, revised. 6.s. 6d. 
Chemistry of Coal-Tar Colours. By Prof. Benedikt, and Dr. 

Kneclit of Bradford Technical College. 2nd Edition, enlarged. 6s. 6A. 

Woollen and Worsted Cloth Manufacture. By Professor 
Roberts Beaumout, The Yorkshire College, Leeds. 2nd Edition. 7s. 6d. 

Cotton Weaving. By R. Marsden. [In the press. 

Bookbinding. By J. W. Zaehnsdorf , with eight plates and many 
illustrations. 5s. 

Printing. By 0. T. Jacobi, Manager of the Chiswick Press. 5s. 



BELUS AGRICULTURAL SERIES. 

The Farm and the Dairy. By Prof. Sheldon. 2s. 6d. 
Soils and their Properties. By Dr. Fream. 2s. Gd. 
The Diseases of Crops. By Dr. Griffiths. 2.9. 6d. 
Manures and their Uaes. By Dr. Griffiths. 2s. 6d. 
Tillage and Implements. By W. J. Malden. 2s. Qd. 



HISTORY. 

Modem Europe. By Dr. T. H. Dyer. 2nd Edition, revised and 

continued. 5 vols. Demy 8vo. 21. 12s. 6d. 

The Decline of the Roman Republic. By G. Long. 5 vols, 
8vo. 5s. each. 

Historical Mapa of England. By C. H. Pearson. Folio. 3rd 

Kdition revised. 31s. 6d. 

England in the Fifteenth Century. By the late Kev. W. 

Ueuton, M.A. Demy 8vo. 12.s. 
Feudalism : Its Eise, Progress, and Consequences. By Judge 

Abdy. 7s. 6d. 

History of England, 1800-46. By Harriet Martineau, with new 

aud copious Index. 5 vols. 3s. 6d. each. 

A Practical Synopsia of Enghsh History. By A. Bowes. 9th 
Edition, revised. 8to. Is, 



Educational Works. 17 



IjIvos of the Queena of EngltmcL By A. Strickland. Library 

Kilition, 8 vols. 7«. 6d. eacli. Cheaper Edition, 6 vola. 5s. eacb. Ahrideed 
Edition, 1 Tol. 6s. 6d. Mary Queen of Scots, 2 vols. 5s. each. Tudor and 
Stuart Princesses, 5«. 

The Elements of General History. By Prof. Tytler. New 
Edition, bronght down to 1874. Small Post 8vo. Ss. 6d. 

History and Geography Examination Papers. Compiled by 

C. n. Si)ence, M.A., CUfton College. Crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. 

The Schoohnaster and the Law. By Williams and Markwick. 
1«. 6d. 
For other Hisiorical Books, see Catalogue of Bohr.'s Libraries, sentfree on 
application. 



DICTIONARIES. 

WEBSTER'S INTERNATIONAL. DICTIONARY of the 

Eng-lij^h Lang-iiatre. Includine Scientific, Technical, aud Biblical Words 
and Tenns, with tbeir SipTiifications, Pronunciations, Etymologies, 
Altemative Spelling-s, Derivations, Synonyms, and numerons illustrative 
Qnotations, with varions valuaVilo literary Appondices and 83 extra pages 
of IUnstrations gronped and cla-sified, rendering the work a Compi.etb 
LiTERART AND SciENTiFlc Rkfkrekce-Book. New jBdition. (1890). 
Thoronirhly revised and enlarped under the supervision of Noah Porter, 
D.D., LL.D. 1 voL (2118 pages, 3500 woodcuts), 4to. cloth, 31s. 6d. ; 
full sheep, 21. 2s. ; calf, 21. 8s. ; half russia, 21. Ss. ; or in 2 vols. clotb, 
11. I4s. 

Prospectuses, with specimen pages, sent/ree on application. 

Hichardson's PhUological Dictionary of the English Language. 

CombiTiinc: Explanation with Etymolo^, and cojiiously illusti-ated by 
Quotations from the best Authorities. With a Supplemcnt. 2 vols. 4to. 
4(. 1 ts. 6d. Supplement separately. 4to. 12s. 

Kluge's Etymological Dictionary of the German Language. 

TranMated from the 4th German edition by J. F. Davis, D.Lit., M.A. 
(Lond.). Crown 4to. half buckram, 18s. 

Dictionary of the Prench and EngHsh Languages, with more 

than Fifteen Thonsand New Words, Senses, &c By F. E. A. Gasc. Witb 
New Supplements. 4tb Edition, Revised aud Enlarped. Demy 8vo. 
lOe. Cd. In use at Harrow, Ruobt, Shrewsburt, &c. 

Pocket Dictionary of the Prench and English Languages. 

By F. E. A. Gasc. Containin? more than Fivo Thonsand Modern and 
Cnrrent Words, Senses, and Tdiomatic Phrases and Rendering-s, not fonnd 
in any other dictionary of tlie two languafres. New edition, witb addi- 
tions and corrections. 45tb Thousand. lCmo. Cloth, 2s. 6d. 

Argot and Slang. A new French and English Dictionary of tlie 
Cant WordB, Quaint Expressioiis, Slanjr Terms, and Flash Phrases usrd 
in tbo hiL'b and low lifc of old and new Paris. By Albert Barrere, Officier 
de rirstruetion Publiquo. Kcw and Reviscd Edition, larcc post 8vo. 
lOs. 6d. 



18 George Bell and Sona* 



ENGLISH CLASS-BOOKS. 

Comparatlve Grammar and Philology. By A. C. Price, M.A., 

As?ist;int Master at Leoils Grammar School. 2s. 6d. 

The iUiements of the jBnglish Language. By E. Adama, Ph.D. 

24th Edition. Thoioushly levised by J. F. Davis, D.Lit., M.A. 
Postfivo. 4s. 6(?. 

The Rudlmenta of English Grammar and AnsJyaiB. By 

E. Aclaws, Ph.D. l"th Thousand. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 
A Concise System of Parsing. By L. E. Adams, B.A. Is. 6rf. 
General Knowledge Examination Papers. Compiled by 

A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. 2.s. 6d. 
Examples for Grammatical Analysis (Verse and Prose). Se- 

lected, &c., by F. Edwards. New edition. Cloth, Is. 
Notes on Shakespeare'3 Plays. By T. Duff Barnett, B.A. 

MlDSCMMEB >'IGHT'S DrEAM, Is. ; JXJLIUS C^SAE, Is. ; HENRY V., Is. ; 

Tempest, Is. ; Macbkth, Is. ; Merchant of Venice, Is. ; Hamlt-.t, Is. ; 
BlCHARD II., Is. ; Klsg John, Is. ; KlNG Leab, Is. ;^COIlIOLANUS, Is. 

By C. P. Mason, Fellow of Univ. Coll. London. 
First Notiona of Grammar for Tonng Leamers. Fcap. 8vo. 

67th Thousand. Revised and enlarged. Cloth. Is. 

First Steps in English Grammar for Jmuor Classes. Demy 

18mo. 49th Thousand. Is. 

Outlinea of English Grammar for the XJse of Junior Classes. 

77th Thousand. Crown 8vo. 2s. 
English Grammar, including the Principles of Grammatioal 

Analysis. 32nd Edition. 131st to 136th Thousand. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. 
Practice and Help in the Analysis of Sentences. 2s. 
A Shorter Engiish Grammar, with copious Exercis«s. 39th 

to 43rd Thousand. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. 

English Grammar Practloe, being the Exercises separately. 1«. 
Code Standard Grammars. Partsl. andn.,2d. each. PartsHI., 
IV., and V., 3d. each. 



Notes of Lessons, their Preparation, &c. By Jos^ Rickard, 

Park Lane Board School, Leeds, and A. H. Taylor, Rodley Board 
School, Leeds. 2nd Edition. Crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. 

A Syllabio System of Teaching to Read, combining the advan- 

tages of the ' Phonic ' and the ' Look-and-Say ' Systems. Crown 8vo. 1«. 

Practioal Hints on Teaohing. By Bev. J. Menet, M.A. 6tb Edit. 

revised. Crown 8vo. paper, 2s. 
Test Lessons in Dictation. 4th Edition. Paper cover, 1». 6d. 
Elementary Mechanics. By J. C. Horobin, B.A., Principal of 

Homertou Training College. Stage I. l.';. 6d. 
Piciure Sonooi-Books. In bunple Language, with ntmierons 

lllusfrations. Royal 16mo. 
The Infaiifs Primer. 3d.— School Primer. 6d.— School Reader. By J. 
Tilleard. Is.— Poetry Book for Schools. Is.— The Life of Joseph. Is.— The 
Scripture Parables, By the Rev. J. E. Clarke. Is. — The Scripture Miracles. 
By the Rov. J. E. Clarke. Is.— The New Testament History. By the Rev. 
J. G. Wood, M.A. Is.— The Old Testament History. By the Rev. J. G. 
Wood, M.A. Is.— The Life of Martin Luther. By Sarah Crompton. 1j. 



Educatumal WorJu. 19 



BOOKS FOR YOUNQ READERS. 

A Seriex ofReading Books designed tofacilitate the acquisition ofthe pmoer 
of Reading by very yoxing Children. /«11 vols. limp cloth, 6d. each. 

Those with an asterisk have a Frontispiece or other IUastrationa. 
*The Old Boathouse. Bell and Pan; or, A Cold Dlp. 
*Tot and the Cat. A Bit of Cake, The Jay. Tho 



Black IIen'8 Nest. Tom and Ned. Mrs. Bee. \ SuitabU 

•The Cat and the Hen. Sam and hla Dog Redleg. / .{'"', 
Bob and Tom Lee. A Wreck. mjant». 

•The New-bom Lamb. The Rosewood Box. Poor ; 

Fan. Sheep Dog. ' 

♦The Two Parrots. A Tale of the Jubilee. By M. E. ] 

Wintle. 9 Illustratious. | 

*Tho Story of Three Monkeya. j 

*3tory of a Cat. Told by Herself. l „ ., „ 

The Blind Boy. The Mute Girl. A New Tale of fr- 

Babea in a Wood. / Standards 

The Dey and the Knight. The New Bank Nota. ( '• * "• 

The Royal Visit. A Kinj,''s Walk on a Winter'8 Day. 

*Queen Bee and Busy Bee. 
•Gulls Crag. 

SyUabic Spelling. By C. Barton. In Two Parta. Infants, 3d. 
Standard I., Sd. 

Eelps' Course of Poetry, for Schools. A New Selection from 
the English Poebs, caref ully compiled and adapted to tho several standarda 
by E. A. Helps, oue of H.M. Inspectors of Schools. 
Book I. Infants and Standards I. and II. 134 pp. small 8vo. 9d. 
Book II. Standards III. and IV. 224 pp. crown 8vo. Is. 6d. 
Book III. Standards T., VI., and VII. 352 pp. post 8vo. 2s. 
Or in PARTS. Infants, 2d. ; Standard I., 2d. ; Standaxd II., 2d. 
Standard III., 4d. 



GEOGRAPHICAL SERIES. By M. J. BARRrNOTON Ward, M.A. 

With niustrations. 
The Map and the Compass. A Reading-Book of Geography. 

For Standard I. New Edition, revised. Sd. cloth. 
The Round World. A Readin{;-Book of Geography. For 

Standard II. New Edition, revised and enlarged. lOd. 
About England. A Reading-Book of Geography for Standard 
. III. [In the prm. 

The Chlld's Geography. For the Use of Sohools and for Home 

Tuition. 6d. 

The Child'a Geography of England. With Introductory Exer- 
cises on the British IsleB and Empire, with Questiona. 2s. Sd. Withoat 
Q-'pat.iotis, 2.1. 



20 Oeorge Bell and 8om' Educational Works. 



BELUS READING-BOOKS. 

FOB 80HOOLS AND PAEOOHIAL LIBRABIB8, 
NowReady. PottSvo. Stronglyboundincloth,ls.each. 

•liife of Columbus. 

•C3-rlium'8 Qerman Talea. (Seleoted,) 

*And6r8en'a Danlsh Tales. Illustratecl. (Selected.) 

O-reat Englishmen. Short Lives for Toung Children. 

Qreat Englishwomen. Short Lives of. 

Great Sootsmen. Short Lives of. 

Parables from Nature. (Selected.) By Mrs. Gatty. 

Edgeworth'B Tales. (A Selection.) 
*Poor Jack. By Capt. Marryat, E.N. (Abridged.) / 

•Scotfs Talisman. (Abridged.) 
♦Prlenda in Fur and Feathers. By Gwynfryn. 
*PoorJack. By Captaiu Marryat, R.N. Abgd. 
♦Maaterman Ready. ByCapt. Marryat. Illus. (Abgd.) 
Lamb'3 Tales from Shakespeare. (Selected.) 
*Q-ulliver's Travels. (Abridged.) 
♦Robinaon Orusoe. Illustrated. 
*Arabian Nights. (A Selection Eewiitten.) 



/ 



*Dicken3'3 Llttle Nell. Abridged from the ' The Old 

Curiosity Shop.' 

*The Vicar of Wakefleld. 

♦Settlers in Canada. By Capt. Marryat. (Abridged.) 
Poetry for Boys. Selected by D. Munro. 
•Southey's Life of Nelson. (Abridged.) 
•Life of the Duke of Wellington, withMaps andPlans. 
*Sir Roger de Coverley and other Essaya from the 

Sjiectator. 

Tales of the Coast. By J. Bunciman. 
• Thete Volumes are Hlustrated. 



SuitabU 

for 
St^ndardf 
IILJilY. 



Standnrda 
IV. & V. 



Standards 

V.. VI., « 

VII. 



Uniform with the Series, in limp cloth, &d. each. 

Shakespeare'3 Plays. Kemble's Eeading Edition. With Ex- 
planatory Notes for School Use. 
JULIUS C^SAR. THE MERCHANT OP VENICE. KING JOHN. 
HKNEY THB FIFTH. MACBETH. AS YOU LIKB IT. 



London: 6EORGE BELL & SONS, Tork Street, Covont Garden. 



University of Toronlo 
Library 



a 



T3\ 
'U; 



pi 1)! 

;3i cji 

rHl CDi 

o 



DO NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 




Acme Library Card Pocket 

Under Pat. "Ref. Index FUe" 

Made by LIBRARY BUREAU 



m 





m 

1 n« ' 

! 
\ \